Document:

Exhibit 4.4.1

 

DATED 19 DECEMBER 2014

 

(1) UAG UK HOLDINGS LIMITED

(as Parent)

 

(2) SYTNER GROUP LIMITED

(as Company and Original Borrower)

 

(3) THE COMPANIES LISTED IN PART 1 OF SCHEDULE 1 OF THIS AGREEMENT

(as Obligors)

 

(4) THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC AND BMW FINANCIAL SERVICES (GB)

LIMITED

(as Mandated Lead Arranger)

 

(5) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS LISTED IN PART 2 OF SCHEDULE 1 OF

THIS AGREEMENT

(as Original Lenders)

 

(6) THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

(as Agent)

 

(7) THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

(as Security Agent)

 

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT DEED

 

relating to a facility agreement dated

16 December 2011 as amended on 10 January 2012 and

as further amended from time to time

 

 

 

 

 

CONTENTS

 

	
1
    	
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
2
    	
AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
    	
2
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
3
    	
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    	
3
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
4
    	
FURTHER ASSURANCE
    	
3
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
5
    	
CONSTRUCTION
    	
3
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
6
    	
CONFIRMATION
    	
3
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
7
    	
FEES, AND EXPENSES
    	
3
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
8
    	
REPLACEMENT OF THE NATWEST OVERDRAFT LETTER
    	
4
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
9
    	
CONSENT FROM NATIONAL WESTMINSTER BANK PLC
    	
4
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
10
    	
AUSTRALIAN ACQUISITIONS
    	
4
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
12
    	
CHANGES TO THE BILATERAL FACILITY AGREEMENT
    	
4
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
12
    	
MISCELLANEOUS
    	
5
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 1
    	
6
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
PART 1— Obligors
    	
6
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
PART 2— Lenders
    	
8
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 2 - Conditions precedent
    	
9
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 3 — Amended and Restated Syndicated   Facility Agreement
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
1
    	
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
2
    	
THE FACILITY
    	
41
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
3
    	
PURPOSE
    	
43
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
4
    	
CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION
    	
44
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
5
    	
UTILISATION - LOANS
    	
45
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
6
    	
ANCILLARY FACILITIES
    	
46
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
7
    	
REPAYMENT
    	
52
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
8
    	
ILLEGALITY, VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
    	
53
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
9
    	
MANDATORY PREPAYMENT
    	
54
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
10
    	
RESTRICTIONS
    	
55
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
11
    	
INTEREST
    	
56
    

 

 

	
12
    	
INTEREST PERIODS
    	
57
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
13
    	
CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST
    	
57
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
14
    	
FEES
    	
58
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
15
    	
TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES
    	
60
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
16
    	
INCREASED COSTS
    	
69
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
17
    	
OTHER INDEMNITIES
    	
70
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
18
    	
MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS
    	
72
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
19
    	
COSTS AND EXPENSES
    	
73
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
20
    	
GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY
    	
75
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
21
    	
REPRESENTATIONS
    	
79
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
22
    	
INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS
    	
86
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
23
    	
FINANCIAL COVENANTS
    	
91
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
24
    	
GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
    	
94
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
25
    	
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
    	
105
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
26
    	
CHANGES TO THE LENDERS
    	
110
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
27
    	
RESTRICTION ON DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTIONS
    	
115
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
28
    	
CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS
    	
116
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
29
    	
ROLE OF THE AGENT, THE ARRANGER AND OTHERS
    	
120
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
30
    	
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES
    	
130
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
31
    	
SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES
    	
130
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
32
    	
PAYMENT MECHANICS
    	
133
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
33
    	
SET-OFF
    	
137
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
34
    	
NOTICES
    	
137
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
35
    	
CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES
    	
140
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
36
    	
PARTIAL INVALIDITY
    	
141
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
37
    	
REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
    	
141
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
38
    	
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
    	
141
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
39
    	
CONFIDENTIALITY
    	
145
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
40
    	
COUNTERPARTS
    	
149
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
41
    	
GOVERNING LAW
    	
150
    

 

 

	
42
    	
ENFORCEMENT
    	
150
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 4 - THE ORIGINAL PARTIES
    	
151
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
PART 1 - THE ORIGINAL   OBLIGORS
    	
151
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
PART 2 - THE ORIGINAL   LENDERS - OTHER THAN UK NON-BANK LENDERS
    	
153
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
PART 3 - THE ORIGINAL   LENDERS - UK NON-BANK LENDERS
    	
154
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 5 - CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
    	
155
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
PART 1 - CONDITIONS   PRECEDENT TO SIGNING OF THE AGREEMENT
    	
155
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
PART 2 - CONDITIONS   PRECEDENT REQUIRED TO BE DELIVERED BY AN ADDITIONAL OBLIGOR
    	
158
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 6 — UTILISATION REQUEST
    	
160
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 7 - FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
    	
161
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 8 - FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
    	
164
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 9 - FORM OF ACCESSION DEED
    	
168
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 10 - FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER
    	
171
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 11 - FORM OF COMPLIANCE   CERTIFICATE
    	
172
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 12 - TIMETABLE
    	
174
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 13 - AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES
    	
175
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 14 - FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION
    	
177
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 15 - FORMS OF NOTIFIABLE DEBT PURCHASE   TRANSACTION NOTICE
    	
180
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
PART 1 - FORM OF   NOTICE ON ENTERING INTO NOTIFIABLE DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTION
    	
180
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
PART 2 - FORM OF   NOTICE ON TERMINATION OF NOTIFIABLE DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTION/NOTIFIABLE DEBT   PURCHASE TRANSACTION CEASING TO BE WITH SPONSOR AFFILIATE
    	
181
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 16 - FRANCHISES
    	
182
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Schedule 17- EXISTING SECURITY DOCUMENTS
    	
184
    

 

 

THIS DEED is made on 19 DECEMBER 2014

 

BETWEEN:-

 

(1)                                UAG UK HOLDINGS LIMITED (the “Parent”);

 

(2)                                SYTNER GROUP LIMITED (the “Company”);

 

(3)                                 THE SUBSIDIARIES of the Company listed in Part 1 of Schedule 1 as obligors (together with the Parent and the Company, the “Obligors”);

 

(4)                                 THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC AND BMW FINANCIAL SERVICES (GB) LIMITED as mandated lead arrangers (whether acting individually or together) (the “Arranger”);

 

(5)                                 THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part 2 of Schedule 1 as lenders (the “Original Lenders”);

 

(6)                                 THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Agent”); and

 

(7)                                THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC as security trustee for the Secured Parties (the “Security Agent”).

 

RECITALS

 

A                                                This Deed is supplemental to and amends and restates a £100,000,000 revolving facility agreement dated 16 December 2011 as amended on 10 January 2012 and as further amended from time to time, made between (among others) the Parties (the “Syndicated Facility Agreement”).

 

B                                                The Parties have agreed to amend and restate the Syndicated Facility Agreement on the terms of this Deed.

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:-

 

1.                                               DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                        Definitions

 

In this Deed:-

 

“Bilateral Subordination Deed” means the subordination deed dated 13 November 2013 entered into between the Company, the Parent, PAG and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc (acting as agent for National Westminster Bank Plc).

 

“Effective Date” means, subject to Clause 2.2, the date on which the Agent notifies the Parent that it has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to it. The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly on being so satisfied.

 

“English Obligors” means the companies listed in Part 1 of Schedule 1 which are incorporated under the laws of England and Wales.

 

“First Australian Bilateral Consent Letter” means the consent letter dated 25 July 2013 entered into between the Company and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc (acting as agent for National Westminster Bank Plc) relating to the acquisition of Western Star trucks Australia Pty, Ltd.

 

1

 

“First Australian Syndicated Consent Letter” means the consent letter dated 25 July 2013 entered into between the Company and the Agent relating to the acquisition of Western Star trucks Australia Pty, Ltd.

 

“Northern Irish Obligors” means the companies listed in Part 1 of Schedule 1 which are incorporated under the laws of Northern Ireland.

 

“Second Australian Bilateral Consent Letter” means the consent letter dated 17 September 2014 entered into between the Company and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc (acting as agent for National Westminster Bank Plc) relating to the acquisition of MTU Detroit Diesel Australia Pty Ltd and MTU Australia Pty, Ltd.

 

“Second Australian Syndicated Consent Letter” means the consent letter dated 17 September 2014 entered into between the Company and the Agent relating to the acquisition of MTU Detroit Diesel Australia Pty Ltd and MTU Australia Pty, Ltd.

 

“Syndicated Subordination Deed” means the subordination deed dated 15 November 2013 entered into between the Company, the Parent, PAG and the Agent.

 

1.2                                        Incorporation of terms

 

Unless the context otherwise requires or unless defined in this Deed, all words and expressions defined or whose interpretation is provided for in the Syndicated Facility Agreement have the same meanings in this Deed.

 

1.3                                        Interpretation

 

The principles of interpretation set out in clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Syndicated Facility Agreement shall apply to this Deed insofar as they are relevant to it and in this Deed, unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to a “Finance Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, restated or replaced (however fundamentally) and includes any increase in, extension of, or change to, any facility made available under that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument and includes any increase in, extension of or change to any facility made available under that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument.

 

1.4                                        Third party rights

 

The provisions of clause 1.3 (Third party rights) of the Syndicated Facility Agreement shall apply to this Agreement as they apply to the Syndicated Facility Agreement.

 

2.                                               AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

 

2.1                                        Amendment and restatement of the Syndicated Facility Agreement

 

With effect from the Effective Date, the Syndicated Facility Agreement shall be amended and restated as set out in Schedule 3 (Amended and Restated Syndicated Facility Agreement) (the “Amended Syndicated Facility Agreement”).

 

2.2                                        Effective Date

 

The Effective Date shall only occur if:-

 

2.2.1                             no Default is continuing or would result from the occurrence of the Effective Date; and

 

2.2.2                             the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects.

 

2

 

3.                                               REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be repeated by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on:-

 

3.1                                        the date of this Deed; and

 

3.2                                        the Effective Date (on which date each reference in the Syndicated Facility Agreement to “this Agreement” shall be taken as a reference to the Syndicated Facility Agreement as amended and restated by this Deed).

 

4.                                               FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, each Obligor shall, at its own expense, promptly do all acts and things necessary and sign or execute any further documents which the Agent may reasonably require to give effect to this Deed.

 

5.                                               CONSTRUCTION

 

With effect from the Effective Date the Syndicated Facility Agreement and this Deed shall be treated as one document and reference in any Finance Document to the Syndicated Facility Agreement shall be to the Syndicated Facility Agreement as amended and restated by this Deed.

 

6.                                               CONFIRMATION

 

Without prejudice to the rights of any Finance Party which have arisen on or before the Effective Date:-

 

6.1                                        each Obligor:

 

6.1.1                             confirms that on and after the Effective Date, the Syndicated Facility Agreement as amended and restated by this Deed, and the other Finance Documents, will remain in full force and effect; and

 

6.1.2                             guarantees to, undertakes with and indemnifies each Finance Party on the terms of clause 20 (Guarantee and indemnity) of the Facilities Agreement on and after the Effective Date in relation to each Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and

 

6.2                                        each English Obligor confirms that, on and after the Effective Date, the Transaction Security Documents to which it is a party will continue to secure all liabilities which are expressed to be secured by them.

 

7.                                               FEES, AND EXPENSES

 

7.1                                        Transaction Expenses

 

The Company shall, promptly on demand, reimburse the Agent and Security Agent for all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and perfection of this Agreement.

 

7.2                                        Arrangement fee

 

The Company shall pay to the Agent on the Effective Date a fee in an aggregate amount equal to £800,000 for the account of the Lenders as follows:

 

7.2.1                             National Westminster Bank Plc: £400,000; and

 

3

 

7.2.2                             BMW Financial Services (GB) Limited: £400,000.

 

8.                                               REPLACEMENT OF THE NATWEST OVERDRAFT LETTER

 

The Finance Parties agree to National Westminster Bank Plc providing, and the Company entering into, the NatWest Overdraft Letter (as defined in the Amended Syndicated Facility Agreement) on or about the date of this Deed.

 

9.                                               CONSENT FROM NATIONAL WESTMINSTER BANK PLC

 

National Westminster Bank Plc, in its capacity as bilateral lender under the facility agreement referred to in paragraph (m) of the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness in the Syndicated Facility Agreement (the “Bilateral Facility Agreement”), consents to the amendment and restatement of the Syndicated Facility Agreement on the terms of this Deed for the purposes of the Finance Documents (as defined under the Bilateral Facility Agreement).

 

10.                                        AUSTRALIAN ACQUISITIONS

 

10.1                                 Each of the Finance Parties under the Syndicated Facility Agreement agree that from the Effective Date:

 

	
10.1.1
    	
 
    	
the Company   and other Obligors shall be released from all obligations and restrictions   contained in paragraph 3.3 of each of the First Australian Syndicated Consent   Letter and the Second Australian Syndicated Consent Letter;
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
10.1.2
    	
 
    	
the Company,   the Parent and PAG shall be released from all obligations under the   Syndicated Subordination Deed; and
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
10.1.3
    	
 
    	
the   Syndicated Subordination Deed shall terminate.
    

 

10.2                                 The Lender under the Bilateral Facility Agreement agrees that from the Effective Date:

 

	
10.2.1
    	
 
    	
the Company and other Obligors shall be   released from all obligations and restrictions contained in paragraph 3.3 of   each of the First Australian Bilateral Consent Letter and the Second   Australian Bilateral Consent Letter;
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
10.2.2
    	
 
    	
the Company, the Parent and PAG shall be   released from all obligations under the Bilateral Subordination Deed; and
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
10.2.3
    	
 
    	
the Bilateral Subordination Deed shall   terminate.
    

 

11.                                        CHANGES TO THE BILATERAL FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

In this Clause 11 (Changes to the Bilateral Facility Agreement), all words and expressions defined or whose interpretation is provided for in the Bilateral Facility Agreement have the same meanings in this Clause.

 

11.1                                 The Lender and the Obligors agree that the equivalent changes (as amended for a bilateral facility) to the Syndicated Facility Agreement are deemed to be made to the Bilateral Facility Agreement on the Effective Date.

 

11.2                                 The Lender agrees that no breach shall occur under clauses 20 (Representations), 21 (Information undertakings), 22 (Financial covenants) or 23 (General undertakings) of the Bilateral Facility Agreement if the Obligors would not be in breach of the equivalent clauses of the Amended Syndicated Facility Agreement.

 

4

 

12.                                        MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1                                 Incorporation of terms

 

The provisions of clauses 36 (Partial Invalidity), 37 (Remedies and waivers), 40 (Counterparts) and 42 (Enforcement) of the Syndicated Facility Agreement shall apply to this Deed as they apply to the Syndicated Facility Agreement.

 

12.2                                 Finance Document

 

This Deed is a Finance Document.

 

12.3                                 Governing Law

 

This Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED by the parties to this Deed on the date which first appears in this Deed.

 

5

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

PART 1 — Obligors

 

	
Name of Obligor
    	
 
    	
Registration   number
   (or equivalent, if any)
    	
 
    	
Original   Jurisdiction
    
	
UAG UK Holdings   Limited
    	
 
    	
4334322
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Sytner Group   Limited
    	
 
    	
2883766
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Sytner Cars Limited
    	
 
    	
2832086
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Sytner Limited
    	
 
    	
813696
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Sytner Holdings Limited
    	
 
    	
2681878
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Goodman Retail Limited
    	
 
    	
3097514
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
R Stratton & Co Limited
    	
 
    	
2696872
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Cruickshank Motors Limited
    	
 
    	
1837492
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Graypaul Motors Limited
    	
 
    	
3079284
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Sytner Automotive Limited
    	
 
    	
1979805
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
William Jacks Limited
    	
 
    	
215293
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
William Jacks Properties Limited
    	
 
    	
1120920
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Ryland Group Limited
    	
 
    	
4813103
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Rydnal Limited
    	
 
    	
4814756
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Ryland Investments Limited
    	
 
    	
491856
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Rycroft Vehicles Limited
    	
 
    	
248481
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Sytner Retail Limited
    	
 
    	
833930
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Ryland Group Services Limited
    	
 
    	
1356615
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Ryland Properties Limited
    	
 
    	
2286173
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
John Fox Limited
    	
 
    	
1359925
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Edmond & Milburn Limited
    	
 
    	
3008457
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Sytner Vehicles Limited
    	
 
    	
7089922
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Sytner Properties Limited
    	
 
    	
3611990
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Maranello Holdings Limited
    	
 
    	
2001186
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Maranello Concessionaires Limited
    	
 
    	
655104
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Maranello Sales Limited
    	
 
    	
1443371
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Goodman TPS Limited
    	
 
    	
6821483
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Guy Salmon Limited
    	
 
    	
3574418
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Mar Parts Limited
    	
 
    	
827692
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
Agnew Trade Centre Limited
    	
 
    	
NI020615
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    

 

6

 

	
Agnew Retail Limited
    	
 
    	
NI610593
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
Isaac Agnew (Holdings) Limited
    	
 
    	
NI000668
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
Trade Parts Specialist (NI) Limited
    	
 
    	
NI064523
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
I A P C B Limited
    	
 
    	
NI020068
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
Bavarian Garages (NI) Limited
    	
 
    	
NI013932
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
Agnew Commercials Limited
    	
 
    	
NI013173
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
Stanley Motor Works (1932) Limited
    	
 
    	
NI000727
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
Agnew Corporate Ltd
    	
 
    	
NI011916
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
GAP Software Solutions Ltd
    	
 
    	
NI601175
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
Isaac Agnew (Mallusk) Limited
    	
 
    	
NI014730
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
Isaac Agnew Limited
    	
 
    	
NI010842
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
Agnew Autoexchange Limited
    	
 
    	
NI012734
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    

 

7

 

PART 2  — Lenders

	
Name of Lender
    	
 
    	
Commitment
    	
 
    
	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
£
    	
50,000,000
    	
 
    
	
BMW Financial Services (GB) Limited
    	
 
    	
£
    	
50,000,000
    	
 
    

 

8

 

SCHEDULE 2

 

Conditions precedent

 

1                                         Obligors

 

1.1                               A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor or a certificate of a director of the Company on behalf of each Obligor confirming that, as at the date of this Deed, there has been no change to the constitutional documents of the Obligors since the date on which they were last delivered to the Agent under the terms of the Syndicated Facility Agreement.

 

1.2                               A copy of a resolution of the board or, if applicable, a committee of the board of directors of each Obligor:-

 

(a)                                           approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the documents referred to in paragraphs 2.1 to 2.4 below (together the “Documents”) and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Documents;

 

(b)                                           authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Documents on its behalf; and

 

(c)                                            authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Documents.

 

1.3                              If applicable, a copy of the board of directors of the relevant company, establishing the committee referred to in sub-paragraph 1.2 above.

 

1.4                               A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above in relation to the Documents and related documents.

 

1.5                               A certificate of the Company (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee, security or similar limit binding on any Obligor to be exceeded.

 

1.6                               A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company or other relevant Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as a date no earlier than the date of this Deed.

 

2                                         Finance Documents

 

2.1                               This Deed executed by the Obligors.

 

2.2                               The deed of confirmation executed by the Northern Irish Obligors relating to the debenture dated 24 January 2012.

 

2.3                               The multi-option facility letter executed by the Company.

 

2.4                               The NatWest Overdraft Letter.

 

3                                         Legal opinions

 

3.1                               A legal opinion of Pinsent Masons LLP, legal advisers to the Agent, as to English law substantially in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing this Deed.

 

3.2                               A legal opinion of Pinsent Masons Belfast LLP, legal advisers to the Agent, as to the laws of Northern Ireland substantially in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing this Deed.

 

9

 

4                                         Other documents and evidence

 

4.1                               A letter from the Group’s insurance broker dated the date of this Agreement addressed to the Agent, the Arrangers, the Security Agent and the Lenders listing the insurance policies of the Group and confirming that they are on risk and that the insurance for the Group at the date of this Agreement is at a level acceptable to the Majority Lenders and covering appropriate risks for the business carried out by the Group.

 

4.2                              A copy of any other Authorisation or document, opinion or assurance which the Agent notifies the Parent is necessary or desirable in connection with the entry and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Documents or for the validity and enforceability of the Documents.

 

10

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

Amended and restated Syndicated Facility Agreement

 

1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

DATED 16 DECEMBER 2011

 

(1) UAG UK HOLDINGS LIMITED

(as Parent)

 

(2) SYTNER GROUP LIMITED

(as Company and Original Borrower)

 

(3) THE COMPANIES LISTED IN PART 1 OF SCHEDULE 1 OF THIS AGREEMENT

(as Original Guarantors)

 

(4) THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC AND BMW FINANCIAL SERVICES (GB)
 LIMITED

(as Mandated Lead Arranger)

 

(5) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS LISTED IN PART 2 AND PART 3 OF SCHEDULE 1 OF
 THIS AGREEMENT

(as Original Lenders)

 

(6) THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

(as Agent)

 

(7) THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

(as Security Agent)

 

 

 

£100,000,000 REVOLVING FACILITY AGREEMENT

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED ON                             2014

 

 

 

 

2

 

CONTENTS

 

	
Clause
    	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
1
    	
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
2
    	
AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
    	
2
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
3
    	
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    	
3
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
4
    	
FURTHER ASSURANCE
    	
3
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
5
    	
CONSTRUCTION
    	
3
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
6
    	
CONFIRMATION
    	
3
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
7
    	
FEES, AND EXPENSES
    	
3
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
8
    	
REPLACEMENT OF THE NATWEST OVERDRAFT LETTER
    	
4
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
9
    	
CONSENT FROM NATIONAL WESTMINSTER BANK PLC
    	
4
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
10
    	
AUSTRALIAN ACQUISITIONS
    	
4
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
12
    	
CHANGES TO THE BILATERAL FACILITY AGREEMENT
    	
4
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
12
    	
MISCELLANEOUS
    	
5
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 1
    	
6
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
PART 1— Obligors
    	
6
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
PART 2— Lenders
    	
8
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 2 - Conditions precedent
    	
9
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 3 — Amended and Restated Syndicated   Facility Agreement
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
1
    	
DEFINITIONS AND   INTERPRETATION
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
2
    	
THE FACILITY
    	
41
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
3
    	
PURPOSE
    	
43
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
4
    	
CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION
    	
44
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
5
    	
UTILISATION - LOANS
    	
45
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
6
    	
ANCILLARY FACILITIES
    	
46
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
7
    	
REPAYMENT
    	
52
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
8
    	
ILLEGALITY, VOLUNTARY   PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
    	
53
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
9
    	
MANDATORY PREPAYMENT
    	
54
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
10
    	
RESTRICTIONS
    	
55
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
11
    	
INTEREST
    	
56
    

 

1

 

	
12
    	
INTEREST PERIODS
    	
57
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
13
    	
CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION   OF INTEREST
    	
57
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
14
    	
FEES
    	
58
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
15
    	
TAX GROSS UP AND   INDEMNITIES
    	
60
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
16
    	
INCREASED COSTS
    	
69
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
17
    	
OTHER INDEMNITIES
    	
70
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
18
    	
MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS
    	
72
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
19
    	
COSTS AND EXPENSES
    	
73
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
20
    	
GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY
    	
75
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
21
    	
REPRESENTATIONS
    	
79
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
22
    	
INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS
    	
86
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
23
    	
FINANCIAL COVENANTS
    	
91
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
24
    	
GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
    	
94
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
25
    	
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
    	
105
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
26
    	
CHANGES TO THE LENDERS
    	
110
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
27
    	
RESTRICTION ON DEBT   PURCHASE TRANSACTIONS
    	
115
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
28
    	
CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS
    	
116
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
29
    	
ROLE OF THE AGENT, THE   ARRANGER AND OTHERS
    	
120
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
30
    	
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE   FINANCE PARTIES
    	
130
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
31
    	
SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE   PARTIES
    	
130
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
32
    	
PAYMENT MECHANICS
    	
133
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
33
    	
SET-OFF
    	
137
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
34
    	
NOTICES
    	
137
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
35
    	
CALCULATIONS AND   CERTIFICATES
    	
140
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
36
    	
PARTIAL INVALIDITY
    	
141
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
37
    	
REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
    	
141
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
38
    	
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
    	
141
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
39
    	
CONFIDENTIALITY
    	
145
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
40
    	
COUNTERPARTS
    	
149
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
41
    	
GOVERNING LAW
    	
150
    

 

2

 

	
42
    	
ENFORCEMENT
    	
150
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 4 - THE ORIGINAL PARTIES
    	
151
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
PART 1 - THE ORIGINAL   OBLIGORS
    	
151
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
PART 2 - THE ORIGINAL   LENDERS - OTHER THAN UK NON-BANK LENDERS
    	
153
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
PART 3 - THE ORIGINAL   LENDERS - UK NON-BANK LENDERS
    	
154
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 5 - CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
    	
155
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
PART 1 - CONDITIONS   PRECEDENT TO SIGNING OF THE AGREEMENT
    	
155
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
PART 2 - CONDITIONS   PRECEDENT REQUIRED TO BE DELIVERED BY AN ADDITIONAL OBLIGOR
    	
158
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 6 — UTILISATION REQUEST
    	
160
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 7 - FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
    	
161
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 8 - FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
    	
164
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 9 - FORM OF ACCESSION DEED
    	
168
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 10 - FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER
    	
171
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 11 - FORM OF COMPLIANCE   CERTIFICATE
    	
172
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 12 - TIMETABLE
    	
174
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 13 - AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES
    	
175
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 14 - FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION
    	
177
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 15 - FORMS OF NOTIFIABLE DEBT PURCHASE   TRANSACTION NOTICE
    	
180
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
PART 1 - FORM OF   NOTICE ON ENTERING INTO NOTIFIABLE DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTION
    	
180
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
PART 2 - FORM OF   NOTICE ON TERMINATION OF NOTIFIABLE DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTION/NOTIFIABLE DEBT   PURCHASE TRANSACTION CEASING TO BE WITH SPONSOR AFFILIATE
    	
181
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULE 16 - FRANCHISES
    	
182
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Schedule 17- EXISTING SECURITY DOCUMENTS
    	
184
    

 

3

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 16 December 2011

 

BETWEEN:-

 

(1)                                UAG UK HOLDINGS LIMITED (the “Parent”);

 

(2)                                SYTNER GROUP LIMITED (the “Company”);

 

(3)                                 THE SUBSIDIARIES of the Company listed in Part 1 of Schedule 4 (The Original Parties) as original guarantors (together with the Parent and the Company, the “Original Guarantors”);

 

(4)                                 THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC AND BMW FINANCIAL SERVICES (GB) LIMITED as mandated lead arrangers (whether acting individually or together) (the “Arranger”);

 

(5)                                 THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part 2 and Part 3 of Schedule 4 (The Original Parties) as lenders (the “Original Lenders”);

 

(6)                                 THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Agent”); and

 

(7)                                THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC as security trustee for the Secured Parties (the “Security Agent”).

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:-

 

SECTION 1

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1.                                               DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                        Definitions

 

In this Agreement:-

 

	
“2012 Amendment Deed” 
    	
 
    	
means the amendment deed dated 10 January 2012 amending this   Agreement
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Acceptable Bank”
    	
 
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term   unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A or higher by Standard &   Poor’s Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or A2 or higher by Moody’s   Investors Service Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally   recognised credit rating agency or

 

(b)                                          The Royal Bank of Scotland plc and National Westminster Bank Plc   provided that they have a rating for their long term unsecured and non credit   enhanced debt obligations of A- or higher by Standard & Poor’s   Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or A3 or higher by Moody’s Investors   Service Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised   credit rating agency or
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(c)                                  any other bank or financial institution approved by
    

 

1

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
the Agent
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Accession Deed”
    	
 
    	
means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 9   (Form of Accession Deed)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Accounting Principles”
    	
 
    	
means generally accepted accounting principles in the United Kingdom,   including IFRS
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Accounting Reference Date”
    	
 
    	
means 31 December
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Additional Borrower”
    	
 
    	
means a company which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance   with Clause 28 (Changes to the   Obligors)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Additional Guarantor”
    	
 
    	
means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance   with Clause 28 (Changes to the   Obligors)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Additional Obligor”
    	
 
    	
means an Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Affiliate”
    	
 
    	
means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a   Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding   Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in relation to The Royal Bank of   Scotland plc, the term “Affiliate” shall not include (i) the UK   government or any member or instrumentality thereof, including Her Majesty’s   Treasury and UK Financial Investments Limited (or any directors, officers,   employees or entities thereof) or (ii) any persons or entities controlled   by or under common control with the UK government or any member or   instrumentality thereof (including Her Majesty’s Treasury and UK Financial   Investments Limited) and which are not part of The Royal Bank of Scotland   Group plc and its subsidiaries or subsidiary undertakings
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Agreed Security Principles”
    	
 
    	
means the principles set out in Schedule 13 (Agreed Security Principles)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Amendment and Restatement Agreement”
    	
 
    	
means the agreement amending and restating this Agreement entered into   between Parties
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Amendment and Restatement Date”
    	
 
    	
means 19 DECEMBER 2014
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Ancillary Commencement Date”
    	
 
    	
means, in relation to an Ancillary Facility, the date on which that   Ancillary Facility is first made available, which date shall be a Business   Day within the Availability Period for the Facility
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Ancillary Commitment”
    	
 
    	
means, in relation to an Ancillary Lender and an Ancillary Facility,   the maximum amount which that Ancillary Lender has agreed (whether or not   subject to satisfaction of conditions precedent) to make available from time   to time under an Ancillary Facility and which has been authorised as such   under Clause 6 (Ancillary Facilities),   to the extent that amount is not cancelled or reduced under this Agreement or   the Ancillary Documents relating to that Ancillary Facility
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Ancillary Document”
    	
 
    	
means each document relating to or evidencing the terms of 
    

 

2

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
an Ancillary Facility
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Ancillary Facility”
    	
 
    	
means any ancillary facility made available by an Ancillary Lender in   accordance with Clause 6 (Ancillary   Facilities)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Ancillary Lender”
    	
 
    	
means each Lender (or Affiliate of a Lender) which makes available an   Ancillary Facility in accordance with Clause 6 (Ancillary Facilities)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Ancillary Outstandings”
    	
 
    	
means, at any time, in relation to an Ancillary Lender and an   Ancillary Facility then in force the aggregate of the following amounts   outstanding under that Ancillary Facility:-

 

(a)                                          the principal amount under each overdraft facility and on-demand short   term loan facility (net of any Available Credit Balance)

 

(b)                                          the face amount of each guarantee, bond and letter of credit under   that Ancillary Facility and

 

(c)                                           the amount fairly representing the aggregate exposure (excluding   interest and similar charges) of that Ancillary Lender under each other type   of accommodation provided under that Ancillary Facility

 

in each case as determined by such Ancillary Lender, acting reasonably   in accordance with its normal banking practice and in accordance with the   relevant Ancillary Document
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Assignment Agreement”
    	
 
    	
means an agreement substantially in the form set out in   Schedule 8 (Form of Assignment   Agreement) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor   and assignee 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Audit Laws”
    	
 
    	
means the EU Regulation (537/2014) on specific requirements regarding   statutory audit of public-interest entities and repealing Commission Decision   2005/909/EC and the EU Directive (2014/56/EU) amending Directive 2006/43/EC   on statutory audits of annual accounts and consolidated accounts and any law   or regulation which implements that EU Directive (2014/56/EU)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Authorisation”
    	
 
    	
means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence,   exemption, filing, notarisation or registration
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Availability Period”
    	
 
    	
means from and including the date of this Agreement to and including   the date falling one week prior to the Termination Date
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Available Commitment”
    	
 
    	
means, in relation to the Facility, a Lender’s Commitment minus   (subject as set out below):-

 

(a)                                          the amount of its participation in any outstanding Utilisations and   the amount of the aggregate of its (and its Affiliate’s) Ancillary   Commitments and

 

(b)                                          in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its   participation in any other Utilisations that are due to be made under the   Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date and the amount of its 
    

 

3

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(and its Affiliate’s) Ancillary Commitment   in relation to any new Ancillary Facility that is due to be made available on   or before the proposed Utilisation Date

 

For the purposes of calculating that Lender’s Available Commitment in   relation to any proposed Utilisation the following amounts shall not be   deducted from that Lender’s Commitment:-

 

(i)                                             that Lender’s participation in any Utilisations that are due to be   repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date and

 

(ii)                                          that Lender’s (and its Affiliate’s) Ancillary Commitments to the   extent that they are due to be reduced or cancelled on or before the proposed   Utilisation Date
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Available Credit Balance”
    	
 
    	
means, in relation to an Ancillary Facility, credit balances on any   account of any Borrower of that Ancillary Facility with the Ancillary Lender   making available that Ancillary Facility to the extent that those credit   balances are freely available to be set off by that Ancillary Lender against   liabilities owed to it by that Borrower under that Ancillary Facility
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Available Facility”
    	
 
    	
means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available   Commitment 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Base Reference Bank Rate”
    	
 
    	
means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four   decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Base Reference   Banks in relation to LIBOR

 

(a)                                        (other than where   paragraph (b) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Base   Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in the   relevant currency and for the relevant period were it to do so by asking for   and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in   that currency and for that period or

 

(b)                                        if different, as   the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Base Reference Bank and the   relevant currency and period) which contributors to the applicable Screen   Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Base Reference Banks”
    	
 
    	
means the principal London offices of two or more banks or financial   institutions as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the   Company, save that no Lender shall be appointed as a Base Reference Bank   without its prior written consent   
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Bilateral Overdraft Lender”
    	
 
    	
means The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as agent for National Westminster   Bank Plc in its capacity as lender under the NatWest Overdraft Letter
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Borrower”
    	
 
    	
means the Company or an Additional Borrower unless it has ceased to be   a Borrower in accordance with Clause 28 (Changes to the Obligors) and, in respect of an Ancillary 
    

 

4

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Facility only, any Affiliate of a Borrower that becomes a borrower of   that Ancillary Facility with the approval of the relevant Lender pursuant to   Clause 6.9 (Affiliates of Borrowers)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Borrowings”
    	
 
    	
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23.1 (Financial definitions)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Break Costs”
    	
 
    	
means the amount (if any) by which:-

 

(a)                                          the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have   received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its   participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest   Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or   Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period

 

exceeds:-

 

(b)                                          the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an   amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit   with a leading bank for a period starting on the Business Day following   receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Budget”
    	
 
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          in relation to the period beginning on 1 January 2011 and ending   on 31 December 2011, the budget delivered by the Company to the Lenders   prior to the date of this Agreement and

 

(b)                                          in relation to any other period, any budget delivered by the Company   to the Agent in respect of that period pursuant to Clause 22.4 (Budget)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Business Day”
    	
 
    	
means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open   for general business in London 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Capital Expenditure”
    	
 
    	
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23.1 (Financial definitions)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Cash”
    	
 
    	
means, at any time, cash denominated in Sterling in hand or at bank   and (in the latter case) credited to an account in the name of an Obligor   with an Acceptable Bank and to which an Obligor is alone (or together with   other Obligors) beneficially entitled and for so long as:-

 

(a)                                          that cash is repayable within 30 days after the relevant date of   calculation
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(b)                                 repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any   other indebtedness of any member of the Group or of any other person   whatsoever or on the satisfaction of any other condition
    

 

5

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(c)                                           there is no Security over that cash except for Transaction Security or   any Permitted Security constituted by a netting or set-off arrangement   entered into by members of the Group in the ordinary course of their banking   arrangements and

 

(d)                                          the cash is freely and immediately available to be applied in   repayment or prepayment of the Facility
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Cash Equivalent Investments”
    	
 
    	
means at any time:-

 

(a)                                          certificates of deposit maturing within one year after the relevant   date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank

 

(b)                                          any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by   the government of the United States of America, the United Kingdom, any   member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State   or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them having an equivalent credit   rating, maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and   not convertible or exchangeable to any other security

 

(c)                                           commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other   security:-

 

(i)                                             for which a recognised trading market exists

 

(ii)                                          issued by an issuer incorporated in the United States of America, the   United Kingdom, any member state of the European Economic Area or any   Participating Member State

 

(iii)                                       which matures   within one year after the relevant date of calculation and

 

(iv)                                      which has a credit   rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services   or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investors   Service Limited, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial   paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its long-term unsecured and   non-credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating

 

(d)                                          sterling bills of exchange eligible for rediscount at the Bank of   England and accepted by an Acceptable Bank (or their dematerialised   equivalent)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(e)                                           any investment in money market funds which (i) have a credit   rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services   or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s 
    

 

6

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Investors Service   Limited, (ii) which invest substantially all their assets in securities   of the types described in sub-clauses (a) to (d) above and (iii) can be   turned into cash on not more than 30 days’ notice or

 

(f)                                            any other debt security approved by the Majority Lenders,

 

in each case, denominated in Sterling and to which any Obligor is   alone (or together with other Obligors beneficially entitled at that time and   which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or subject to   any Security (other than Security arising under the Transaction Security   Documents)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Cashflow”
    	
 
    	
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23.1 (Financial definitions)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Change of Control”
    	
 
    	
means PAG ceases to control directly or indirectly the Company and/or   any person or group of persons acting in concert gains direct or indirect   control of the Company.  For the   purposes of this definition:-

 

(a)                                          “control” of the Company   means:-

 

(i)                                             the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract,   agency or otherwise) to:-

 

(A)                                        cast, or control   the casting of, 51% or more of the maximum number of votes that might be cast   at a general meeting of the Company or

 

(B)                                        appoint or remove   all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of the   Company or

 

(C)                                        give directions   with respect to the operating and financial policies of the Company with   which the directors or other equivalent officers of the Company are obliged   to comply and/or

 

(ii)                                          the holding beneficially of 51% of the issued share capital of the Company   (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to   participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or   capital)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(b)                                         “acting in concert”   means, a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding   (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition   directly or indirectly of shares in the Company by any of them, either   directly or indirectly,
    

 

7

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
to obtain or consolidate control of the Company
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Charged Property”
    	
 
    	
means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are,   or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Closing Date”
    	
 
    	
means the date on which the Agent confirms to the Company in writing   that all of the conditions precedent in Part 1 of Schedule 5 have   been satisfied or waived
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Code”
    	
 
    	
means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Commitment”
    	
 
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name   under the heading “Commitment” in Part 2 or Part 3 of   Schedule 4 (The Original Parties)   and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement   or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase)   and

 

(b)                                          in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment   transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with   Clause 2.2 (Increase)

 

to the extent:-

 

(i)                                              not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement and

 

(ii)                                           not deemed to be zero pursuant to Clause 27.2 (Disenfranchisement   on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Sponsor Affiliates) 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Company’s Auditors”
    	
 
    	
means KPMG LLP or any other firm appointed by the Company to act as   its statutory auditors
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Compliance Certificate”
    	
 
    	
means a certificate substantially in the form set out in   Schedule 11 (Form of Compliance   Certificate)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Confidential Information”
    	
 
    	
means all information relating to the Parent, the Company, any   Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance   Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a   Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for   the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the   Facility from either:-

 

(a)                                          the Parent or any member of the Group or any of its advisers or

 

(b)                                          another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance   Party directly or indirectly from the Parent or any member of the Group or   any of its advisers
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any   document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording   information which contains or is derived or copied
    

 

8

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
from such information but excludes information that:-

 

(i)                                             is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect   result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 39 (Confidentiality) or

 

(ii)                                          is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential   by the Parent or any member of the Group or any of its advisers or

 

(iii)                                       is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is   disclosed to it in accordance with sub-clauses (a) or (b) above   or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source   which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Parent   or the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is   aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to,   any obligation of confidentiality
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Confidentiality Undertaking”
    	
 
    	
means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended   form of the LMA or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Agent
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Contribution Notice”
    	
 
    	
means a contribution notice issued by the Pensions Regulator under   section 38 or section 47 of the Pensions Act 2004
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“CTA”
    	
 
    	
means the Corporation Tax Act 2009
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“DB Schemes”
    	
 
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          the Ryland Group Pension Scheme established by an interim deed dated   29 January 1974

 

(b)                                          the William Jacks PLC Retirement Benefits Scheme established by   interim trust deed dated 1 November 1953

 

(c)                                           the industry-wide MIP Plan and

 

(d)                                          the Isaac Agnew (Holdings) Limited Management Pension Plan established   by trust deed dated 25 March 1984
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Debt Purchase Transaction”
    	
 
    	
means, in relation to a person, a transaction where such person:-

 

(a)                                          purchases by way of assignment or transfer

 

(b)                                          enters into any sub-participation in respect of or

 

(c)                                           enters into any other agreement or arrangement having an economic   effect substantially similar to a sub-participation in respect of
    

 

9

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
the Commitment or amount outstanding under this Agreement
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Default”
    	
 
    	
means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in   Clause 25 (Events of Default)   which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the   making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of   any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Defaulting Lender”
    	
 
    	
means any Lender (other than a Lender which is a Sponsor Affiliate):-

 

(a)                                          which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available (or has   notified the Agent or the Parent (which has notified the Agent) that it will   not make its participation in a Loan available) by the Utilisation Date of   that Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’   participation)

 

(b)                                          which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document or

 

(c)                                           with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is   continuing

 

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:-

 

(i)                                            its failure to pay is caused by:-

 

(A)                                        administrative or   technical error or

 

(B)                                        a Disruption Event   and

 

payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date or

 

(ii)                                         the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually   obliged to make the payment in question
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Delegate”
    	
 
    	
means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the   Security Agent
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Designated Gross Amount”
    	
 
    	
means the amount notified by the Parent to the Agent upon the   establishment of a Multi-account Overdraft as being the maximum amount of   Gross Outstandings that will, at any time, be outstanding under that   Multi-account Overdraft
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Designated Net Amount”
    	
 
    	
means the amount notified by the Parent to the Agent upon the   establishment of a Multi-account Overdraft as being the maximum amount of Net   Outstandings that will, at any time, be outstanding under that Multi-account   Overdraft
    

 

10

 

	
“Disruption Event” 
    	
 
    	
means either or both of:-

 

(a)                                          a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to   those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order   for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in   order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be   carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of,   any of the Parties or

 

(b)                                          the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a   technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations   of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:-

 

(i)                                             from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents or

 

(ii)                                          from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of   the Finance Documents

 

and which (in either such case) is not   caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are   disrupted
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Dormant Subsidiary”
    	
 
    	
means a member of the Group which does not trade (for itself or as   agent for any person) and does not own, legally or beneficially, assets   (including, without limitation, indebtedness owed to it) which in aggregate   have a value of £5,000 or more or its equivalent in other currencies
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Environment”
    	
 
    	
means humans, animals, plants and all other living organisms including   the ecological systems of which they form part and the following media:-

 

(a)                                          air (including, without limitation, air within natural or man-made   structures, whether above or below ground)

 

(b)                                          water (including, without limitation, territorial, coastal and inland   waters, water under or within land and water in drains and sewers) and

 

(c)                                           land (including, without limitation, land under water)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Environmental Claim”
    	
 
    	
means any claim, proceeding, formal notice or investigation by any   person in respect of any Environmental Law
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Environmental Law”
    	
 
    	
means any applicable law or regulation which relates to:-

 

(a)                                          the pollution or protection of the Environment

 

(b)                                          the conditions of the workplace or

 

(c)                                           the generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of any   substance which, alone or in combination with any other, is capable of   causing harm to the Environment, including, without limitation,
    

 

11

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
any waste
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Environmental Permits”
    	
 
    	
means any permit and other Authorisation and the filing of any   notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for   the operation of the business of any member of the Group conducted on or from   the properties owned or used by any member of the Group
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Event of Default”
    	
 
    	
means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 25 (Events of Default)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Existing Security Documents”
    	
 
    	
means those security documents granted before the Amendment and   Restatement Date listed in Schedule 17 (Existing   Security Documents)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Facility”
    	
 
    	
means the revolving credit facility made available under this   Agreement as described in Clause 2.1.1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Facility Office”
    	
 
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          in respect of a Lender, the office or offices notified by that Lender   to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or,   following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as   the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under   this Agreement or

 

(b)                                          in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction   in which it is resident for tax purposes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“FATCA”

 

 
    	
 
    	
 means:

 

(a)                                          sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations

 

(b)                                          any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating   to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction,   which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or   regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above or

 

(c)                                           any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or   regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US   Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation   authority in any other jurisdiction
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“FATCA Application Date”
    	
 
    	
means:

 

(a)                                          in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section   1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and   certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014

 

(b)                                          in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section   1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to “gross proceeds” from the   disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources   within the US), 1 January 2017 or
    

 

12

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(c)                                           in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of   the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2017,

 

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become   subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any   change in FATCA after the Amendment and Restatement Date.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“FATCA Deduction”
    	
 
    	
means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance   Document required by FATCA
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“FATCA Exempt Party”
    	
 
    	
means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA   Deduction
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Fee Letter”
    	
 
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement   between the Agent and the Company or the Security Agent and the Company   setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 14 (Fees) and

 

(b)                                          any agreement setting out fees payable to a Finance Party referred to   in Clause 2.2.5, Clause 14.5 (Interest,   commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities) of this Agreement or   under any other Finance Document
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Finance Document”
    	
 
    	
means this Agreement, any Accession Deed, any Ancillary Document, any   Compliance Certificate, any Fee Letter, any Hedging Agreement, the   Intercreditor Agreement, any Resignation Letter, any Transaction Security   Document, any Utilisation Request, the Vehicle Financier Deeds of Priority,   the 2012 Amendment Deed, the Amendment and Restatement Agreement and any   other document designated as a “Finance Document” by the Agent and the   Company provided that where the   term “Finance Document” is used in, and construed for the purposes of, this   Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement, a Hedging Agreement shall be a   Finance Document only for the purposes of:-

 

(a)                                          the definition of “Material Adverse Effect”

 

(b)                                          sub-clause (a) of the definition of “Permitted Transaction”

 

(c)                                           the definition of “Transaction Security Document”

 

(d)                                          Clause 1.2.1(d)

 

(e)                                           Clause 20 (Guarantee and   Indemnity) and

 

(f)                                            Clause 25 (Events of Default)   (other than Clause 25.13.2 and Clause 25.18 (Acceleration))
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Finance Party”
    	
 
    	
means the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent, a Lender, a Hedge   Counterparty or any Ancillary Lender provided   that where the term “Finance Party” is used in, and construed for   the purposes of, this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement, a Hedge   Counterparty shall be a Finance Party only for the
    

 

13

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
purposes of:-

 

(a)                                          the definition of “Secured Parties”

 

(b)                                          Clause 1.2.1(a)

 

(c)                                           sub-clause (c) of the definition of Material Adverse Effect

 

(d)                                          Clause 20 (Guarantee and   Indemnity) and

 

(e)                                           Clause 30 (Conduct of business   by the Finance Parties)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Financial Event of Default”
    	
 
    	
means an Event of Default arising under any of Clauses 25.1 (Non payment), 25.2 (Other obligations)   (to the extent that such Event of Default arises as a breach of   Clause 23 (Financial covenants)   or Clause 22 (Information   Undertakings) (in relation to the delivery of Annual Financial   Statements, Quarterly Financial Statements, Monthly Financial Statements   and/or Compliance Certificates)), 25.5 (Cross-default),   25.6 (Insolvency), 25.7 (Insolvency proceedings) and 25.8 (Creditor’s   process)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Financial Indebtedness”
    	
 
    	
means any indebtedness for or in respect of:-

 

(a)                                          moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial   institutions

 

(b)                                          any acceptance under any acceptance credit or bill discounting   facility (or dematerialised equivalent)

 

(c)                                           any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures,   loan stock or any similar instrument

 

(d)                                          the amount of any liability in respect of Finance Leases

 

(e)                                           receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the   extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis and meet any requirement for   de-recognition under the Accounting Principles)

 

(f)                                            any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that   Treasury Transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual   amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that Treasury   Transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account)

 

(g)                                           any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, bond,   standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a   bank or financial institution in respect of (i) an underlying liability   of an entity which is not a member of the Group which liability would fall   within one of the other sub-clauses of this definition or (ii) any   liabilities of any member of the Group relating to any post-retirement   benefit scheme
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(h)                                          any amount raised by the issue of redeemable shares
    

 

14

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
which are   redeemable (other than at the option of the issuer) before the Termination   Date or are otherwise classified as borrowings under the Accounting   Principles)

 

(i)                                              any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase   agreement if (i) one of the primary reasons behind entering into the   agreement is to raise finance or to finance the acquisition or construction   of the asset or service in question or (ii) the agreement is in respect   of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 90 days   after the date of supply

 

(j)                                             any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward   sale or purchase, sale and sale back or sale and leaseback agreement) having   the commercial effect of a borrowing or otherwise classified as borrowings   under the Accounting Principles and

 

(k)                                          the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity   for any of the items referred to in sub-clauses (a) to (j) above
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Financial Quarter”
    	
 
    	
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23.1 (Financial definitions)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Financial Support Direction”
    	
 
    	
means a financial support direction issued by the Pensions Regulator   under section 43 of the Pensions Act 2004
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Financial Year”
    	
 
    	
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23.1 (Financial definitions)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Franchises”
    	
 
    	
means the franchises, vehicle distribution agreements and dealerships   listed in Schedule 16 (Franchises)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“German Group”
    	
 
    	
means PAE GmbH and each of its Subsidiaries from time to time
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Gross Outstandings”
    	
 
    	
means, in relation to a Multi-account Overdraft, the Ancillary   Outstandings of that Multi-account Overdraft but calculated on the basis that   the words “(net of any Available Credit Balance)” in paragraph (a) of   the definition of “Ancillary Outstandings” were deleted
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Group”
    	
 
    	
means the Company and each of its Subsidiaries for the time being 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Group Structure Chart”
    	
 
    	
means the group structure chart in the agreed form
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Guarantor”
    	
 
    	
means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor, unless it has   ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 28 (Changes to the Obligors)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Hedge Counterparty”
    	
 
    	
means any entity which has become a Party as a Hedge Counterparty in   accordance with Clause 26.8 (Accession   of Hedge Counterparties) and which has become a party to the   Intercreditor Agreement as a Hedge Counterparty in
    

 

15

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Hedging Agreement”
    	
 
    	
means any master agreement, confirmation, schedule or other agreement   entered into or to be entered into by an Obligor and a Hedge Counterparty for   the purpose of hedging the types of liabilities and/or risks in relation to   the Facility which, at the time that that master agreement, confirmation,   schedule or other agreement (as the case may be) is entered into are   permitted to be entered into pursuant to the terms of this Agreement
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Holding Company”
    	
 
    	
means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which   it is a Subsidiary
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“IFRS”
    	
 
    	
means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS   Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial   statements
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Impaired Agent”
    	
 
    	
means the Agent at any time when:-

 

(a)                                          it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make)   a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due   date for payment

 

(b)                                          the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document

 

(c)                                           (if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under   paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of “Defaulting   Lender” or

 

(d)                                          an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the   Agent

 

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:-

 

(i)                                             its failure to pay is caused by:-

 

(A)                                        administrative or technical error or

 

(B)                                        a Disruption Event and

 

payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date or

 

(ii)                                          the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually   obliged to make the payment in question
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Increase Confirmation” 
    	
 
    	
means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in   Schedule 14 (Form of Increase   Confirmation)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Increase Lender” 
    	
 
    	
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.2 (Increase)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Insolvency Event”
    	
 
    	
in relation to an entity means that the entity:-

 

(a)                                          is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or   merger)
    

 

16

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(b)                                          becomes insolvent

 

(c)                                           has a resolution passed for its winding-up or liquidation (other than   pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger)

 

(d)                                          seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator,   liquidator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or   for all or substantially all its assets

 

(e)                                           has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its   assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal   process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its   assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is   not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within   30 days thereafter

 

(f)                                            causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the   applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the   events specified in paragraphs (a) to (e) above or

 

(g)                                           takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to,   approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Intellectual Property”
    	
 
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          any material patents, trade marks, service marks, designs, business   names, copyrights, database rights, design rights, domain names, moral   rights, inventions, confidential information, knowhow and other intellectual   property rights and interests (which may now or in the future subsist),   whether registered or unregistered and

 

(b)                                          the benefit of all applications and rights to use such assets of each   member of the Group (which may now or in the future subsist) 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Intercreditor Agreement”
    	
 
    	
means the intercreditor agreement dated the same date as this   Agreement and made between, among others, the Parent, the Company, the other   Obligors, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as Security Agent, The Royal Bank of   Scotland plc as agent, the Lenders, the Arranger, the Ancillary Lenders, the   Hedge Counterparties and the Bilateral Overdraft Lender
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Interest Period”
    	
 
    	
means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance   with Clause 12 (Interest Periods)   and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with   Clause 11.3 (Default interest)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Interpolated Screen Rate” 
    	
 
    	
means, in relation to LIBOR for any Loan, the rate (rounded to the   same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results   from interpolating on a linear basis between:
    

 

17

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(a)                                          the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that   Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that   Loan; and

 

(b)                                          the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that   Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

 

each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of   that Loan.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“ITA”
    	
 
    	
means the Income Tax Act 2007
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Joint Venture”
    	
 
    	
means any joint venture entity, whether a company, unincorporated   firm, undertaking, association, joint venture or partnership or any other   entity
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Legal Opinion”
    	
 
    	
means any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or   Clause 28 (Changes to the Obligors)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Legal Reservations”
    	
 
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the   discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to   insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of   creditors

 

(b)                                          the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility   that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against   non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or   counterclaim

 

(c)                                           the principle that in certain circumstances Security granted by way of   fixed charge may be characterised as a floating charge or that Security   purported to be constituted by way of an assignment may be recharacterised as   a charge

 

(d)                                          the principle that any additional interest imposed pursuant to any   relevant agreement may be held to be unenforceable on the grounds that it is   a penalty and thus void

 

(e)                                           the principle that an English court or a court of Northern Ireland may   not give effect to an indemnity for legal costs incurred by an unsuccessful   litigant

 

(f)                                            similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant   Jurisdiction and

 

(g)                                           any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations   as to matters of law of general application in the Legal Opinions
    

 

18

 

	
“Lender”
    	
 
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          any Original Lender and

 

(b)                                          any bank, financial institution, trust,   fund or other entity which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with   Clause 2.2 (Increase) or   Clause 26 (Changes to the Lenders)

 

which in each case   has not ceased to be a Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“LIBOR”
    	
 
    	
means, in relation   to any Loan:

 

(a)                                          the applicable Screen Rate;

 

(b)                                          (if no Screen Rate is available for the   currency or Interest Period of that Loan) the Interpolated Screen Rate for   that Loan; or

 

(c)                                           if:

 

(i)                                              no Screen Rate is available for the   currency of that Loan; or

 

(ii)                                           no Screen Rate is available for the   Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate an   Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan,

 

the Base   Reference Bank Rate, as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and   (c) above, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of   that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that   Loan
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Limitation Acts”
    	
 
    	
means the Limitation   Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“LMA”
    	
 
    	
means the Loan   Market Association
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Loan”
    	
 
    	
means a loan made   or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the   time being of that loan
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Majority Lenders”
    	
 
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                            subject to paragraph (b) below, a   Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 662/3 per   cent of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced   to zero, aggregated more than 662/3 per   cent of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction)

 

(b)                                            for the purposes of Clause 25.18 (Acceleration) where an Event of Default has occurred and   is continuing under any of Clauses 25.1 (Non-payment),   25.2 (Financial covenants and other obligations)   (where such Event of Default arises from a breach of Clause 23 (Financial covenants)), 25.5 (Cross   default), 25.6
    

 

19

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(Insolvency),   25.7 (Insolvency proceedings), 25.8 (Creditors’ process), a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments   aggregate 50 per cent or more of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total   Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated 50 per cent or more of   the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Margin”
    	
 
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          in relation to any Loan, 3 per cent   per annum

 

(b)                                          in relation to any Unpaid Sum relating or   referable to the Facility, the rate per annum specified above and

 

(c)                                           in relation to any other Unpaid Sum, the   highest rate specified above

 

but if:-

 

(d)                                          no Event of Default has occurred and is   continuing

 

(e)                                           the ratio of Consolidated Net Borrowings to   Consolidated EBITDA in respect of the most recently completed Relevant Period   is within a range set out below,

 

then the Margin for   each Loan will be the percentage per annum set out below in the column   opposite that range:-
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Consolidated Net   Borrowings: Consolidated
   EBITDA
    	
 
    	
Margin   % pa
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Greater than 2.5:1
    	
 
    	
3.00
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Greater than 2.0:1   but less than or equal to 2.5:1
    	
 
    	
2.50
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Greater than 1.5:1   but less than or equal to 2.0:1
    	
 
    	
1.90
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Greater than 1.0:1   but less than or equal to 1.5:1
    	
 
    	
1.70
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Greater than 0.7:1   but less than or equal to 1.0:1
    	
 
    	
1.50
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Less than or equal   to 0.7:1
    	
 
    	
1.35
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
However:-

 

(i)                                             any increase or decrease in the Margin for   a Loan shall take effect on the date (the “reset   date”) which is three Business Days following receipt by the Agent   of the Compliance Certificate for that Relevant Period pursuant to   Clause 22.2 (Provision and contents   of Compliance Certificate)

 

(ii)                                          if, following receipt by the Agent of the
    

 

20

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
annual audited financial statements of the Group and related   Compliance Certificate, those statements and Compliance Certificate do not   confirm the basis for a reduced Margin, then the provisions of   Clause 11.2 (Payment of interest)   shall apply and the Margin for that Loan shall be the percentage per annum   determined using the table above and the revised ratio of Consolidated Net   Borrowings to Consolidated EBITDA calculated using the figures in that   Compliance Certificate

 

(iii)                                       while an Event of Default is continuing,   the Margin for each Loan shall be the highest percentage per annum set out   above and

 

for the purpose of   determining the Margin, Consolidated Net Borrowings, Consolidated EBITDA and   Relevant Period shall be determined in accordance with Clause 23.1 (Financial definitions)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Material Adverse Effect”
    	
 
    	
means a material   adverse effect on:-

 

(a)                                          the business or financial condition of the   Group taken as a whole or

 

(b)                                          the ability of an Obligor to perform its   obligations under the Finance Documents or

 

(c)                                           the validity or enforceability of any   Finance Document
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Material Company”
    	
 
    	
means, at any   time:-

 

(a)                                          an Obligor or

 

(b)                                          a wholly-owned member of the Group that   holds shares in an Obligor or

 

(c)                                           a Subsidiary of the Company which has   earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation calculated on   the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in Clause 23.1 (Financial definitions) (but on an unconsolidated basis))   representing 10 per cent. or more of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in   Clause 23.1 (Financial definitions)) or has   gross assets, net assets or turnover (excluding intra-group items) representing   10 per cent. or more of the gross assets, net assets or turnover of the   Group, calculated on a consolidated basis

 

Compliance with the   condition set out in sub-clause (c) shall be determined by   reference to the most recent Compliance Certificate supplied by the Company   and/or the latest audited financial statements of that Subsidiary   (consolidated in the case of a Subsidiary which itself has Subsidiaries) and   the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group.  However, if a Subsidiary has been acquired   since the date as at which the latest audited consolidated financial   statements of the
    

 

21

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Group were   prepared, the financial statements shall be deemed to be adjusted in order to   take into account the acquisition of that Subsidiary (that adjustment being   certified by two directors of the Company as representing an accurate   reflection of the revised Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in Clause 23.1   (Financial definitions)), gross   assets, net assets or turnover of the Group).

 

A report by the   Company’s Auditors that a Subsidiary is or is not a Material Company shall,   in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Material Franchising Agreement”
    	
 
    	
means a franchising   agreement entered into by any member of the Group:-

 

(a)                                          where the profits attributable to, or   generated under such franchising agreement are equal to or greater than   20 per cent. of the aggregate profits of the Group; or

 

(b)                                          where the turnover attributable to or   generated under such franchising agreement is equal to or greater than   20 per cent. of the aggregate turnover of the Group
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Month”
    	
 
    	
means a period   starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically   corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:-

 

(a)                                          (subject to sub-clause (c) below)   if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall   end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is   to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding   Business Day

 

(b)                                          if there is no numerically corresponding   day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall   end on the last Business Day in that calendar month and

 

(c)                                           if an Interest Period begins on the last   Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last   Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end

 

The above   rules will only apply to the last Month of any period
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Multi-account Overdraft”
    	
 
    	
means an Ancillary   Facility which is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Net Outstandings”
    	
 
    	
means, in relation   to a Multi-account Overdraft, the Ancillary Outstandings of that   Multi-account Overdraft
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“NatWest Overdraft Letter”
    	
 
    	
means the overdraft   letter dated on or about the Amendment and Restatement Date between The Royal   Bank of Scotland plc as agent for National Westminster Bank Plc and the   Company (as amended, varied or replaced from time to time) provided that the   amount of the overdraft and ancillary facilities made available pursuant to   its terms shall not exceed £12,500,000 at
    

 

22

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
any time plus the   Seasonal Excess Amount
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“New Lender”
    	
 
    	
has the meaning   given to that term in Clause 26 (Changes to the Lenders)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Northern Bank Agreement”
    	
 
    	
means the   £2,000,000 facility agreement dated 17 August 2007 as amended on 25   August 2011 made between Danske Bank (previously Northern Bank Limited)   and Agnew Corporate Ltd
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Northern Irish Obligors”
    	
 
    	
means the companies   listed in Schedule 1 Part 1 which are incorporated under the laws of   Northern Ireland
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction”
    	
 
    	
has the meaning   given to that term in Clause 27.2.2 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Obligor”
    	
 
    	
means a Borrower or   a Guarantor
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Obligors’ Agent”
    	
 
    	
means the Company   appointed to act on behalf of each Obligor in relation to the Finance   Documents pursuant to Clause 2.4 (Obligors’   Agent)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Original Financial Statements”
    	
 
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          in relation to each Original Obligor its   audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended   31 December 2010

 

(b)                                          in relation to any other Obligor, its   audited financial statements delivered to the Agent as required by   Clause 28 (Changes to the Obligors)   
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Original Jurisdiction”
    	
 
    	
means, in relation   to an Obligor, the jurisdiction under whose laws that Obligor is incorporated   as at the date of this Agreement or, in the case of an Additional Obligor, as   at the date on which that Additional Obligor becomes Party as a Borrower or a   Guarantor (as the case may be);
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Original Obligor”
    	
 
    	
means an Original   Borrower or an Original Guarantor
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“PAE GmbH”
    	
 
    	
means Penske   Automotive Europe GmbH (a company incorporated in Germany)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“PAG”
    	
 
    	
Penske Automotive   Group Inc 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Participating Member State”
    	
 
    	
means any member   state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in   accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and   Monetary Union
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Party”
    	
 
    	
means a party to   this Agreement
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Pensions Regulator”
    	
 
    	
means the body   corporate called the Pensions Regulator established under Part I of the   Pensions Act 2004 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Permitted Acquisition”
    	
 
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          the acquisition of the entire issued share   capital of each of Agnew Retail Limited, Road-field Motors Limited and Agnew   Autoexchange Limited provided
    

 

23

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
that such acquisition is funded using the proceeds of the facility   referred to in paragraph (m) of the definition of Permitted   Financial Indebtedness

 

(b)                                          acquisitions or investments of motor retail   operations made in the ordinary course of trade

 

(c)                                           an acquisition by a member of the Group of   an asset sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of by another member   of the Group in circumstances constituting a Permitted Disposal

 

(d)                                          an acquisition of securities which are Cash   Equivalent Investments so long as those Cash Equivalent Investments become   subject to the Transaction Security as soon as is reasonably practicable

 

(e)                                           an acquisition for cash consideration, of   (A) all of the issued share capital of a limited liability company or   (B) (if the acquisition is made by a limited liability company whose   sole purpose is to make the acquisition) a business or undertaking carried on   as a going concern, but only if:-

 

(i)                                             no Default is continuing on the closing   date for the acquisition or would occur as a result of the acquisition

 

(ii)                                          the acquired company, business or   undertaking is incorporated or established, and carries on its principal   business in, the United Kingdom and

 

(iii)                                       the cash consideration (including   associated costs and expenses) for the acquisition (the “Total   Purchase Price”) does not exceed in aggregate £20,000,000 or its   equivalent

 

(f)                                            an acquisition made with the prior written   consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders)

 

Any acquisition   will only be permitted under sub-clauses (e)  and (f) if the   Company has delivered to the Agent not later than 5 Business Days before   legally committing to make such acquisition a certificate signed by two   directors of the Company to which is attached a copy of the latest audited   accounts (or if not available, management accounts) of the target company or   business
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Permitted Disposal”
    	
 
    	
means any sale,   lease, licence, transfer or other disposal which, except in the case of   sub-clause (b) is on arm’s length terms:-

 

(a)                                          of trading stock or cash made by any member   of the Group in the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity

 

(b)                                          of any asset by a member of the Group (the   “Disposing Company”) to another   member of the Group (the “Acquiring Company”),   but if:-
    

 

24

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(i)                                             the Disposing Company is an Obligor, the   Acquiring Company must also be an Obligor

 

(ii)                                          the Disposing Company had given Security   over the asset, the Acquiring Company must give equivalent Security over that   asset and

 

(iii)                                       the Disposing Company is a Guarantor, the   Acquiring Company must be a Guarantor guaranteeing at all times an amount no   less than that guaranteed by the Disposing Company

 

(c)                                           in exchange for other assets comparable or   superior as to type, value and quality

 

(d)                                          of obsolete or redundant vehicles, plant   and equipment for cash

 

(e)                                           of Cash Equivalent Investments for cash or   in exchange for other Cash Equivalent Investments

 

(f)                                            constituted by a licence of intellectual   property rights permitted by Clause 24.25 (Intellectual   Property)

 

(g)                                           to a Joint Venture, to the extent permitted   by Clause 24.10 (Joint ventures)

 

(h)                                          arising as a result of any Permitted   Security

 

(i)                                              arising as a result of a Permitted Sale and   Leaseback Transaction

 

(j)                                             of any of the Franchises

 

(k)                                          of assets where the proceeds of the   Disposal are used within 12 months of that Disposal for the purchase of   assets to replace the asset which is the subject of that Disposal with assets   of a similar type and quality

 

(l)                                              of assets for cash where (A) the   higher of the book value and net consideration receivable in respect of any   individual asset the subject of the Disposal does not exceed £15,000,000 and   (B) where the higher of the book value and net consideration receivable   (when aggregated with the higher of the book value and net consideration   receivable for any other sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal not   allowed under the preceding sub-clauses does not exceed £40,000,000 (or its   equivalent) in any Financial Year of the Company and
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(m)                                      made with the prior written consent of the   Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) such consent not to be   unreasonably withheld or delayed
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Permitted Distribution”
    	
 
    	
means:-
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(a)                                 the payment of a dividend by the Company to   the
    

 

25

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Parent provided that:

 

(i)                                               such dividend shall not exceed 50 per cent   of the consolidated profit of the Group on ordinary activities before   taxation in the Financial Year prior to that in which the payment of the   dividend is to be made (the “Base Year”)   (as evidenced by the consolidated audited financial statements of the Parent   for the Base Year delivered to the Agent in accordance with   Clause 22.11.1 and the US GAAP Reconciliation Statement for the Base   Year delivered to the Agent in accordance with Clause 22.11.2 (and no dividend   shall be paid prior to receipt by the Agent of those financial statements and   the relevant US GAAP Reconciliation Statement));

 

(ii)                                            the amount of such dividend (the “Total Dividend Amount”), together with the aggregate   amount of all loans referred to in paragraph (h) of the definition of   Permitted Loan made in the relevant Financial Year of the Company shall not   in any Financial Year of the Company exceed £30,000,000;

 

(iii)                                         no Financial Event of Default is   outstanding at the time such payment is made nor will occur as a result of   such payment and

 

(iv)                                        such dividend must be paid within the 12   month period following the end of the Base Year

 

(b)                                          the payment of a dividend to the Company or   any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries

 

(c)                                           the payment of a dividend by the Company to   the Parent of up to a maximum amount of £18,800,000 on or after the Amendment   and Restatement Date provided that this dividend is for the purpose of   clearing an inter-company balance and there is no cash movement to the Parent   in connection with this dividend after the Amendment and Restatement Date and

 

(d)                                          the payment of a dividend by the Company   with the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of   the Lenders) such consent not be unreasonably withheld or delayed unless an   Event of Default is continuing
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Permitted Financial Indebtedness”
    	
 
    	
means Financial   Indebtedness:-

 

(a)                                          arising under the Finance Documents

 

(b)                                          arising under any Stocking Facility

 

(c)                                           arising under the NatWest Overdraft Letter   (provided
    

 

26

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
that the aggregate amount of all overdraft and other facilities made   available pursuant to the NatWest Overdraft Letter shall not exceed   £12,500,000 at any time plus the Seasonal Excess Amount)

 

(d)                                          to the extent covered by a letter of   credit, guarantee or indemnity issued under an Ancillary Facility

 

(e)                                           arising under a foreign exchange   transaction for spot or forward delivery entered into in connection with   protection against fluctuation in currency rates where that foreign exchange   exposure arises in the ordinary course of trade, but not a foreign exchange   transaction for investment or speculative purposes

 

(f)                                            arising under a Permitted Loan or a   Permitted Guarantee

 

(g)                                           as permitted by Clause 24.29 (Treasury Transactions)

 

(h)                                          of any person acquired by a member of the   Group after the Closing Date which is incurred under arrangements in   existence at the date of acquisition, but not incurred or increased or having   its maturity date extended in contemplation of, or since, that acquisition,   and outstanding only for a period of six months following the date of   acquisition

 

(i)                                              under Finance Leases of, or hire purchase   agreements relating to, motor vehicles

 

(j)                                             existing at the date of this Agreement

 

(k)                                          which is subordinated to the Facility on   terms satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably)

 

(l)                                              incurred with the prior written consent of   the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders)

 

(m)                                      arising under the term loan facility dated   10 January 2012 made available by National Westminster Bank Plc to the   Company (provided that the maximum aggregate principal amount of that   facility shall not exceed £30,000,000 and that such facility is documented on   terms substantially the same as the terms of this Agreement (but on a   bilateral basis and including market-standard provisions to reflect that the   facility is to be used to fund an acquisition))

 

(n)                                          arising under the Ulster Bank Agreement   provided that the Financial Indebtedness arising under such agreement will   only be permitted if it is less than or equal to £2,000,000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(o)                                          arising under the Northern Bank Agreement   provided that the Financial Indebtedness arising under such agreement will   only be permitted if it is less than or equal to the amount of the facility   in place on the date of the 2012 Amendment Deed
    

 

27

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(p)                                          arising under a Short Term Loan

 

(q)                                          arising under a mortgage of up to £4,000,000 with Lexus Financial   Services in respect of the freehold of Lexus Milton Keynes and

 

(r)                                             not otherwise permitted by the preceding paragraphs or as a Permitted   Transaction and the outstanding principal amount of which does not exceed   £10,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate for the Group at any time
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Permitted Guarantee”
    	
 
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          the endorsement of negotiable instruments in the ordinary course of   trade

 

(b)                                          any performance or similar bond guaranteeing performance by a member   of the Group under any contract entered into in the ordinary course of trade

 

(c)                                           any guarantee of a Joint Venture to the extent permitted by   Clause 24.10 (Joint ventures)

 

(d)                                          any guarantee permitted under Clause 24.19 (Financial Indebtedness)

 

(e)                                           any guarantee given in respect of the netting or set-off arrangements   permitted pursuant to sub-clause (b) of the definition of Permitted   Security or

 

(f)                                            any indemnity given in the ordinary course of the documentation of an   acquisition or disposal transaction which is a Permitted Acquisition or   Permitted Disposal which indemnity is in a customary form and subject to   customary limitations

 

(g)                                           any guarantee given by a member of the Group which is an Obligor in   respect of the obligations or liabilities of another member of the Group   which is an Obligor

 

(h)                                          any guarantee given by a member of the Group which is not an Obligor   in respect of the obligations or liabilities of another member of the Group

 

(i)                                              any guarantee given with the prior written consent of the Agent   (acting on the instructions of the Lenders)

 

(j)                                             the guarantee dated 27 February 2007 granted by the Parent and   certain members of the Group in favour of the Bilateral Overdraft Lender

 

(k)                                          the guarantee granted by   each member of the Group party to the Ulster Bank Agreement in favour of   Ulster Bank Limited in respect of the Ulster Bank Agreement

 

(l)                                              the guarantee dated 10   January 2012 granted by each of Isaac Agnew Limited, Agnew Autoexchange   Limited, Stanley Motor Works (1932) Limited, Isaac Agnew (Mallusk)   Limited, Bavarian Garages (NI)
    

 

28

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Limited, I A P C B Limited, Isaac Agnew   (Holdings) Limited, Trade Parts Specialist (NI) Limited, Agnew Corporate Ltd,   Agnew Commercials Limited, Agnew Retail Limited, GAP Software Solutions Ltd   and Agnew Trade Centre Limited in favour of Northern Bank Limited
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(m)                                      the guarantees granted by the Company in relation to the obligations   of Agnew Autoexchange Limited, Isaac Agnew (Holdings) Limited, Isaac   Agnew Limited, I A P C B Limited and Isaac Agnew (Mallusk) Limited to   Volkswagen Financial Services (UK) Limited and Volkswagen Bank GmbH and

 

(n)                                          any guarantees granted in addition to those permitted under paragraphs   (a) to (j) above provided that the maximum aggregate liability   (whether present or future, actual or contingent) of all members of the Group   under all such guarantees does not exceed £7,500,000  at any time
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Permitted Joint Venture”   
    	
 
    	
means any investment in any Joint Venture where:-

 

(a)                                          the Joint Venture is incorporated, or established, and carries on its   principal business, in the United Kingdom

 

(b)                                          the Joint Venture is engaged in a business substantially the same as   that carried on by the Group and

 

(c)                                           in any Financial Year of the Company, the aggregate (the “Joint Venture Investment”) of:-

 

(i)                                             all amounts subscribed for shares in, lent to, or invested in all such   Joint Ventures by any member of the Group;

 

(ii)                                          the contingent liabilities of any member of the Group under any   guarantee given in respect of the liabilities of any such Joint Venture and

 

(iii)                                       the market value of any assets transferred by any member of the Group   to any such Joint Venture,

 

when aggregated with the Total Purchase   Price in respect of Permitted Acquisitions in that Financial Year permitted   pursuant to sub-clause (d) of the definition of Permitted   Acquisition does not exceed £20,000,000 (or its equivalent in other   currencies) 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Permitted Loan”
    	
 
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          any trade credit extended by any member of the Group to its customers   on normal commercial terms and in the ordinary course of its trading   activities

 

(b)                                          Financial Indebtedness which is referred to in the 
    

 

29

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
definition of, or otherwise constitutes,   Permitted Financial Indebtedness (except under sub-clause (f) of   that definition)

 

(c)                                           a loan made to a Joint Venture to the extent permitted under   Clause 24.10 (Joint ventures)

 

(d)                                          a loan made by a member of the Group which is an Obligor to another   member of the Group which is an Obligor or made by a member of the Group   which is not an Obligor to another member of the Group

 

(e)                                           any loan made by any member of the Group to a member of the German   Group so long as the aggregate amount of the Financial Indebtedness under any   such loans does not exceed £7,500,000 (or its equivalent) at any time

 

(f)                                            the subscription for vendor loan notes in connection with a Permitted   Disposal

 

(g)                                           a loan made by a member of the Group to an employee or director of any   member of the Group if the amount of that loan when aggregated with the   amount of all loans to employees and directors by members of the Group does   not exceed £500,000 (or its equivalent) at any time

 

(h)                                          a loan made by the Company to any Subsidiary of PAG which is not a   member of the Group, provided that the maximum aggregate amount of all such   loans made in any Financial Year of the Company when aggregated with the   Total Dividend Amount in respect of Permitted Distributions paid or made in   that Financial Year of the Company:

 

(A)                                         shall not exceed 50 per cent of the consolidated profit of the Group   on ordinary activities before taxation in the Base Year (as defined in the   definition of “Permitted Distribution”) (as evidenced by the consolidated   audited financial statements of the Parent for the Base Year delivered to the   Agent in accordance with Clause 22.11.1 and the US GAAP Reconciliation   Statement for the Base Year delivered to the Agent in accordance with Clause   22.11.2 (and no loan permitted pursuant to this paragraph (h)(a) shall   be paid prior to receipt by the Agent of those financial statements and the   relevant US GAAP Reconciliation Statement)); and

 

(B)                                         does not exceed £30,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies)   and
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(i)                                              any loan (other than a loan made by a member of the Group to another   member of the Group) so long as the aggregate amount of the Financial   Indebtedness under any such loans does not exceed £2,500,000 (or
    

 

30

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
its equivalent) at any time,

 

so long as in the case of:-

 

(j)                                             sub-clause (d) above the creditor of such Financial   Indebtedness shall (if it is an Obligor) grant security over its rights in   respect of such Financial Indebtedness in favour of the Secured Parties on   terms acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority   Lenders) and

 

(k)                                          sub-clause (f) above to the extent required by the Intercreditor   Agreement, the creditor and (if the debtor is a member of the Group) the   debtor of such Financial Indebtedness are or become party to the   Intercreditor Agreement as an Intra-Group Lender and a Debtor (as defined, in   each case, in the Intercreditor Agreement) respectively
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Permitted Sale and Leaseback Transaction”
    	
 
    	
means a sale and leaseback of any asset of a member of the Group where   the net consideration received by the relevant member of the Group does not   exceed:

 

(a)                                          £15,000,000 in respect of any single sale and leaseback transaction;   and

 

(b)                                          £40,000,000 in aggregate in any Financial Year of the Company
    
	
“Permitted Security”
    	
 
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of   trading and not as a result of any default or omission by any member of the   Group

 

(b)                                          any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the   Group with National Westminster Bank plc in the ordinary course of its   banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances of   members of the Group (including a Multi-account Overdraft) but only so long   as (i) such arrangement does not permit credit balances of Obligors to   be netted or set off against debit balances of members of the Group which are   not Obligors and (ii) such arrangement does not give rise to other Security   over the assets of Obligors in support of liabilities of members of the Group   which are not Obligors except, in the case of (i) and (ii) above,   to the extent such netting, set-off or Security relates to, or is granted in   support of, a loan permitted pursuant to sub-clause (e) of the   definition of “Permitted Loan”

 

(c)                                           any payment or close out netting or set-off arrangement pursuant to   any Treasury Transaction or foreign exchange transaction entered into by a   member of the Group which constitutes Permitted Financial Indebtedness,   excluding any Security or Quasi-Security under a credit support arrangement
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(d)                                          any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any
    

 

31

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
asset acquired by a   member of the Group after the Closing Date if:-

 

(i)                                             the Security or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the   acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group

 

(ii)                                          the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation   of or since the acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group and

 

(iii)                                       the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within   6 months of the date of acquisition of such asset

 

(e)                                           any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset of any   company which becomes a member of the Group after the Closing Date, where the   Security or Quasi-Security is created prior to the date on which that company   becomes a member of the Group if:-

 

(i)                                             the Security or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the   acquisition of that company

 

(ii)                                          the principal amount secured has not increased in contemplation of or   since the acquisition of that company and

 

(iii)                                       the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within   six months of that company becoming a member of the Group

 

(f)                                            any Security or Quasi-Security arising under any retention of title,   hire purchase or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having similar   effect in respect of goods supplied to a member of the Group in the ordinary   course of trading and on the supplier’s standard or usual terms and not   arising as a result of any default or omission by any member of the Group

 

(g)                                           any Quasi-Security arising as a result of a disposal which is a   Permitted Disposal

 

(h)                                          any Security or Quasi-Security arising as a consequence of any finance   or capital lease permitted pursuant to sub-clause (h) of the   definition of “Permitted Financial Indebtedness”

 

(i)                                              any Security arising pursuant to, or in connection with, a Stocking   Facility

 

(j)                                             any Security arising pursuant to the Existing Security Documents
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(k)                                          any Security or Quasi-Security arising under any agreement entered   into by a member of the Group in the ordinary course of its trading   activities to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on
    

 

32

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
terms whereby they   are or may be leased to or re-acquired by any member of the Group

 

(l)                                              the Security existing at the date of this Agreement and the Amendment   and Restatement Date in favour of the Bilateral Overdraft Lender

 

(m)                                      any Security notified to the Lenders in writing prior to the date of   this Agreement and the Amendment and Restatement Date except to the extent   the principal amount secured by that Security exceeds the amount stated in   that notification

 

(n)                                          the Security executed by the target companies described in paragraph   (a) of the definition of “Permitted Acquisition”   and their subsidiaries in favour of National Westminster Bank Plc as security   for the Financial Indebtedness described in paragraph (m) of the   definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness within 10 Business Days of the   2012 Amendment Deed or

 

(o)                                          any Security securing indebtedness the outstanding principal amount of   which (when aggregated with the outstanding principal amount of any other   indebtedness which has the benefit of Security given by any member of the   Group other than any permitted under sub-clauses (a) to (m) above)   does not exceed £7,500,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Permitted Treasury Transaction”
    	
 
    	
means

 

(a)                                          the hedging transactions documented by the Hedging Agreements;

 

(b)                                          spot and forward delivery foreign exchange contracts entered into in   the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes

 

(c)                                           any Treasury Transaction entered into for the hedging of actual or   projected real exposures arising in the ordinary course of trading activities   of a member of the Group for a period of not more than four years and not for   speculative purposes or

 

(d)                                          a Treasury Transaction on commercial terms acceptable to the Lenders   entered into by a member of the Group with a person other than a Finance   Party which does not benefit from Security granted by any member of the Group
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Permitted Transaction”
    	
 
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          any disposal required, Financial Indebtedness incurred, guarantee,   indemnity or Security or Quasi-Security given, or other transaction arising,   under the Finance Documents
    

 

33

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(b)                                          the solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any member of the Group   which is not an Obligor so long as any payments or assets distributed as a   result of such liquidation or reorganisation are distributed to other members   of the Group or

 

(c)                                           transactions (other than (i) any sale, lease, license, transfer   or other disposal and (ii) the granting or creation of Security or the   incurring or permitting to subsist of Financial Indebtedness) conducted in   the ordinary course of trading on arm’s length terms 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Properties”
    	
 
    	
means any Real Property acquired by an Obligor after the date of this   Agreement.  A reference to a “Property”   is a reference to any of the Properties
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Qualifying Lender”
    	
 
    	
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 15 (Tax gross-up and indemnities)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Quarter Date”
    	
 
    	
means the last day of a Financial Quarter
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Quasi-Security”
    	
 
    	
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 24.13 (Negative pledge)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Quotation Day”
    	
 
    	
means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be   determined:-

 

(a)                                          (if the currency is sterling) the first day of that period

 

(b)                                          (if the currency is euro) two TARGET Days before the first day of that   period or

 

(c)                                           (for any other currency) two Business Days before the first day of   that period,

 

unless market practice differs in the Relevant Market for that   currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency will be   determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant   Market (and if quotations would normally be given on more than one day, the   Quotation Day will be the last of those days)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Real Property”
    	
 
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          any freehold, leasehold or immovable property and

 

(b)                                          any buildings, fixtures, fittings, fixed plant or machinery from time   to time situated on or forming part of that freehold, leasehold or immovable   property
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Receiver”
    	
 
    	
means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of   the whole or any part of the Charged Property
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Related Fund”
    	
 
    	
in relation to a fund (the “first   fund”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same   investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is   managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose   investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment   manager or investment adviser of the first
    

 

34

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
fund
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Relevant Jurisdiction”
    	
 
    	
means, in relation to an Obligor:-

 

(a)                                          its Original Jurisdiction

 

(b)                                          any jurisdiction where any asset subject to or intended to be subject to   the Transaction Security to be created by it is situated

 

(c)                                           any jurisdiction where it conducts its business and

 

(d)                                          the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the   Transaction Security Documents entered into by it
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Relevant Market”
    	
 
    	
means the London interbank market
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Relevant Period”
    	
 
    	
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23.1 (Financial definitions)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Repayment Date”
    	
 
    	
means the last day of an Interest Period for a Loan
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Repeating Representations”
    	
 
    	
means each of the representations set out in Clause 21.2 (Status) to Clause 21.7 (Governing law and enforcement),   Clause 21.11 (No default),   Clause 21.12.2, Clause 21.13 (Original   Financial Statements), Clause 21.20 (Ranking) to Clause 21.22 (Legal and beneficial ownership) and   Clause 21.28 (Centre of main   interests and establishments)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Representative”
    	
 
    	
means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney,   trustee or custodian
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Resignation Letter”
    	
 
    	
means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 10 (Form of Resignation Letter)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Rollover Loan”
    	
 
    	
means one or more Loans:-

 

(a)                                          made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be   repaid or

 

(b)                                          the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the   maturing Loan

 

(c)                                           made or to be made to the same Borrower for the purpose of refinancing   that maturing Loan
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Screen Rate”
    	
 
    	
means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark   Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the   administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed   on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any   replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate), or on the   appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that   rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters.  If such page or service ceases to be   available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the   relevant rate after consultation with the Company.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Seasonal Excess 
    	
 
    	
means an additional amount up to a maximum of £40,000,000
    

 

35

 

	
Amount”
    	
 
    	
made available during the following periods:

 

(a)                                          20 March to 30 April in each year; and

 

(b)                                          20 September to 31 October in each year
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Secured Parties”
    	
 
    	
means each Finance Party from time to time party to this Agreement and   any Receiver or Delegate  
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Security”
    	
 
    	
means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest   securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement   having a similar effect
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Short Term Loan”
    	
 
    	
means a loan from PAG or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a member   the Group) to any member of Group provided that:

 

(a)                                          each such loan is to be repaid within 45 days of being made to the   relevant member(s) of the Group (subject to Clause 24.18.3);

 

(b)                                          a maximum of two such loans may be made available to the relevant   member(s) of the Group in each calendar year; and

 

(c)                                           such a loan may not be made available unless a period of at least 90   days has elapsed since the previous loan was repaid by the relevant member(s) of   the Group
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Specified Time”
    	
 
    	
means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 12  (Timetables)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Sponsor Affiliate”
    	
 
    	
means PAG, each of its Affiliates, any trust of which PAG or any of   its Affiliates is a trustee, any partnership of which PAG or any of its   Affiliates is a partner and any trust, fund or other entity which is managed   by, or is under the control of, PAG or any of its Affiliates provided that any such trust, fund or other entity which has been   established for at least 6 months solely for the purpose of making,   purchasing or investing in loans or debt securities and which is managed or   controlled independently from all other trusts, funds or other entities   managed or controlled by PAG or any of its Affiliates which have been   established for the primary or main purpose of investing in the share capital   of companies shall not constitute a Sponsor Affiliate
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Stocking Facility”
    	
 
    	
means any facility provided to a member of the Group for vehicle   stock, used demonstrators and/or consignment stock
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Subsidiary”
    	
 
    	
means a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of section 1159   of the Companies Act 2006
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“TARGET2”
    	
 
    	
means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express   Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was   launched on 19 November 2007
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“TARGET Day”
    	
 
    	
means any day on which TARGET2 is open for the settlement of payments   in euro
    

 

36

 

	
“Tax”
    	
 
    	
means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a   similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with   any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Termination Date”
    	
 
    	
means the date falling five years from the Amendment and Restatement   Date
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Testing Date”
    	
 
    	
means the date when the financial covenants contained in Clause 23.2 (Financial condition) are to be tested
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Total Commitments”
    	
 
    	
means the aggregate of the Commitments, being £100,000,000 at the   Amendment and Restatement Date
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Trade Instruments”
    	
 
    	
means any performance bonds, or advance payment bonds or documentary   letters of credit issued in respect of the obligations of any member of the   Group arising in the ordinary course of trading of that member of the Group
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Transaction Security”
    	
 
    	
means the Security created or expressed to be created in favour of the   Security Agent pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Transaction Security Documents”
    	
 
    	
means each of the documents listed as being a Transaction Security   Document in paragraph 2.6 of Part 1 of Schedule 5 (Conditions Precedent), any document   required to be delivered to the Agent under paragraph 13 of Part 2   of Schedule 5 (Conditions Precedent),   the debenture dated 24 January 2012 entered into by the Northern Irish   Obligors in favour of the Security Agent,    together with any other document entered into by any Obligor creating   or expressed to create any Security over all or any part of its assets in   respect of the obligations of any of the Obligors under any of the Finance   Documents  
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Transfer Certificate”
    	
 
    	
means a certificate substantially in the form set out in   Schedule 7 (Form of Transfer   Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the   Company
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Transfer Date”
    	
 
    	
means, in relation to an assignment or transfer, the later of:-

 

(a)                                          the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment   Agreement or Transfer Certificate and

 

(b)                                          the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement   or Transfer Certificate
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Treasury Transactions”
    	
 
    	
means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with   protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“UAG Group”
    	
 
    	
means the Parent and each of its Subsidiaries from time to time
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Ulster Bank Agreement”
    	
 
    	
means the working capital facility agreement most recently entered   into on 3 July 2014 (and renewed annually) documenting the terms of a   working capital facility of up to £2,000,000 to be made available by Ulster   Bank Limited to Agnew Retail Limited, Isaac Agnew (Holdings) Limited,   Agnew Commercials Limited, Bavarian Garages (NI) Limited, GAP Software   Solutions Ltd, Isaac Agnew (Mallusk) Limited, Stanley Motor Works (1932)   Limited, Agnew Autoexchange Limited, Agnew Trade Centre Limited,  Agnew Corporate Ltd, I A P C B
    

 

37

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Limited and Isaac Agnew Limited 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Unpaid Sum”
    	
 
    	
means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the   Finance Documents
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“US”
    	
 
    	
means the United States of America
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“US GAAP Reconciliation Statement”
    	
 
    	
means a reconciliation, prepared by the Company, of (i) the   Monthly Financial Statements for the Company for the period ending on 31   December in each year and (ii) generally accepted accounting   principles in the United States of America which have been applied in   preparing the audited financial statements of the Parent referred to in   Clause 22.11.1 for the same year
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Utilisation”
    	
 
    	
means a Loan
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Utilisation Date”
    	
 
    	
means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant   Loan is to be made
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Utilisation Request”
    	
 
    	
means a notice substantially in the relevant form set out in   Schedule 6 (Requests and Notices)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“VAT”
    	
 
    	
means:

 

(a)                                          any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28   November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive   2006/112); and

 

(b)                                          any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state   of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax   referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Vehicle Financier Deeds of Priority”
    	
 
    	
means deeds of priority entered into between, among others, the   Security Agent and each of the following financiers (in their respective   capacities as providers of vehicle finance to certain members of the Group):-

 

(a)                                          BMW Financial Services (GB) Limited;

 

(b)                                        Volkswagen Financial Services (UK) Limited and Volkswagen Bank GmbH   (trading as Volkswagen Bank United Kingdom Branch); and

 

(c)                                         Mercedes-Benz Bank AG UK Branch,

 

(each, a “Vehicle Financier Deed   of Priority”).
    

 

1.2                                        Construction

 

1.2.1                             Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:-

 

(a)                                          the “Agent”, the “Arranger”, any “Finance Party”, any “Hedge Counterparty”, any “Lender”, any “Obligor”, any “Party”, any “Secured Party”, the “Security Agent”, the “Bilateral Overdraft Lender” or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents

 

38

 

and, in the case of the Security Agent, any person for the time being appointed as Security Agent or Security Agents in accordance with the Finance Documents;

 

(b)                                          a document in “agreed form” is a document which is previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Agent or, if not so agreed, is in the form specified by the Agent;

 

(c)                                           “assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

(d)                                          a “Finance Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

 

(e)                                           a “group of Lenders” includes all the Lenders;

 

(f)                                            “guarantee” means (other than in Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity)) any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

 

(g)                                           “indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

(h)                                          a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

(i)                                              a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but if not having the force of law, being one which is customarily complied with in the relevant jurisdiction by persons or entities equivalent to the relevant person or entity in question) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

(j)                                             a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

 

(k)                                          “date of this Agreement” means 16 December 2011; and

 

(l)                                              a time of day is a reference to London time.

 

1.2.2                             Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

1.2.3                             Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

39

 

1.2.4                             A Borrower providing “cash cover” for an Ancillary Facility means a Borrower paying an amount in the currency of the Ancillary Facility) to an interest-bearing account in the name of the Borrower and the following conditions being met:-

 

(a)                                          the account is with the Security Agent or with the Ancillary Lender for which that cash cover is to be provided;

 

(b)                                          until no amount is or may be outstanding under that Ancillary Facility, withdrawals from the account may only be made to pay the relevant Finance Party amounts due and payable to it under this Agreement in respect of that Ancillary Facility; and

 

(c)                                           the Borrower has executed a security document over that account, in form and substance satisfactory to the Finance Party with which that account is held, creating a first ranking security interest over that account.

 

1.2.5                             A Default (other than an Event of Default) is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been waived.

 

1.2.6                             A Borrower “repaying” or “prepaying” an Ancillary Outstandings means:-

 

(a)                                          that Borrower providing cash cover in respect of the Ancillary Outstandings;

 

(b)                                          the maximum amount payable under the Ancillary Facility being reduced or cancelled in accordance with its terms; or

 

(c)                                           the Ancillary Lender being satisfied that it has no further liability under that Ancillary Facility,

 

and the amount by which the Ancillary Outstandings are, repaid or prepaid under Clauses 1.2.6(a) and 1.2.6(b) above is the amount of the relevant cash cover, reduction or cancellation.

 

1.2.7                             An amount borrowed includes any amount utilised under an Ancillary Facility.

 

1.3                                        Third party rights

 

1.3.1                             A person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

1.3.2                             Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

 

1.4                                        Provision of information by directors

 

If any provision of a Finance Document requires a director or any member of the Group to provide any information, to certify any matter or to make any presentation, any such provision, certification or presentation shall, provided it is made in good faith, be made without personal liability on the part of such director (other than in the case of fraud or gross negligence).

 

40

 

SECTION 2

 

THE FACILITY

 

2.                                               THE FACILITY

 

2.1                                        The Facility

 

2.1.1                             Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available a Sterling revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments.

 

2.1.2                             The Facility will be available to the Company.

 

2.1.3                             Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents, an Ancillary Lender may make all or part of its Commitment available to any Borrower as an Ancillary Facility.

 

2.2                                        Increase

 

2.2.1                             The Parent or the Company may by giving prior notice to the Agent by no later than the date falling 10 Business Days after the effective date of a cancellation of:-

 

(a)                                          the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with Clause 8.5 (Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender); or

 

(b)                                          the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with Clause 8.1 (Illegality);

 

request that the Total Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments under that Facility shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount in the Base Currency of up to the amount of the Available Commitments or Commitments so cancelled as follows:-

 

(c)                                           the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks, financial institutions, trusts, funds or other entities (each an “Increase Lender”) selected by the Parent or the Company (each of which shall not be a Sponsor Affiliate or a member of the Group and which is further acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably)) and each of which confirms in writing (whether in the relevant Increase Confirmation or otherwise) its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender;

 

(d)                                          each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

(e)                                           each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

41

 

(f)                                            the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

(g)                                           any increase in the Total Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by the Parent or the Company in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in Clause 2.2.2 below are satisfied.

 

2.2.2                             An increase in the Total Commitments will only be effective on:-

 

(a)                                          the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender;

 

(b)                                          in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase:-

 

(i)                                             the Increase Lender entering into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

(ii)                                          the Agent being satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender. The Agent shall promptly notify the Parent and the Increase Lender upon being so satisfied.

 

2.2.3                             Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

2.2.4                             The Parent shall promptly on demand pay the Agent and the Security Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by either of them and, in the case of the Security Agent, by any Receiver or Delegate in connection with any increase in Commitments under this Clause 2.2.

 

2.2.5                             The Parent may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Parent and the Increase Lender in a Fee Letter.

 

2.2.6                             Clause 26.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.2 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to:-

 

(a)                                          an “Existing Lender” were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

(b)                                          the “New Lender” were references to that “Increase Lender”; and

 

(c)                                           a “re-transfer” and “re-assignment” were references to respectively a “transfer” and “assignment”.

 

2.3                                        Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

2.3.1                           The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several.  Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under

 

42

 

the Finance Documents.  No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

2.3.2                           The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.

 

2.3.3                            A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

2.4                                        Obligors’ Agent

 

2.4.1                             Each Obligor (other than the Company) by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession Deed irrevocably appoints the Company (acting through one or more authorised signatories) to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:-

 

(a)                                          the Company on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including, in the case of a Borrower, Utilisation Requests), to execute on its behalf any Accession Deed, to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Obligor notwithstanding that they may affect the Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor; and

 

(b)                                          each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Company,

 

and in each case the Obligor shall be bound as though the Obligor itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any Utilisation Requests) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication.

 

2.4.2                             Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Obligors’ Agent or given to the Obligors’ Agent under any Finance Document on behalf of another Obligor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring before or after such other Obligor became an Obligor under any Finance Document) shall be binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Obligors’ Agent and any other Obligor, those of the Obligors’ Agent shall prevail.

 

3.                                               PURPOSE

 

3.1                                        Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility and any utilisation of any Ancillary Facility towards the general corporate and working capital purposes of the Group (but not, in the case of any utilisation of any Ancillary Facility, towards prepayment of any Utilisation).

 

3.2                                        Monitoring

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

43

 

4.                                               CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

4.1                                        Initial conditions precedent

 

4.1.1                             The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) in relation to any Utilisation if on or before the Utilisation Date for that Utilisation, the Agent has received (or waived its requirement to receive) all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 1 of Schedule 5 (Conditions precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.  The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied. The documents and other evidence listed in Part 1 of Schedule 5 (Conditions precedent) were satisfied or waived on or around 16 December 2011.

 

4.1.2                             Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in Clause 4.1.1 above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification.  The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

4.2                                        Further conditions precedent

 

Subject to Clause 4.1 (Initial Conditions Precedent), the Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation), if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:-

 

4.2.1                             in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan, and in the case of any other Utilisation, no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation; and

 

4.2.2                             in relation to any Utilisation on the Closing Date, all the representations and warranties in Clause 21 (Representations) or, in relation to any other Utilisation, the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects.

 

4.3                                        Maximum number of Utilisations

 

A Borrower (or the Company) may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation more than 10 Utilisations would be outstanding.

 

44

 

SECTION 3

 

UTILISATION

 

5.                                               UTILISATION - LOANS

 

5.1                                        Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

A Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

5.2                                        Completion of a Utilisation Request for Loans

 

5.2.1                             Each Utilisation Request for a Loan is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:-

 

(a)                                          the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

 

(b)                                          the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and

 

(c)                                           the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 12 (Interest Periods).

 

5.2.2                             Only one Utilisation may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

5.3                                        Currency and amount

 

5.3.1                             The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be Sterling.

 

5.3.2                             The amount of the proposed Utilisation must be an amount which is not more than the Available Facility and which is a minimum of £250,000 or, if less, the Available Facility.

 

5.4                                        Lenders’ participation

 

5.4.1                             If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, and subject to Clause 7.1 (Repayment of Loans), each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

5.4.2                             Other than as set out in Clause 5.4.3 below, the amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.

 

5.4.3                             If a Utilisation is made to repay Ancillary Outstandings, each Lender’s participation in that Utilisation will be in an amount (as determined by the Agent) which will result as nearly as possible in the aggregate amount of its participation in the Utilisations then outstanding bearing the same proportion to the aggregate amount of the Utilisations then outstanding as its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.

 

5.4.4                             The Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Loan and the amount of its participation in that Loan and, if different, the amount of that participation to be made available in accordance with Clause 32.1 (Payments to the Agent), in each case by the Specified Time.

 

45

 

5.5                                        Limitations on Utilisations

 

5.5.1                             The maximum aggregate amount of the Ancillary Commitments of all the Lenders shall not at any time exceed £15,000,000.

 

5.5.2                             The maximum aggregate amount of the Ancillary Commitments of all the Lenders made available by way of overdraft, same-day access LIBOR loan facility or other facility made available on a short term basis shall not at any time exceed £10,000,000.

 

5.6                                        Cancellation of Commitment

 

The Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period.

 

6.                                               ANCILLARY FACILITIES

 

6.1                                        Type of Facility

 

An Ancillary Facility may be by way of:-

 

6.1.1                             an overdraft facility;

 

6.1.2                             a same-day access LIBOR loan facility;

 

6.1.3                             a guarantee, bonding, documentary or stand-by letter of credit facility; or

 

6.1.4                             any other facility or accommodation required in connection with the business of the Group and which is agreed by the Company with an Ancillary Lender.

 

6.2                                        Availability

 

6.2.1                             If the Company and a Lender agree and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Lender may provide all or part of its Commitment as an Ancillary Facility).  For the avoidance of doubt, BMW Financial Services (GB) Limited shall not be an Ancillary Lender.  The Royal Bank of Scotland plc (as agent for National Westminster Bank Plc) shall make available to the Company within 45 days of the date of this Agreement, an Ancillary Facility by way of a same-day access LIBOR loan facility on an un-committed basis provided that no Default has occurred or is continuing and that the other terms of this Agreement relating to the provision of Ancillary Facilities have been complied with in relation to that Ancillary Facility;

 

6.2.2                             An Ancillary Facility shall not be made available unless, not later than 5 Business Days prior to the Ancillary Commencement Date for an Ancillary Facility, the Agent has received from the Company:-

 

(a)                                          a notice in writing of the establishment of an Ancillary Facility and specifying:-

 

(i)                                              the proposed Borrower(s) (or Affiliates of a Borrower) which may use the Ancillary Facility;

 

(ii)                                           the proposed Ancillary Commencement Date and expiry date of the Ancillary Facility;

 

(iii)                                        the proposed type of Ancillary Facility to be provided;

 

(iv)                                       the proposed Ancillary Lender;

 

46

 

(v)                                          the proposed Ancillary Commitment, the maximum amount of the Ancillary Facility in the case of a Multi-account Overdraft, its Designated Gross Amount and its Designated Net Amount; and

 

(b)                                          any other information which the Agent may reasonably request in connection with the Ancillary Facility.

 

The Agent shall promptly notify the Ancillary Lender and the other Lenders of the establishment of an Ancillary Facility.

 

6.2.3                             Subject to compliance with Clause 6.2.2 above:-

 

(a)                                          the Lender concerned will become an Ancillary Lender; and

 

(b)                                          the Ancillary Facility will be available,

 

with effect from the date agreed by the Company and the Ancillary Lender.

 

6.3                                        Terms of Ancillary Facilities

 

6.3.1                             Except as provided below, the terms of any Ancillary Facility will be those agreed by the Ancillary Lender and the Company.

 

6.3.2                             Those terms:-

 

(a)                                          must be based upon normal commercial terms at that time (except as varied by this Agreement);

 

(b)                                          may allow only Borrowers (or Affiliates of Borrowers nominated pursuant to Clause 6.9 (Affiliates of Borrowers)) to use the Ancillary Facility;

 

(c)                                           may not allow the Ancillary Outstandings to exceed the Ancillary Commitment;

 

(d)                                          may not allow the Ancillary Commitment of a Lender to exceed the Available Commitment with respect to the Facility of that Lender; and

 

(e)                                           must require that the Ancillary Commitment is reduced to zero, and that all Ancillary Outstandings are repaid not later than the Termination Date (or such earlier date as the Commitment of the relevant Ancillary Lender (or its Affiliate) is reduced to zero).

 

6.3.3                             If there is any inconsistency between any term of an Ancillary Facility and any term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail except for (i) Clause 35.3 (Day count convention) which shall not prevail for the purposes of calculating fees, interest or commission relating to an Ancillary Facility; (ii) an Ancillary Facility comprising more than one account where the terms of the Ancillary Documents shall prevail to the extent required to permit the netting of balances on those accounts; and (iii) where the relevant term of this Agreement would be contrary to, or inconsistent with, the law governing the relevant Ancillary Document, in which case that term of this Agreement shall not prevail.

 

6.3.4                             Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities are dealt with in Clause 14.5 (Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities).

 

47

 

6.4                                        Repayment of Ancillary Facility

 

6.4.1                             An Ancillary Facility shall cease to be available on the Termination Date or such earlier date on which its expiry date occurs or on which it is cancelled in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

6.4.2                             If an Ancillary Facility expires in accordance with its terms the Ancillary Commitment of the Ancillary Lender shall be reduced to zero (and its Commitment shall be increased accordingly).

 

6.4.3                             No Ancillary Lender may demand repayment or prepayment of any Ancillary Outstandings prior to the expiry date of the Ancillary Facility unless:-

 

(a)                                          required to reduce the Gross Outstandings of a Multi-account Overdraft to or towards an amount equal to its Net Outstandings;

 

(b)                                          the Total Commitments have been cancelled in full, or all outstanding Utilisations under the Facility have become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

(c)                                           it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Ancillary Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in its Ancillary Facility; or

 

(d)                                          both:

 

(i)                                              the Available Commitments; and

 

(ii)                                           the notice of the demand given by the Ancillary Lender,

 

(e)                                           would not prevent the relevant Borrower funding the repayment of those Ancillary Outstandings in full by way of Utilisation.

 

6.4.4                             If a Utilisation is made to repay Ancillary Outstandings in full, the Commitment of the Ancillary Lender shall be reduced to zero.

 

6.5                                        Limitation on Ancillary Outstandings

 

Each Borrower shall procure that:-

 

6.5.1                             the Ancillary Outstandings under any Ancillary Facility shall not exceed the Ancillary Commitment applicable to that Ancillary Facility; and

 

6.5.2                             in relation to a Multi-account Overdraft:-

 

(a)                                          the Ancillary Outstandings shall not exceed the Designated Net Amount applicable to that Multi-account Overdraft.

 

(b)                                          the Gross Outstandings shall not exceed the Designated Gross Amount applicable to that Multi-account Overdraft.

 

6.6                                        Adjustment for Ancillary Facilities upon acceleration

 

In this Clause 6.6:-

 

	
“Revolving   Outstandings”
    	
means, in relation to a Lender, the aggregate of:-

 

(a)                                          its participation in each Utilisation then
    

 

48

 

	
 
    	
outstanding   (together with the aggregate amount of all accrued interest, fees and   commission owed to it as a Lender under the Facility); and

 

(b)                                          if the Lender is also an Ancillary Lender, the Ancillary Outstandings   in respect of Ancillary Facilities provided by that Ancillary Lender (or by   its Affiliate) (together with the aggregate amount of all accrued interest,   fees and commission owed to it (or to its Affiliate) as an Ancillary Lender   in respect of the Ancillary Facility); and
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Total Revolving   Outstandings”
    	
means the aggregate of all Revolving Outstandings
    

 

6.6.1                             If a notice is served under Clause 25.18 (Acceleration) (other than a notice declaring Utilisations to be due on demand), each Lender and each Ancillary Lender shall promptly adjust (by making or receiving (as the case may be) corresponding transfers of rights and obligations under the Finance Documents relating to Revolving Outstandings) their claims in respect of amounts outstanding to them under the Facility and each Ancillary Facility to the extent necessary to ensure that after such transfers the Revolving Outstandings of each Lender bear the same proportion to the Total Revolving Outstandings as such Lender’s Commitment bears to the Total Commitments, each as at the date the notice is served under Clause 25.18 (Acceleration).

 

6.6.2                             If an amount outstanding under an Ancillary Facility is a contingent liability and that contingent liability becomes an actual liability or is reduced to zero after the original adjustment is made under Clause 6.6.1, then each Lender and Ancillary Lender will make a further adjustment (by making or receiving (as the case may be) corresponding transfers of rights and obligations under the Finance Documents relating to Revolving Outstandings to the extent necessary) to put themselves in the position they would have been in had the original adjustment been determined by reference to the actual liability or, as the case may be, zero liability and not the contingent liability.

 

6.6.3                             Any transfer of rights and obligations relating to Revolving Outstandings made pursuant to this Clause 6.6 shall be made for a purchase price in cash, payable at the time of transfer, in an amount equal to those Revolving Outstandings (less any accrued interest, fees and commission to which the transferor will remain entitled to receive notwithstanding that transfer, pursuant to Clause 26.10 (Pro rata interest settlement)).

 

6.6.4                             Prior to the application of the provisions of Clause 6.6.1, an Ancillary Lender that has provided a Multi-account Overdraft shall set-off any Available Credit Balance on any account comprised in that Multi-account Overdraft.

 

6.6.5                             All calculations to be made pursuant to this Clause 6.6 shall be made by the Agent based upon information provided to it by the Lenders and Ancillary Lenders and the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange.

 

6.7                                       Information

 

Each Borrower and each Ancillary Lender shall, promptly upon request by the Agent, supply the Agent with any information relating to the operation of an Ancillary Facility (including the Ancillary Outstandings) as the Agent may reasonably request from time

 

49

 

to time.  Each Borrower consents to all such information being released to the Agent and the other Finance Parties.

 

6.8                                        Affiliates of Lenders as Ancillary Lenders

 

6.8.1                             Subject to the terms of this Agreement, an Affiliate of a Lender may become an Ancillary Lender.  In such case, the Lender and its Affiliate shall be treated as a single Lender whose Commitment is the amount set out opposite the relevant Lender’s name in Part 2 or Part 3 of Schedule 4 (The Original Parties) and/or the amount of any Commitment transferred to or assumed by that Lender under this Agreement, to the extent (in each case) not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.  For the purposes of calculating the Lender’s Available Commitment with respect to the Facility, the Lender’s Commitment shall be reduced to the extent of the aggregate of the Ancillary Commitments of its Affiliates.

 

6.8.2                             The Company shall specify any relevant Affiliate of a Lender in any notice delivered by the Company to the Agent pursuant to Clause 6.2.2(a).

 

6.8.3                             An Affiliate of a Lender which becomes an Ancillary Lender shall accede to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Ancillary Lender and any person which so accedes to the Intercreditor Agreement shall, at the same time, become a Party as an Ancillary Lender in accordance with clause 20.5.2 (Deeds of Accession) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

6.8.4                             If a Lender assigns all of its rights and benefits or transfers all of its rights and obligations to a New Lender, its Affiliate shall cease to have any obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Document.

 

6.8.5                             Where this Agreement or any other Finance Document imposes an obligation on an Ancillary Lender and the relevant Ancillary Lender is an Affiliate of a Lender which is not a party to that document, the relevant Lender shall ensure that the obligation is performed by its Affiliate.

 

6.9                                       Affiliates of Borrowers

 

6.9.1                             Subject to the terms of this Agreement, an Affiliate of a Borrower may with the approval of the relevant Lender become a borrower with respect to an Ancillary Facility.

 

6.9.2                             The Company shall specify any relevant Affiliate of a Borrower in any notice delivered by the Company to the Agent pursuant to Clause 6.2.2(a).

 

6.9.3                             If a Borrower ceases to be a Borrower under this Agreement in accordance with Clause 28.3 (Resignation of a Borrower), its Affiliate shall cease to have any rights under this Agreement or any Ancillary Document.

 

6.9.4                             Where this Agreement or any other Finance Document imposes an obligation on a Borrower under an Ancillary Facility and the relevant Borrower is an Affiliate of a Borrower which is not a party to that document, the relevant Borrower shall ensure that the obligation is performed by its Affiliate.

 

6.9.5                             Any reference in this Agreement or any other Finance Document to a Borrower being under no obligations (whether actual or contingent) as a Borrower under such Finance Document shall be construed to include a reference to any Affiliate of a Borrower being under no obligations under any Finance Document or Ancillary Document.

 

50

 

6.10                                 Commitment amounts

 

Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, each Lender shall ensure that at all times its Commitment is not less than:-

 

6.10.1                      its Ancillary Commitment; or

 

6.10.2                      the Ancillary Commitment of its Affiliate.

 

6.11                                 Amendments and Waivers - Ancillary Facilities

 

No amendment or waiver of a term of any Ancillary Facility shall require the consent of any Finance Party other than the relevant Ancillary Lender unless such amendment or waiver itself relates to or gives rise to a matter which would require an amendment of or under this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, under this Clause 6).  In such a case, Clause 38 (Amendments and waivers) will apply.

 

51

 

SECTION 4

 

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

7.                                               REPAYMENT

 

7.1                                        Repayment of Loans

 

7.1.1                             Each Borrower which has drawn a Loan shall repay that Loan on the last day of its Interest Period.

 

7.1.2                             Without prejudice to each Borrower’s obligation under Clause 7.1.1 above, if:

 

(a)                                          one or more Loans are to be made available to a Borrower:-

 

(i)                                              on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid by that Borrower;

 

(ii)                                           in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Loan; and

 

(b)                                          the proportion borne by each Lender’s participation in the maturing Loan to the amount of that maturing Loan is the same as the proportion borne by that Lender’s participation in the new Loan to the aggregate amount of those new Loans,

 

the aggregate amount of the new Loans shall, unless the Borrower notifies the Agent to the contrary in the relevant Utilisation Request, be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Loan so that:-

 

(a)                                          if the amount of the maturing Loan exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Loans:-

 

(i)                                              the relevant Borrower will only be required to make a payment under Clause 32.1 in an amount in the relevant currency equal to that excess; and

 

(ii)                                           each Lender’s participation in the new Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the maturing Loan and that Lender will not be required to make a payment under Clause 32.1 in respect of its participation in the new Loans; and

 

(b)                                          if the amount of the maturing Loan is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the new Loans:-

 

(i)                                              the relevant Borrower will not be required to make a payment under Clause 32.1; and

 

(ii)                                           each Lender will be required to make a payment under Clause 32.1 in respect of its participation in the new Loans only to the extent that its participation in the new Loans exceeds that Lender’s participation in the maturing Loan and the remainder of that Lender’s participation in the new Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the maturing Loan.

 

52

 

8.                                               ILLEGALITY, VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

8.1                                        Illegality

 

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in any Utilisation:-

 

8.1.1                             that Lender, shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

8.1.2                             upon the Agent notifying the Company, the Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

8.1.3                             each Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Utilisations made to that Borrower on the last day of the Interest Period for each Utilisation occurring after the Agent has notified the Company or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender’s corresponding Commitment(s) shall be cancelled in the amount of the participations repaid.

 

8.2                                        Voluntary cancellation

 

The Company may, if it gives the Agent not less than 10 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount and an integral multiple, of £250,000) of the Available Facility.  Any cancellation under this Clause 8.2 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the Facility.

 

8.3                                        Voluntary prepayment of Utilisations

 

A Borrower to which a Utilisation has been made may, if it or the Company gives the Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of a Utilisation (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Utilisation by a minimum amount, and an integral multiple, of £250,000).

 

8.4                                        Right of cancellation and repayment in relation to a single Lender

 

8.4.1                             If:-

 

(a)                                          any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under Clause 15.2.3; or

 

(b)                                          any Lender claims indemnification from the Company or an Obligor under Clause 15.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 16.1 (Increased costs),

 

the Company may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Utilisations.

 

8.4.2                             On receipt of a notice referred to in Clause 8.4.1 above in relation to a Lender, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

8.4.3                             On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Company has given notice under Clause 8.4.1 above in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier,

 

53

 

the date specified by the Company in that notice), each Borrower to which a Utilisation is outstanding shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Utilisation together with all interest and other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents.

 

8.5                                        Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender

 

8.5.1                             If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Parent or the Company may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent 10 Business Days’ notice of cancellation of each Available Commitment of that Lender.

 

8.5.2                             On the notice referred to in Clause 8.5.1 above becoming effective, each Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

8.5.3                             The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in Clause 8.5.1 above, notify all the Lenders.

 

9.                                               MANDATORY PREPAYMENT

 

9.1                                        Exit

 

9.1.1                             For the purpose of this Clause 9.1:-

 

	
“FCA”
    	
means the Financial Conduct Authority acting in accordance with Part 6   of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Flotation”
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          a successful application being made for the admission of any part of   the share capital of any member of the Group (or Holding Company of any   member of the Group) to the Official List maintained by the FCA and the   admission of any part of the share capital of any member of the Group (or   Holding Company of any member of the Group) to trading on the London Stock   Exchange plc or

 

(b)                                          the grant of permission to deal in any part of the issued share   capital of any member of the Group (or Holding Company of any member of the   Group) on the Alternative Investment Market or the Main Board or the Growth   Market of the ICAP Securities & Derivatives Exchange (ISDX) or on   any recognised investment exchange (as that term is used in the Financial   Services and Markets Act 2000) or in or on any exchange or market   replacing the same or any other exchange or market in any country
    

 

9.1.2                             Upon the occurrence of:-

 

(a)                                          any Flotation; or

 

(b)                                          a Change of Control; or

 

54

 

(c)                                           the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Group whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions,

 

the Facility will be cancelled and all outstanding Utilisations and Ancillary Outstandings, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents, shall become immediately due and payable.

 

10.                                        RESTRICTIONS

 

10.1                                 Notices of Cancellation or Prepayment

 

Any notice of cancellation, prepayment, authorisation or other election given by any Party under Clause 8 (Illegality, voluntary prepayment and cancellation) shall (subject to the terms of those Clauses) be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

10.2                                 Interest and other amounts

 

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

10.3                                 Reborrowing of Facility

 

Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Facility which is prepaid or repaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

10.4                                 Prepayment in accordance with Agreement

 

No Borrower shall repay or prepay all or any part of the Utilisations or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

10.5                                No reinstatement of Commitments

 

Subject to Clause 2.2 (Increase), no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

10.6                                 Agent’s receipt of Notices

 

If the Agent receives a notice under Clause 8 (Illegality, voluntary prepayment and cancellation) it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice or election to either the Company or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

10.7                                 Effect of Repayment and Prepayment on Commitments

 

If all or part of any Lender’s participation in a Utilisation under the Facility is repaid or prepaid and is not available for redrawing (other than by operation of Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent)), an amount of that Lender’s Commitments (equal to the amount of the participation which is repaid or prepaid) in respect of the Facility will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.

 

55

 

SECTION 5

 

COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

11.                                        INTEREST

 

11.1                                 Calculation of interest

 

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:-

 

11.1.1                      Margin; and

 

11.1.2                      LIBOR.

 

11.2                                 Payment of interest

 

11.2.1                      The Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

 

11.2.2                      If the annual audited financial statements of the Group and related Compliance Certificate received by the Agent show that a higher Margin should have applied during a certain period, then the Company shall (or shall ensure the relevant Borrower shall) promptly pay to the Agent any amounts necessary to put the Agent and the Lenders in the position they would have been in had the appropriate rate of the Margin applied during such period.

 

11.3                                 Default interest

 

11.3.1                      If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to Clause 11.3.2 below, is 2.0 per cent per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably).  Any interest accruing under this Clause 11.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

11.3.2                      If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:-

 

(a)                                          the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

 

(b)                                          the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be 2.0 per cent per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

11.3.3                      Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

56

 

11.4                                 Notification of rates of interest

 

The Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Lenders and the relevant Borrower (or the Company) of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

12.                                        INTEREST PERIODS

 

12.1                                 Selection of Interest Periods and Terms

 

12.1.1                      A Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan.

 

12.1.2                      Subject to this Clause 12, a Borrower (or the Company) may select an Interest Period of one week or one, three or six months or any other period agreed between the Company and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders in relation to the relevant Loan).

 

12.1.3                      An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date.

 

12.1.4                      A Loan has one Interest Period only.

 

12.2                                 Non-Business Days

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

13.                                        CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

13.1                                 Absence of quotations

 

Subject to Clause 13.2 (Market disruption) if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Base Reference Banks but a Base Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Base Reference Banks.

 

13.2                                 Market disruption

 

13.2.1                      If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Loan for the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:-

 

(a)                                          the Margin; and

 

(b)                                          the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event by close of business on the date falling two Business Days after the Quotation Day  (or, if earlier, on the date falling two Business Days prior to the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

13.2.2                      If a Market Disruption Event occurs the Agent shall, as soon as is practicable, notify the Company.

 

13.2.3                      If:-

 

(a)                                          the percentage rate per annum notified by a Lender pursuant to Clause 13.2.1(b) above is less than LIBOR; or

 

57

 

(b)                                          a Lender has not notified the Agent of a percentage rate per annum pursuant to Clause 13.2.1(b) above,

 

the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of Clause 13.2.1 above, to be LIBOR.

 

13.2.4                      In this Agreement:-

 

	
“Market Disruption Event”
    	
means:

 

(a)           at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period   LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Base Reference Banks and none   or only one of the Base Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to   determine LIBOR for the relevant currency and Interest Period or

 

(b)           before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the   relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or   Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 35 per cent of that Loan)   that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever   source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR 
    

 

13.3                                 Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

13.3.1                      If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Company so requires, the Agent and the Company shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

13.3.2                      Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to Clause 13.3.1 above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Company, be binding on all Parties.

 

13.4                                 Break Costs

 

13.4.1                      Each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

13.4.2                      Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

14.                                        FEES

 

14.1                                Commitment fee

 

14.1.1                      The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in Sterling computed at the rate of 35 per cent of the applicable Margin per annum on that Lender’s Available Commitment for the Availability Period.

 

58

 

14.1.2                      The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

14.2                                 Arrangement fee

 

The Company shall pay to the Arrangers (for their own account) an arrangement fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

14.3                                 Agency fee

 

The Company shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

14.4                                 Security Agent fee

 

The Company shall pay to the Security Agent (for its own account) a security agent fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

14.5                                 Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities

 

The rate and time of payment of interest, commission, fees and any other remuneration in respect of each Ancillary Facility shall be determined by agreement between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the Borrower of that Ancillary Facility based upon normal market rates and terms (provided that the rate and time of payment of interest, commission, fees and any other remuneration in respect of the same-day access LIBOR facility referred to in clause 6.2.1 shall be on terms no more onerous than the Facility as at the Amendment and Restatement Date).

 

59

 

SECTION 6

 

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

15.                                        TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

15.1                                 Definitions

 

In this Agreement:-

 

	
“Borrower DTTP Filing”
    	
means an HM Revenue & Customs’ Form DTTP2 duly completed   and filed by the Borrower, which:

 

(a)                                          where it relates to a Treaty Lender that is an Original Lender,   contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated   opposite that Lender’s name in Part 2 of Schedule 4 (The Original Parties) and

 

(i)                                              where the Borrower is an Original Borrower, is filed with HM Revenue &   Customs; or

 

(ii)                                           where the Borrower is an Additional Borrower, is filed with HM Revenue &   Customs within 30 days of the date on which that Borrower becomes an   Additional Borrower; or

 

(b)                                          where it relates to a Treaty Lender that is a New Lender or an   Increase Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax   residence stated in respect of that Lender in the relevant Transfer   Certificate or Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation and

 

(i)                                              where the Borrower is a Borrower as at the relevant Transfer Date (or   date on which the increase in Commitments described in the relevant Increase   Confirmation takes effect) is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within   30 days of that Transfer Date (or date on which the increase in Commitments   described in the relevant Increase Confirmation takes effect); or

 

(ii)                                           where the Borrower is not a Borrower as at the relevant Transfer Date   (or date on which the increase in Commitments described in the relevant   Increase Confirmation takes effect), is filed with HM Revenue &   Customs within 30 days of the date on which that Borrower becomes an   Additional Borrower
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Protected   Party”
    	
means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability or   required to make any payment for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum   received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be   received or receivable) under a Finance Document
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Qualifying   Lender”
    	
means:-
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
(a)                                          a Lender (other than a Lender within sub-clause (b) below)   which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that
    

 

60

 

	
 
    	
Lender in respect   of an advance under a Finance Document and is:-

 

(i)                                             a Lender:-

 

(A)                                        which is a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the   ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document and is within the charge to   United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in   respect of that advance or would be within such charge as respects such   payments apart from section 18A of the CTA; or

 

(B)                                   in respect of an advance made under a Finance Document by a person   that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA)   at the time that that advance was made, and within the charge to United   Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect   of that advance;

 

(ii)                                          a Lender which is:-

 

(A)                                        a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax   purposes

 

(B)                                        a partnership each member of which is:-

 

(1)                                          a company so resident in the United Kingdom or

 

(2)                                          a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a   trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which   brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning   of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in   respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA

 

(C)                                        a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a   trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which   brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing   the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of
    

 

61

 

	
 
    	
that company or

 

(iii)                                       a Treaty Lender or

 

(b)                                          a Lender which is a building society (as defined for the purposes of   section 880 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Tax Confirmation”
    	
means a confirmation by a Lender that the person beneficially entitled   to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance   Document is either:-

 

(a)                                          a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes

 

(b)                                          a partnership each member of which is:-

 

(i)                                             a company so resident in the United Kingdom or

 

(ii)                                          a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a   trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which   brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning   of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in   respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA   or

 

(c)                                           a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a   trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which   brings into account interest payable in respect of that   advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of   section 19 of the CTA) of that company
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Tax Credit”
    	
means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of, any   Tax
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Tax Deduction”
    	
means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a   payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Tax Payment”
    	
means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance   Party under Clause 15.2 (Tax gross-up)   or a payment under Clause 15.3 (Tax   indemnity)
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Treaty Lender”
    	
means a Lender which:-

 

(a)                                          is treated as a resident of a Treaty State for the purposes of the   Treaty and

 

(b)                                          does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom through a permanent   establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is   effectively connected 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Treaty State”
    	
means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “Treaty”) with the United Kingdom which   makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United Kingdom on   interest
    

 

62

 

	
“UK Non-Bank Lender”
    	
means:-

 

(a)                                          where a Lender becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is   entered into, a Lender listed in Part 3 of Schedule 4 (The Original Parties); and

 

(b)                                          where a Lender becomes a Party after the day on which this Agreement   is entered into, a Lender which gives a Tax Confirmation in the Assignment   Agreement or Transfer Certificate which it executes on becoming a Party
    

 

Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 15 a reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

15.2                                 Tax gross-up

 

15.2.1                      Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

15.2.2                      The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly.  Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender.  If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Company and that Obligor.

 

15.2.3                      If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

15.2.4                      A payment shall not be increased under Clause 15.2.3 above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United Kingdom, if on the date on which the payment falls due:-

 

(a)                                          the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority; or

 

(b)                                          the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of sub-clause (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender and:-

 

(i)                                              an officer of HM Revenue & Customs has given (and not revoked) a direction (a “Direction”) under section 931 of the ITA which relates to the payment and that Lender has received from the Obligor making the payment or from the Company a certified copy of that Direction; and

 

(ii)                                           the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if that Direction had not been made; or

 

63

 

(c)                                           the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of sub-clause (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender and:-

 

(i)                                              the relevant Lender has not given a Tax Confirmation to the Company; and

 

(ii)                                           the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if the Lender had given a Tax Confirmation to the Company, on the basis that the Tax Confirmation would have enabled the Company to have formed a reasonable belief that the payment was an “excepted payment” for the purpose of section 930 of the ITA; or

 

(d)                                          the relevant Lender is a Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under Clauses 15.2.7  or 15.2.8 (as applicable) below.

 

15.2.5                      If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

15.2.6                      Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment a statement under section 975 of the ITA or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

15.2.7

 

(a)                                          Subject to paragraph (b) below, a Treaty Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Treaty Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.

 

(b)

 

(i)                                              A Treaty Lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence opposite its name in Part 2 of Schedule 4 (The Original Parties); and

 

(ii)                                           A New Lender or an Increase Lender that is a Treaty Lender that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation which it executes,

 

64

 

and, having done so, that Lender shall be under no obligation pursuant to Clause 15.2.7(a) above.

 

15.2.8                      If a Lender has confirmed its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with Clause 15.2.7(b) above and:

 

(a)                                          the Borrower making a payment to that Lender has not made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender; or

 

(b)                                          the Borrower making a payment to that Lender has made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender but:

 

(i)                                              the Borrower DTTP Filing has been rejected by HM Revenue & Customs; or

 

(ii)                                           HM Revenue & Customs has not given the Borrower authority to make payments to that Lender without a Tax Deduction within 60 days of the date of the Borrower DTTP Filing,

 

and in each case, the Borrower has notified that Lender in writing, that Lender and the Borrower shall co-operate in completing any additional procedural formalities necessary for the Company to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.

 

15.2.9                      If a Lender has not confirmed its scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with Clause 15.2.7(b) above, no Obligor shall make a Borrower DTTP Filing or file any other form relating to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme in respect of that Lender’s Commitment(s) or its participation in any Loan unless the Lender otherwise agrees.

 

15.2.10               The Company shall, promptly on making a Borrower DTTP Filing, deliver a copy of that Borrower DTTP Filing to the Agent for delivery to the relevant Lender.

 

15.2.11               A UK Non-Bank Lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into gives a Tax Confirmation to the Company by entering into this Agreement.

 

15.2.12               A UK Non-Bank Lender shall promptly notify the Company and the Agent if there is any change in the position from that set out in the Tax Confirmation.

 

15.3                                 Tax indemnity

 

15.3.1                      The Company shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

15.3.2                      Clause 15.3.1 above shall not apply:-

 

(a)                                          with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:-

 

(i)                                              under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

65

 

(ii)                                           under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

(b)                                          to the extent a loss, liability or cost:-

 

(i)                                              is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 15.2 (Tax gross-up);

 

(ii)                                           would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 15.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in Clause 15.2.4 applied; or

 

(iii)                                        relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

15.3.3                      A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under Clause 15.3.1 above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Company.

 

15.3.4                      A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 15.3, notify the Agent.

 

15.4                                 Tax Credit

 

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:-

 

15.4.1                      a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and

 

15.4.2                      that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

 

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

15.5                                 Lender Status Confirmation

 

Each Lender which becomes a Party to this Agreement after the date of this Agreement shall indicate, in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation which it executes on becoming a Party, and for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, which of the following categories it falls in:-

 

15.5.1                      not a Qualifying Lender;

 

15.5.2                      a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender); or

 

15.5.3                      a Treaty Lender.

 

If a New Lender or Increase Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this Clause 15.5 then such New Lender or Increase Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by each Obligor) as if it is not a Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Agent which category applies (and the Agent,

 

66

 

upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the Company).  For the avoidance of doubt, a Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this Clause 15.5.

 

15.6                                 Stamp taxes

 

The Company shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability that Secured Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

15.7                                 VAT

 

15.7.1                      All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to Clause 15.7.2 below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party).

 

15.7.2                      If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to any other Finance Party (the “Recipient”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “Relevant Party”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

(a)                                          (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT.  The Recipient must (where this Clause 15.7.2(a) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

(b)                                          (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

15.7.3                      Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

67

 

15.7.4                      Any reference in this Clause 15.7 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

 

15.7.5                      In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

15.8                                 FATCA Information

 

15.8.1                      Subject to Clause 15.8.3 below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

(a)                                          confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

(i)                                              a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

(ii)                                           not a FATCA Exempt Party;

 

(b)                                          supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA; and

 

(c)                                           supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.

 

15.8.2                      If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to Clause 15.8.1(a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

15.8.3                      Clause15.8.1 above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and Clause 15.8.1(c) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

(a)                                          any law or regulation;

 

(b)                                          any fiduciary duty; or

 

(c)                                           any duty of confidentiality.

 

15.8.4                      If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with Clauses 15.8.1(a) or 15.8.1(b) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where Clause 15.8.3 above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

68

 

15.9                                 FATCA Deduction

 

15.9.1                      Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

15.9.2                      Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Company and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

 

16.                                        INCREASED COSTS

 

16.1                                 Increased costs

 

16.1.1                      Subject to Clause 16.3 (Exceptions) the Company shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation, (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement, or (iii) the implementation or application of or compliance with Basel III or CRD IV or any other law or regulation which implements Basel III or CRD IV (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates).

 

16.1.2                      In this Agreement:-

 

(a)                                          “Basel III” means:

 

(i)                                              the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

(ii)                                           the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement — Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

(iii)                                        any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

 

(b)                                          “CRD IV” means:

 

(i)                                              Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms; and

 

69

 

(ii)                                           Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms.

 

(c)                                           “Increased Costs” means:-

 

(i)                                              a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

(ii)                                           an additional or increased cost; or

 

(iii)                                        a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or an Ancillary Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document

 

16.2                                 Increased cost claims

 

16.2.1                      A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 16.1 (Increased Costs) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Company.

 

16.2.2                      Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

16.3                                 Exceptions

 

16.3.1                      Clause 16.1 (Increased Costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:-

 

(a)                                          attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

(b)                                          attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

(c)                                           compensated for by Clause 15.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 15.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in Clause 15.3.2 applied); or

 

(d)                                          attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

 

16.3.2                      In this Clause 16.3 reference to a “Tax Deduction” has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 15.1 (Definitions).

 

17.                                        OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

17.1                                 Currency indemnity

 

17.1.1                      If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of:-

 

(a)                                          making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

 

70

 

(b)                                          obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

17.1.2                      Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

17.2                                 Other indemnities

 

17.2.1                      The Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand, indemnify the Arranger and each other Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:-

 

(a)                                          the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

(b)                                          a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 31 (Sharing among the Finance Parties);

 

(c)                                           funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Utilisation requested by a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or

 

(d)                                          a Utilisation (or part of a Utilisation) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower or the Company.

 

17.3                                 Indemnity to the Agent

 

The Company shall promptly indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:-

 

17.3.1                      investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

 

17.3.2                      acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or

 

17.3.3                      instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under this Agreement; and

 

17.3.4                      any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 32.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

71

 

17.4                                 Indemnity to the Security Agent

 

17.4.1                      Each Obligor jointly and severally shall promptly indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them as a result of:-

 

(a)                                          any failure by the Borrower to comply with its obligations under Clause 19 (Costs and expenses);

 

(b)                                          acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(c)                                           the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Transaction Security,

 

(d)                                          the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Security Agent and each Receiver and Delegate by the Finance Documents or by law;

 

(e)                                           any default by any Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents; or

 

(f)                                            acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents or which otherwise relates to any of the Charged Property (otherwise, in each case, than by reason of the relevant Security Agent’s, Receiver’s or Delegate’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct).

 

17.4.2                      Each Obligor expressly acknowledges and agrees that the continuation of its indemnity obligations under this Clause 17.4 will not be prejudiced by any release or disposal under the Intercreditor Agreement taking into account the operation of the provisions of that agreement.

 

17.4.3                      The Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate may, in priority to any payment to the Secured Parties, indemnify itself out of the Charged Property in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this Clause 17.4 and shall have a lien on the Transaction Security and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Transaction Security for all monies payable to it.

 

18.                                        MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

 

18.1                                 Mitigation

 

18.1.1                      Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in the Facility ceasing to be available or any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 8.1 (Illegality), Clause 15 (Tax gross-up and indemnities) or Clause 16 (Increased Costs) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

18.1.2                      Clause 18.1.1 above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

72

 

18.2                                 Limitation of liability

 

18.2.1                      The Company shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 18.1 (Mitigation).

 

18.2.2                      A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 18.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

19.                                        COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

19.1                                 Transaction expenses

 

The Company shall promptly on demand pay the Agent, the Arranger and the Security Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any of them (and, in the case of the Security Agent, by any Receiver or Delegate) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of:-

 

19.1.1                      this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement and the Transaction Security; and

 

19.1.2                      any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

19.2                                 Amendment costs

 

If (a) an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 32.10 (Change of currency), the Company shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse each of the Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent and the Security Agent (and, in the case of the Security Agent, by any Receiver or Delegate) in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

19.3                                 Security Agent’s ongoing costs

 

19.3.1                      Any amount payable to the Security Agent under Clause 17.4 (Indemnity to the Security Agent) and this Clause 19 shall include the properly incurred cost of utilising the Security Agent’s management time or other reasonable and appropriate resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Security Agent may notify to the Borrower and the Lenders, and is in addition to any other fee paid or payable to the Security Agent.

 

19.3.2                      Without prejudice to Clause 19.3.1 above, in the event of:

 

(a)                                          a Default;

 

(b)                                          the Security Agent considering it necessary (acting reasonably);

 

(c)                                           the Security Agent being requested by an Obligor or the Majority Lenders to undertake duties which the Security Agent and the Company agree to be of an exceptional nature or outside the scope of the normal duties of the Security Agent under the Finance Documents; or

 

(d)                                          the Security Agent and the Company agreeing that it is otherwise appropriate in the circumstances,

 

73

 

the Company shall pay to the Security Agent any additional remuneration that may be agreed between them or determined pursuant to Clause 19.3.3 below.

 

19.3.3                      If the Security Agent and the Company fail to agree upon the nature of the duties or upon the additional remuneration referred to in Clause 19.3.2 above or whether additional remuneration is appropriate in the circumstances, any dispute shall be determined by an investment bank (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator) selected by the Security Agent and approved by the Company or, failing approval, nominated (on the application of the Security Agent) by the President for the time being of the Law Society of England and Wales (the costs of the nomination and of the investment bank being payable by the Company) and the determination of any investment bank shall be final and binding upon the parties to this Agreement.

 

19.4                                 Enforcement and preservation costs

 

The Company shall, within three Business Days of demand, pay to each Secured Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of or the preservation of any rights under any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any proceedings instituted by or against the Security Agent as a consequence of taking or holding the Transaction Security or enforcing these rights.

 

74

 

SECTION 7

 

GUARANTEE

 

20.                                        GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

20.1                                 Guarantee and indemnity

 

Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:-

 

20.1.1                      guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each other Obligor of all that Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

20.1.2                      undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever another Obligor does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

20.1.3                      agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of an Obligor not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due.  The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 20 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

20.2                                 Continuing Guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

20.3                                 Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this Clause 20 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

20.4                                 Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 20 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 20, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 20 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:-

 

20.4.1                      any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

20.4.2                      the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

20.4.3                      the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or

 

75

 

security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

20.4.4                      any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

20.4.5                      any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

20.4.6                      any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

20.4.7                      any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

20.5                                 Guarantor Intent

 

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 20.4 (Waiver of Defences), each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

 

20.6                                 Immediate recourse

 

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 20.  This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

20.7                                 Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:-

 

20.7.1                      refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

20.7.2                      hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 20.

 

76

 

20.8                                 Deferral of Guarantors’ rights

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 20:-

 

20.8.1                      to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

20.8.2                      to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

20.8.3                      to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;

 

20.8.4                      to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 20.1 (Guarantee and Indemnity);

 

20.8.5                      to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

20.8.6                      to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

 

If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 32 (Payment mechanics).

 

20.9                                 Release of Guarantors’ right of contribution

 

If any Guarantor (a “Retiring Guarantor”) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents for the purpose of any sale or other disposal of that Retiring Guarantor then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:-

 

20.9.1                      that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and

 

20.9.2                      each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor.

 

20.10                          Additional security

 

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

 

77

 

20.11                          Guarantee Limitations

 

This guarantee does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in this guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of sections 678 or 679 of the Companies Act 2006 or any equivalent and applicable provisions under the laws of the Original Jurisdiction of the relevant Guarantor and, with respect to any Additional Guarantor, is subject to any limitations set out in the Accession Deed applicable to such Additional Guarantor.

 

78

 

SECTION 8

 

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

21.                                        REPRESENTATIONS

 

21.1                                 General

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 21 to each Finance Party.

 

21.2                                 Status

 

21.2.1                      It and each of its Subsidiaries is a limited liability corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its Original Jurisdiction.

 

21.2.2                      It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

21.3                                 Binding obligations

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations:-

 

21.3.1                      the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations; and

 

21.3.2                      (without limiting the generality of Clause 21.3.1 above), each Transaction Security Document to which it is a party creates the security interests which that Transaction Security Document purports to create and those security interests are valid and effective.

 

21.4                                 Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents and the granting of the Transaction Security pursuant to the Agreed Security Principles do not and will not conflict with:-

 

21.4.1                      any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

21.4.2                      the constitutional documents of any member of the Group; or

 

21.4.3                      (any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Group or any of its or any member of the Group’s assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.5                                 Power and authority

 

21.5.1                      It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

 

21.5.2                      No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, grant of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

79

 

21.6                                 Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

21.6.1                      All Authorisations required:-

 

(a)                                          to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(b)                                          to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,

 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect except any Authorisation referred to in Clause 21.9 (No filing or stamp taxes), which Authorisations will be promptly obtained or effected after the date of this Agreement.

 

21.6.2                      All Authorisations necessary for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary activities of members of the Group have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect if failure to obtain or effect those Authorisations has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.7                                 Governing law and enforcement

 

21.7.1                      Subject to the Legal Reservations, the choice of governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

21.7.2                      Subject to the Legal Reservations, any judgment obtained in relation to a Finance Document in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

21.8                                Insolvency

 

No:-

 

21.8.1                      corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in Clause 25.7.1; or

 

21.8.2                      creditors’ process described in Clause 25.8 (Creditors’ process),

 

is being taken or, to the knowledge of the Parent or the Company, is threatened in writing in relation to the Parent or a member of the Group; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 25.6 (Insolvency) applies to the Parent or a member of the Group.

 

21.9                                 No filing or stamp taxes

 

Under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdiction it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents except registration of particulars of the Transaction Security Documents at the Companies Registration Office in England and Wales under section 859A of the Companies Act 2006 and payment of associated fees which registrations, filings, taxes and fees will be made and paid promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Document.

 

21.10                          Deduction of Tax

 

It is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to a Lender which is:-

 

80

 

21.10.1               a Qualifying Lender:-

 

(a)                                          falling within paragraph (a)(i) of the definition of Qualifying Lender; or

 

(b)                                          except where a Direction has been given under section 931 of the ITA in relation to the payment concerned, falling within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender; or

 

(c)                                           falling within paragraph (b) of the definition of Qualifying Lender;  or

 

21.10.2               a Treaty Lender and the payment is one specified in a direction given by the Commissioners of Revenue & Customs under Regulation 2 of the Double Taxation Relief (Taxes on Income) (General) Regulations 1970 (SI 1970/488).

 

21.11                          No default

 

21.11.1               No Event of Default and, on the date of this Agreement, no Default is continuing or will result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document.

 

21.11.2               No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or, with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or any combination of any of the foregoing, would constitute) a default or termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any Material Company or to which its (or any Material Company’s) assets are subject,

 

which in each case has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.12                          No misleading information

 

Save as disclosed in writing to the Agent and the Arranger prior to the date of this Agreement:-

 

21.12.1               all material information provided to a Finance Party by or on behalf of the Parent or the Company in connection with this Agreement and the provision of the Facility and/or the Group on or before the date of this Agreement and not superseded before that date is accurate and not misleading in any material respect and all projections provided to any Finance Party on or before the date of this Agreement have been prepared in good faith on the basis of assumptions which were reasonable at the time at which they were prepared and supplied; and

 

21.12.2               all other written information provided by the Parent or any member of the Group (including its advisers) to a Finance Party was true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided and is not misleading in any material respect.

 

21.13                          Original Financial Statements

 

21.13.1               Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles consistently applied unless expressly disclosed to the Agent in writing to the contrary.  However in the case of monthly and quarterly statements, normal year end adjustments were not made.

 

81

 

21.13.2               Its unaudited Original Financial Statements fairly represent its financial condition and results of operations (consolidated in the case of each of the target companies described in paragraph (a) of the definition of Permitted Acquisition) for the relevant month or financial quarter.

 

21.13.3               Its audited Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of its financial condition and results of operations (consolidated in the case of each of the target companies described in paragraph (a) of the definition of Permitted Acquisition) during the relevant Financial Year.

 

21.13.4               There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial condition (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Parent and/or the Company) since the date of the Original Financial Statements.

 

21.13.5               The Original Financial Statements of the Company (and each of the target companies described in paragraph (a) of the definition of Permitted Acquisition) do not consolidate the results, assets or liabilities of any person or business which does not form part of the Group or the group of companies formed of the target companies described in paragraph (a) of the definition of Permitted Acquisition and each of their Subsidiaries (as applicable).

 

21.13.6               Its most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 22.1 (Financial Statements):-

 

(a)                                          have been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles as applied to the Original Financial Statements; and

 

(b)                                          give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly represent (if unaudited) its consolidated financial condition as at the end of, and consolidated results of operations for, the period to which they relate.

 

21.13.7               The budgets and forecasts supplied under this Agreement were arrived at after careful consideration and have been prepared in good faith on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of assumptions which were reasonable as at the date they were prepared and supplied.

 

21.13.8               Since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 22.1 (Financial Statements) there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets or financial condition of the Group.

 

21.14                          No proceedings pending or threatened

 

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been started and are ongoing or threatened in writing against it or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

21.15                          Anti-corruption law

 

Each member of the Group has conducted its business in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

82

 

21.16                          No breach of laws

 

21.16.1               It has not (and none of its Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.16.2               No labour disputes are current or, to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry), threatened against the Parent or any member of the Group which have or are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.17                          Environmental laws

 

21.17.1               The Parent and each member of the Group is in compliance with Clause 24.3 (Environmental compliance) and to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry) no circumstances have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner or to an extent which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.17.2               No Environmental Claim has been commenced and is outstanding or (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) is threatened against the Parent or any member of the Group where that claim has or is reasonably likely, if adversely determined against the Parent or that member of the Group, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.18                          Taxation

 

21.18.1               It is not (and none of its Subsidiaries is) materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not (and none of its Subsidiaries is) overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax of £500,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) or more unless such payment is being contested in good faith and is adequately reserved against in accordance with the Accounting Principles.

 

21.18.2               Save for claims being contested in good faith and which have been adequately reserved against (in accordance with the Accounting Principles) no claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it (or any of its Subsidiaries) with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against, any member of the Group of £250,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) or more is reasonably likely to arise.

 

21.18.3               It is resident for Tax purposes only in its Original Jurisdiction.

 

21.19                          Security and Financial Indebtedness

 

21.19.1               No Security or Quasi-Security exists over:

 

(a)                                          all or any of the present or future assets of any member of the Group; or

 

(b)                                          any of the shares owned by the Parent in the Company,

 

other than as permitted by this Agreement.

 

21.19.2               No member of the Group has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than as permitted by this Agreement.

 

83

 

21.20                          Ranking

 

Subject to the terms of the Vehicle Financier Deeds of Priority, the Transaction Security has or will have first ranking priority and it is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security other than Permitted Security.

 

21.21                          Good title to assets

 

It and each of its Subsidiaries has a good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted in all material respects (save for certain motor vehicles and diagnostic equipment which are subject to retention of title provisions and which the relevant member of the Group has the appropriate Authorisations to use).

 

21.22                          Legal and beneficial ownership

 

It and each of its Subsidiaries is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the respective assets over which it purports to grant Security under the Transaction Security Documents.

 

21.23                          Shares

 

The shares of any member of the Group and of PAE GmbH which are subject to the Transaction Security are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights.  The constitutional documents of companies whose shares are subject to the Transaction Security do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of those shares on creation or enforcement of the Transaction Security.  There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue or allotment of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue or allotment of, any share or loan capital of any member of the Group or of PAE GmbH (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion).

 

21.24                          Intellectual Property

 

It and each of its Subsidiaries:-

 

21.24.1               is the sole legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it on normal commercial terms all the Intellectual Property which is material in the context of its business and which is required by it in order to carry on its business as it is being conducted;

 

21.24.2               does not (nor does any of its Subsidiaries), in carrying on its businesses, infringe any Intellectual Property of any third party in any respect in each case where failure to do so would have or be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

21.24.3               has taken all formal or procedural actions (including payment of fees) required to maintain any material Intellectual Property owned by it.

 

21.25                          Group Structure Chart

 

21.25.1               The Group Structure Chart delivered to the Agent pursuant to Part 1 of Schedule 5 (Conditions Precedent) is true, complete and accurate in all material respects and shows the following information:-

 

(a)                                          the Parent and each member of the Group, including current name and company registration number, its Original Jurisdiction (in the case of an Obligor), its jurisdiction of incorporation (in the case of a member of the Group which is not an Obligor) and/or its jurisdiction of establishment, a list of shareholders and indicating whether a

 

84

 

company is a Dormant Subsidiary or is not a company with limited liability; and

 

(b)                                          all minority interests in any member of the Group and any person in which the Parent or any member of the Group holds shares in its issued share capital or equivalent ownership interest of such person.

 

21.26                          Obligors

 

21.26.1               Each Material Company is or will be an Obligor on the Closing Date.

 

21.26.2               The aggregate of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in Clause 23 (Financial Covenants)) and the aggregate gross assets, the aggregate net assets and the aggregate turnover of the Guarantors (other than the Parent) on the Closing Date (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) exceeds 90% of Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in Clause 23 (Financial Covenants) and the consolidated gross assets, net assets and turnover of the Group.

 

21.27                          Accounting Reference Date

 

The Accounting Reference Date of the Parent and each member of the Group is 31 December.

 

21.28                          Centre of main interests and establishments

 

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “Regulation”), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in England and Wales or Northern Ireland for the Northern Irish Obligors and it has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulations) in any other jurisdiction.

 

21.29                          Pensions

 

Except for the DB Schemes:-

 

21.29.1               neither it nor any of its Subsidiaries is or has at any time been an employer (for the purposes of sections 38 to 51 of the Pensions Act 2004) of an occupational pension scheme which is not a money purchase scheme (both terms as defined in the Pensions Schemes Act 1993); and

 

21.29.2               so far as the Company is aware (having made due and diligent enquiries), neither it nor any of its Subsidiaries is or has at any time been “connected” with or an “associate” of (as those terms are used in sections 38 and 43 of the Pensions Act 2004) such an employer.

 

21.30                          No adverse consequences

 

21.30.1               It is not necessary under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions:-

 

(a)                                          in order to enable any Finance Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document; or

 

(b)                                          by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any Finance Document,

 

85

 

that any Finance Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

21.30.2               No Finance Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in its Relevant Jurisdictions by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document.

 

21.31                          Times when representations made

 

21.31.1               All the representations and warranties in this Clause 21 are made by each Original Obligor on the date of this Agreement.

 

21.31.2               All the representations and warranties in this Clause 21 are deemed to be made by each Obligor on the Closing Date.

 

21.31.3               The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor on the date of each Utilisation Request, on each Utilisation Date and on the first day of each Interest Period (except that those contained in Clauses 21.13.1 – 21.13.5 will cease to be so made once subsequent financial statements have been delivered under this Agreement).

 

21.31.4               All the representations and warranties in this Clause 21 except Clause 21.12 (No misleading information) and Clause 21.25 (Group Structure Chart) are deemed to be made by each Additional Obligor on the day on which it becomes (or it is proposed that it becomes) an Additional Obligor with respect to itself and (if applicable) its Subsidiaries.

 

21.31.5               Each representation or warranty deemed to be made after the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to be made by reference to the facts and circumstances existing at the date the representation or warranty is deemed to be made.

 

22.                                        INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

 

The undertakings in this Clause 22 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

In this Clause 22:-

 

	
“Annual   Financial Statements”
    	
means the financial statements for a Financial Year delivered pursuant   to Clause 22.1.1
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Monthly   Financial Statements”
    	
means the financial statements delivered pursuant to   Clause 22.1.3
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Quarterly   Financial Statements”
    	
means the financial statements delivered pursuant to   Clause 22.1.2
    

 

22.1                                 Financial statements

 

The Company shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:-

 

22.1.1                      as soon as they are available, but in any event within 270 days after the end of each of its Financial Years:-

 

(a)                                          its audited consolidated financial statements for that Financial Year; and

 

86

 

(b)                                          the audited financial statements (consolidated if appropriate) of each Obligor for that Financial Year;

 

22.1.2                      as soon as they are available, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each Financial Quarter of each of its Financial Years its consolidated financial statements for that Financial Quarter; and

 

22.1.3                      as soon as they are available, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each month its financial statements on a consolidated basis for that month (to include cumulative management accounts for the Financial Year to date).

 

22.2                                 Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate

 

22.2.1                      The Company shall supply a Compliance Certificate to the Agent with each set of its audited consolidated Annual Financial Statements and each set of its consolidated Quarterly Financial Statements.

 

22.2.2                      The Compliance Certificate shall, amongst other things, set out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 23 (Financial Covenants).

 

22.2.3                      Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by two directors (one of whom shall be the finance director) of the Company and two directors (one of whom shall be the finance director) of the Parent and, if required by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) following the occurrence of a Default which is continuing each Compliance Certificate to be delivered with the consolidated Annual Financial Statements of the Company, shall be reported on by the Company’s Auditors in the form agreed by the Company and the Majority Lenders.

 

22.3                                 Requirements as to financial statements

 

22.3.1                      The Company shall procure that each set of Annual Financial Statements, Quarterly Financial Statements and Monthly Financial Statements includes a balance sheet, profit and loss account and cashflow statement.  In addition the Company shall procure that:-

 

(a)                                          each set of Annual Financial Statements shall be audited by the Company’s Auditors; and

 

(b)                                          each set of Monthly Financial Statements is in a format acceptable to each Lender; and

 

(c)                                           the Monthly Financial Statements delivered at, or around, the same time as the Annual Financial Statements shall include a reconciliation between those Monthly Financial Statements and the Annual Financial Statements.

 

22.3.2                      Each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 22.1 (Financial statements):-

 

(a)                                          shall be certified by a director of the relevant company as giving a true and fair view of (in the case of Annual Financial Statements for any Financial Year), or fairly representing (in other cases), its financial condition and operations as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up and, in the case of the Annual Financial Statements, shall be accompanied by any letter addressed to the management of the relevant company by the auditors of those Annual Financial Statements and accompanying those Annual Financial Statements;

 

87

 

(b)                                          in the case of consolidated financial statements of the Group, shall be accompanied by a statement by the directors of the Company comparing actual performance for the period to which the financial statements relate to:-

 

(i)                                              the projected performance for that period set out in the Budget; and

 

(ii)                                           the actual performance for the corresponding period in the preceding Financial Year of the Group; and

 

(c)                                           shall be prepared using the Accounting Principles, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the case of any Obligor, in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements for that Obligor,

 

unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, the Company notifies the Agent that there has been a change in the Accounting Principles or the accounting practices and the Company’s Auditors (or, if appropriate, the auditors of the Obligor) deliver to the Agent:-

 

(i)                                              a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the Accounting Principles or accounting practices upon which that Obligor’s Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

 

(ii)                                           sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 23 (Financial covenants) has been complied with, to determine the Margin as set out in the definition of “Margin” and to make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and that Obligor’s Original Financial Statements.

 

Any reference in this Agreement to any financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the Accounting Principles applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements.

 

(d)                                          Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement no Event of Default shall occur, or be deemed to occur, as a result of any restriction on the identity of the Company’s Auditors contained in this Agreement being prohibited, unlawful, ineffective, invalid or unenforceable pursuant to the Audit Laws.

 

22.4                                 Budget

 

22.4.1                      The Company shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, as soon as the same become available but in any event within 30 days after the start of each of its Financial Years, an annual Budget for that Financial Year.

 

22.4.2                      The Company shall ensure that each Budget:-

 

(a)                                          is in a form reasonably acceptable to the Agent and includes a projected consolidated profit and loss, balance sheet and cashflow statement for the Group, projected financial covenant calculations and such other information requested by each Lender (acting reasonably)

 

88

 

(b)                                          is prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles and the accounting practices and financial reference periods applied to financial statements under Clause 22.1 (Financial statements); and

 

(c)                                           has been approved by the board of directors of the Company.

 

22.4.3                      If the Company updates or changes the Budget, it shall promptly deliver to the Agent, in sufficient copies for each of the Lenders, such updated or changed Budget together with a written explanation of the main changes in that Budget.

 

22.5                                 Group companies

 

At the request of the Agent, the Company shall supply to the Agent a report signed by two directors of the Company stating which of its Subsidiaries are Material Companies and confirming that the aggregate of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in Clause 23 (Financial Covenants) and the aggregate gross assets, aggregate net assets and aggregate turnover of the Guarantors (other than the Parent) (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) exceeds 90% of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in Clause 23 (Financial Covenants)) and the consolidated gross assets, net assets and turnover of the Group.

 

22.6                                 Presentations

 

If requested to do so by the Agent if the Agent reasonably suspects a Default is continuing or may have occurred or may occur, at least two directors of the Parent (one of whom shall be the chief financial officer) must give a presentation to the Finance Parties about the on-going business and financial performance of the Group.

 

22.7                                 Year-end

 

The Company shall procure that each Financial Year-end of each member of the Group falls on 31 December.

 

22.8                                 Information: miscellaneous

 

The Company shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests):-

 

22.8.1                      promptly following the same being dispatched, copies of all documents required to be dispatched by the Company to its shareholders generally (or any class of them) or dispatched by the Company or any Obligors to its creditors generally (or any class of them);

 

22.8.2                      promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

22.8.3                      promptly, such information as the Security Agent may reasonably require about the Charged Property and compliance of the Obligors with the terms of any Transaction Security Documents; and

 

22.8.4                      promptly on reasonable request, such further information regarding the financial condition, assets and operations of the Group and/or any member of the Group (including any requested amplification or explanation of any item in the financial statements, budgets or other material provided by any Obligor under this Agreement, any changes to management of the Group 

 

89

 

and an up to date copy of its shareholders’ register (or equivalent in its Original Jurisdiction)) as any Finance Party through the Agent may reasonably request.

 

22.9                                 Notification of default

 

22.9.1                      Each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

22.9.2                      Promptly upon a request by the Agent (acting reasonably), the Company shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

22.10                          “Know your customer” checks

 

22.10.1               If:-

 

(a)                                          the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

(b)                                          any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(c)                                           a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of sub-clause (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in sub-clause (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in sub-clause (c) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

22.10.2               Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

22.10.3               The Company shall, by not less than 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent, notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 28 (Changes to the Obligors).

 

22.10.4               Following the giving of any notice pursuant to Clause 22.10.3 above, if the accession of such Additional Obligor obliges the Agent or any Lender to 

 

90

 

comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Obligor.

 

22.11                          Parent’s financial statements

 

If the Company intends to make a Permitted Distribution or any Permitted Loan falling within paragraph (h) of the definition of “Permitted Loan” in any Financial Year:-

 

22.11.1               the Parent shall, at least 10 Business Days before making any Permitted Distribution or loan falling within paragraph (h) of the definition of “Permitted Loan”, supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders the audited consolidated financial statements of the Parent (prepared by the auditors of the Parent using generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America for the purposes of reporting to the auditors of PAG) for the previous financial year of the Parent; and

 

22.11.2               the Company shall, at least 10 Business Days before making any Permitted Distribution or loan falling within paragraph (h) of the definition of “Permitted Loan”, supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, the US GAAP Reconciliation Statement.

 

23.                                        FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

23.1                                 Financial definitions

 

In this Agreement:-

 

	
“Capital Expenditure”
    	
 
    	
means, in respect of any Relevant Period, any amount paid  to acquire tangible fixed assets where such   expenditure is capitalised on the balance sheet of the Group but excluding:

 

(a)              net proceeds received from sale and leaseback transactions

 

(b)              rental payments in respect of Finance Leases;

 

(c)               fixed assets acquired through the acquisition of a business and

 

(d)              maintenance payments which are charged to the profit and loss account
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Consolidated Borrowing   Costs”
    	
 
    	
means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the aggregate of all   interest, commission, fees and charges payable by the Group in respect of its   Consolidated Gross Borrowings in respect of such Relevant Period including,   without limitation:

 

(a)              capitalised interest
    

 

91

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(b)              Finance Lease charges

 

(c)               dividends on shares issued on the basis that they are or may become   redeemable,

 

but excluding interest payable by Affiliates and Joint Ventures
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Consolidated EBIT”
    	
 
    	
means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the consolidated profit/loss   of the Group on ordinary activities before taxation and after exceptional   items but after adding back:-

 

(a)              exceptional losses charged below operating profit

 

(b)              Consolidated Borrowing Costs (net of capitalised interest and   dividends on redeemable shares)

 

(c)               interest payable by associates and Joint Ventures

 

(d)              the Group’s share of the operating losses arising in associates and   Joint Ventures

 

(e)               the Group’s share of exceptional losses arising in associates and   Joint Ventures

 

and after deducting

 

(f)                interest receivable and other similar income

 

(g)               income from fixed asset investments

 

(h)              exceptional gains credited below operating profit

 

(i)                  interest receivable by associates and Joint Ventures

 

(j)                 the Group’s share of operating profits arising in associates and Joint   Ventures

 

(k)              the Group’s share of exceptional gains arising in associates and Joint   Ventures

 

provided that no amount   included, added or deducted shall be taken into account more than once in   calculating Consolidated EBIT
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Consolidated   EBITAR”
    	
 
    	
means, in respect of any Relevant Period, Consolidated EBIT for that   Relevant Period after adding back   any amount attributable to the amortisation of goodwill and intangible assets   of members of the Group and rental paid by any member of the Group during   that Relevant Period
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Consolidated EBITDA”
    	
 
    	
means, in respect of any Relevant Period, Consolidated EBIT for that   Relevant Period after
    

 

92

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
adding back any amount   attributable to the amortisation of goodwill and intangible assets of members   of the Group and any amount attributable to the depreciation of assets of   members of the Group
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Consolidated Gross   Borrowings”
    	
 
    	
means at any time, the aggregate of all obligations of the Group for   the repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent   incurred in respect of:-

 

(a)              money borrowed from all sources

 

(b)              any bonds, notes, loan stock, debentures or similar instruments

 

(c)               eligible debt securities, bills of exchange or documentary credits

 

(d)              shares issued on the basis that they are or may become redeemable (at   redemption value)

 

(e)               gross obligations under Finance Leases

 

(f)                the factoring of debts

 

(g)               guarantees, indemnities or other assurances against financial loss and

 

(h)              amounts raised or obligations incurred in respect of any other   transaction which has the commercial effect of borrowing
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Consolidated Interest   and Rental Payable”
    	
 
    	
means, in respect of any Relevant Period, Consolidated Borrowing Costs   plus rental paid and due to be paid by any member of the Group during that   Relevant Period
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Consolidated Net   Borrowings”
    	
 
    	
means, at any time, Consolidated Gross Borrowings less:-

 

(a)              any Cash or Cash Equivalent Investments held by any member of the   Group

 

(b)              any Financial Indebtedness arising in respect of any loan from PAG or   any of its Subsidiaries (other than a member of the Group) to any member of   the Group which is subordinated to the Facility (and, for the avoidance of   doubt, such subordinated Financial Indebtedness shall include any Short Term   Loan that is subordinated in accordance with Clause 24.18.4) and

 

(c)               any Financial Indebtedness in respect of Stocking Finance
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Finance Lease”
    	
 
    	
means any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance   with the Accounting Principles, be treated as a finance or capital lease   provided that 
    

 

93

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
any lease or hire purchase contract which is classified as an   operating lease in accordance with the Accounting Principles as applied to   the Original Financial Statements shall not be treated as a Finance Lease
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Financial Quarter”
    	
 
    	
means the period commencing on the day after one Quarter Date and   ending on the next Quarter Date
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Financial   Year”
    	
 
    	
means the annual accounting period of the Group ending on or about   31 December in each year
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Quarter   Date”
    	
 
    	
means each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and   31 December
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Relevant   Period”
    	
 
    	
means each period of twelve months ending on or about the last day of   the Financial Year and each period of twelve months ending on or about the   last day of each Financial Quarter
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Stocking Finance”
    	
 
    	
means, at any time, all funding provided to any member of the Group   for vehicle stock, used demonstrators and consignment stock
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Stocking Interest”
    	
 
    	
means, in respect of any Relevant Period, interest charged on funding   provided for vehicle stock, used demonstrators and consignment vehicles
    

 

23.2                                 Financial condition

 

The Company shall ensure that:-

 

23.2.1                      EBITAR: Interest and Rental Payable: the ratio of Consolidated EBITAR to Consolidated Interest and Rental Payable in respect of any Relevant Period shall not be less than 1.55:1.

 

23.2.2                      Net Debt :Consolidated EBITDA: the ratio of Consolidated Net Borrowings to Consolidated EBITDA less Stocking Interest in respect of any Relevant Period shall not be more than 2.75:1

 

23.2.3                      Capital Expenditure:  The aggregate Capital Expenditure of the Group in respect of any Financial Year shall not exceed £60,000,000.

 

23.3                                Financial testing

 

The financial covenants set out in Clause 23.2 (Financial condition) shall be calculated in accordance with the Accounting Principles (other than in relation to the treatment of demonstrator stock, courtesy vehicles and vehicles operated through Agnew Corporate Ltd, which shall be treated in accordance with the treatment of those assets in the Monthly Financial Statements as at 31 December 2013) and tested by reference to each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 22.1.2 and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 22.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate).

 

24.                                        GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

The undertakings in this Clause 24 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

94

 

Authorisations and compliance with laws

 

24.1                                 Authorisations

 

Each Obligor shall promptly obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:-

 

24.1.1                      enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

24.1.2                      ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document; and

 

24.1.3                      carry on its business where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.2                                 Compliance with laws

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Parent and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.3                                 Environmental compliance

 

Each member of the Group shall:-

 

24.3.1                      comply with all Environmental Law;

 

24.3.2                      obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Permits;

 

24.3.3                      implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

 

where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.4                                 Environmental claims

 

Each member of the Group shall (through the Company), promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of:-

 

24.4.1                      any Environmental Claim against any member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

 

24.4.2                      any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Group,

 

where the claim, if determined against that member of the Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.5                                 Anti-corruption law

 

24.5.1                      No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Facility for any purpose which would breach the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or other similar legislation in other jurisdictions.

 

95

 

24.5.2                      Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each other member of the Group will):

 

(a)                                          conduct its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws; and

 

(b)                                          maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

24.6                                Taxation

 

24.6.1                      Each Obligor shall (and the Parent and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:-

 

(a)                                          such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

(b)                                          adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Agent under Clause 22.1 (Financial statements) or will be and are disclosed in the financial statements to be delivered immediately following such Taxes being imposed; and

 

(c)                                           such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.6.2                      The Parent and no member of the Group may change its residence for Tax purposes.

 

Restrictions on business focus

 

24.7                                 Merger

 

No Obligor shall (and the Parent and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction other than a Permitted Transaction.

 

24.8                                 Change of business

 

The Parent and the Company shall procure that no material change is made to the general nature of the business of the Parent, the Company, the Obligors or the Group taken as a whole from that carried on by the Group at the date of this Agreement.

 

24.9                                 Acquisitions

 

24.9.1                      Except as permitted under Clause 24.9.2 below, no member of the Group shall:-

 

(a)                                          acquire a company or any shares or securities or a business or undertaking (or, in each case, any interest in any of them); or

 

(b)                                          incorporate a company.

 

96

 

24.9.2                      Clause 24.9.1 above does not apply to an acquisition of a company, of shares, securities or a business or undertaking (or, in each case, any interest in any of them) or the incorporation of a company which is:-

 

(a)                                          a Permitted Acquisition; or

 

(b)                                          a Permitted Transaction.

 

24.10                          Joint ventures

 

24.10.1               Except as permitted under Clause 24.10.2 below, no member of the Group shall:-

 

(a)                                          enter into, invest in or acquire (or agree to acquire) any shares, stocks, securities or other interest in any Joint Venture; or

 

(b)                                          transfer any assets or lend to or guarantee or give an indemnity for or give Security for the obligations of a Joint Venture or maintain the solvency of or provide working capital to any Joint Venture (or agree to do any of the foregoing).

 

24.10.2               Clause 24.10.1 above does not apply to any acquisition of (or agreement to acquire) any interest in a Joint Venture or transfer of assets (or agreement to transfer assets) to a Joint Venture or loan made to or guarantee given in respect of the obligations of a Joint Venture if such transaction is a Permitted Acquisition, a Permitted Disposal, a Permitted Loan or a Permitted Joint Venture.

 

Restrictions on dealing with assets and Security

 

24.11                          Preservation of assets

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Parent and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) maintain in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its assets necessary in the conduct of its business.

 

24.12                          Pari passu ranking

 

Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party or Hedge Counterparty against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

 

24.13                          Negative pledge

 

In this Clause 24.13, “Quasi-Security” means an arrangement or transaction described in Clause (b) below.

 

24.13.1               The Parent shall not create or permit to subsist any Security over any of shares owned by the Parent in the Company.

 

24.13.2               Except as permitted under Clause 24.13.3 below:-

 

(a)                                          no member of the Group shall create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets.

 

(b)                                          no member of the Group shall:-

 

97

 

(i)                                              sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor or any other member of the Group;

 

(ii)                                           sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

(iii)                                        enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

(iv)                                       enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

 

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

24.13.3               Clauses 24.13.2(a) and (b) above do not apply to any Security or (as the case may be) Quasi-Security, which is:-

 

(a)                                          Permitted Security; or

 

(b)                                          a Permitted Transaction.

 

24.14                          Disposals

 

24.14.1               The Parent shall not enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of the shares owned by the Parent in the Company.

 

24.14.2               Except as permitted under Clause 24.14.3 below, no member of the Group shall enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset.

 

24.14.3               Clause 24.14.1 above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal which is:-

 

(a)                                          a Permitted Disposal; or

 

(b)                                          a Permitted Transaction.

 

24.15                          Arm’s length basis

 

24.15.1               Except as permitted by Clause 24.15.2 below, no member of the Group shall enter into any transaction with any person except on arm’s length terms and for full market value; and

 

24.15.2               The following transactions shall not be a breach of this Clause 24.15:-

 

(a)                                          intra-Group loans permitted under Clause 24.16 (Loans or credit);

 

(b)                                          fees, costs and expenses payable under the Finance Documents in the amounts set out in the Finance Documents delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or agreed by the Agent; and

 

98

 

(c)                                           any Permitted Transaction.

 

Restrictions on movement of cash - cash out

 

24.16                          Loans or credit

 

24.16.1               Except as permitted under Clause 24.16.2 below, no member of the Group shall be a creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness.

 

24.16.2               Clause 24.16.1 above does not apply to:-

 

(a)                                          a Permitted Loan; or

 

(b)                                          a Permitted Transaction.

 

24.17                          No Guarantees or indemnities

 

24.17.1               Except as permitted under Clause 24.17.2 below, no member of the Group shall incur or allow to remain outstanding any guarantee in respect of any obligation of any person.

 

24.17.2               Clause 24.17.1 does not apply to a guarantee which is:-

 

(a)                                          a Permitted Guarantee; or

 

(b)                                          a Permitted Transaction.

 

24.18                          Dividends, share redemption and repayment of Short Term Loans

 

24.18.1               Except as permitted under Clause 24.18.2 below, the Company shall not (and the Parent and the Company will ensure that no other member of the Group will):-

 

(a)                                          declare, make or pay any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend, charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its share capital (or any class of its share capital);

 

(b)                                          repay or distribute any dividend or share premium reserve;

 

(c)                                           pay or allow any member of the Group to pay any management, advisory or other fee to or to the order of any of the shareholders of the Parent or the Company; or

 

(d)                                          redeem, repurchase, defease, retire or repay any of its share capital or resolve to do so.

 

24.18.2               Clause 24.18.1 above does not apply to:-

 

(a)                                          a Permitted Distribution; or

 

(b)                                          a Permitted Transaction (other than one referred to in sub-clause (c) of the definition of that term).

 

24.18.3               The Company shall not (and the Parent and the Company will ensure that no other member of the Group will) repay any Short Term Loan (a “Short Term Loan Repayment”) unless:

 

(a)                                          no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing; and

 

99

 

(b)                                          based on projections prepared by the Company (based on reasonable assumptions), the Group shall be in compliance with Clause 23.2 (Financial condition) on each of the next two Testing Dates and the Company has supplied a copy of such projections to the Agent.

 

24.18.4               If the relevant member of the Group cannot make the Short Term Loan Repayment within the 45 day period because it is prevented from doing so under Clause 24.18.3, the Parent and the Company shall procure that PAG, any of its Subsidiaries and the relevant member(s) of the Group as required shall enter into a subordination deed (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) confirming that each relevant Short Term Loan is fully subordinated to the Loans under this Agreement.

 

24.18.5               No Event of Default shall arise in respect of a failure to make a Short Term Repayment within the 45 day period if that Short Term Loan is subordinated in accordance with Clause 24.18.4.

 

Restrictions on movement of cash - cash in

 

24.19                          Financial Indebtedness

 

24.19.1               Except as permitted under Clause 24.19.2 below, no member of the Group shall incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness.

 

24.19.2               Clause 24.19.1 above does not apply to Financial Indebtedness which is:-

 

(a)                                          Permitted Financial Indebtedness; or

 

(b)                                          a Permitted Transaction.

 

24.20                          Share capital

 

No member of the Group shall issue any shares except pursuant to a Permitted Transaction.

 

Miscellaneous

 

24.21                          Insurance

 

24.21.1               Each Obligor shall (and the Parent and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) maintain insurances on and in relation to its business and assets against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business.

 

24.21.2               All insurances must be with reputable independent insurance companies or underwriters.

 

24.22                          Pensions

 

24.22.1               The Parent and the Company shall ensure that all pension schemes operated by or maintained for the benefit of members of the Group and/or any of their employees are funded in accordance with the statutory funding objective and any deficit reduction plans agreed by the Parent and/or the Company from time to time and that no action or omission is taken by the Parent, the Company or any other member of the Group in relation to such a pension scheme which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect (including, without limitation, the termination or commencement of winding-up proceedings of any such pension scheme or 

 

100

 

any member of the Group ceasing to employ any member of such a pension scheme).

 

24.22.2               Except for the DB Schemes the Parent and the Company shall ensure that neither the Parent nor any member of the Group is or has been at any time an employer (for the purposes of Sections 38 to 51 of the Pensions Act 2004) of an occupational pension scheme which is not a money purchase scheme (both terms as defined in the Pension Schemes Act 1993) or “connected” with or an “associate” of (as those terms are used in sections 38 or 43 of the Pensions Act 2004) such an employer.

 

24.22.3               The Parent and the Company shall deliver to the Agent at such times as those reports are prepared in order to comply with the then current statutory or auditing requirements (as applicable either to the trustees of any relevant schemes or to the Parent and the Company), actuarial reports in relation to all pension schemes mentioned in Clause 24.22.1 above.

 

24.22.4               The Parent and the Company shall promptly notify the Agent of any material change in the rate of contributions to any pension schemes mentioned in 24.22.1 above paid or recommended to be paid (whether by the scheme actuary or otherwise) or required (by law or otherwise).

 

24.22.5               Each Obligor shall immediately notify the Agent of any investigation or proposed investigation by the Pensions Regulator of which an Obligor becomes aware which may lead to the issue of a Financial Support Direction or a Contribution Notice to it or any other member of the Group.

 

24.22.6               Each Obligor shall immediately notify the Agent if it receives a Financial Support Direction or a Contribution Notice from the Pensions Regulator.

 

24.23                          Access

 

Each Obligor shall, and the Parent and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will, (not more than once in every Financial Year unless the Agent reasonably suspects a Default is continuing or may occur) permit the Agent and/or the Security Agent and/or accountants or other professional advisers and contractors of the Agent or Security Agent free access at all reasonable times and on reasonable notice to (a) the premises, assets, books, accounts and records of each member of the Group and (b) meet and discuss matters with the senior management of the Group (including the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer).

 

24.24                          Service contracts

 

24.24.1               The Parent and the Company must ensure that there is in place in respect of each Material Company qualified management with appropriate skills.

 

24.24.2               If either the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Group ceases (whether by reason of death, retirement at normal retiring age or through ill health or otherwise) to perform his or her duties as required under his or her service contract the Parent must as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter:-

 

(a)                                          notify the Agent; and

 

(b)                                          after consultation with the Agent as to the identity of such replacement person, find and appoint an adequately qualified replacement for him or her as promptly as practicable.

 

101

 

24.25                          Intellectual Property

 

24.25.1               Each Obligor shall (and the Parent and the Company shall procure that each Group member will):-

 

(a)                                          preserve and maintain the subsistence and validity of the Intellectual Property necessary for the business of the relevant Group member;

 

(b)                                          use reasonable endeavours to prevent any infringement in any material respect of the Intellectual Property;

 

(c)                                           make registrations and pay all registration fees and taxes necessary to maintain the Intellectual Property in full force and effect and record its interest in that Intellectual Property;

 

(d)                                          not use or permit the Intellectual Property to be used in a way or take any step or omit to take any step in respect of that Intellectual Property which may materially and adversely affect the existence or value of the Intellectual Property or imperil the right of any member of the Group to use such property; and

 

(e)                                           not discontinue the use of the Intellectual Property,

 

where failure to do so, in the case of sub-clauses (a) and (b) and above, or, in the case of sub-clauses (d) and (e) above, such use, permission to use, omission or discontinuation, is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.25.2               Failure to comply with any part of Clause 24.25.1 above shall not be a breach of this Clause 24.25 to the extent that any dealing with Intellectual Property which would otherwise be a breach of Clause 24.25.1 is contemplated by the definition of Permitted Transaction.

 

24.26                          Amendments

 

24.26.1               No Obligor shall (and the Parent and the Company shall ensure that no member of the Group will) amend, vary, novate, supplement, supersede, waive or terminate any term of a Finance Document except in writing:-

 

(a)                                          in accordance with the provisions of Clause 38 (Amendments and Waivers);

 

(b)                                          to the extent that that amendment, variation, novation, supplement, superseding, waiver or termination is permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

(c)                                           after the Closing Date (other than an amendment which is administrative or technical in nature), in a way which could not be reasonably expected materially and adversely to affect the interests of the Lenders.

 

24.26.2               The Parent and the Company shall promptly supply to the Agent a copy of any document relating to any of the matters referred to in sub-clauses (a) to (c) above.

 

24.27                          Financial assistance

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Parent and the Company shall procure each member of the Group will) comply in all respects with sections 678 and 679 of the 

 

102

 

Companies Act 2006 and any equivalent legislation in other jurisdictions including in relation to the execution of the Transaction Security Documents and payment of amounts due under this Agreement.

 

24.28                          Group bank accounts

 

24.28.1               Except as permitted under Clause 24.28.2 below, the Parent and the Company shall ensure that all bank accounts of the Parent and the Group shall be opened and maintained with a Finance Party or an Affiliate of a Finance Party and are subject to valid Security under the Transaction Security Documents.

 

24.28.2               Clause 24.28.1 above does not apply to bank accounts of any business or company which is acquired by any member of the Group after the Closing Date where such bank account is in existence prior to the date on which that business or company becomes a member of the Group, provided that such bank account shall be closed within one month of the date of completion of the relevant acquisition.

 

24.29                          Treasury Transactions

 

No member of the Group shall enter into any Treasury Transaction, other than a Permitted Treasury Transaction.

 

24.30                          Further assurance

 

24.30.1               Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, each Obligor shall (and the Parent and the Company shall procure that each member of the Group will) promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Security Agent may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Security Agent may reasonably require in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s)):-

 

(a)                                          to perfect the Security created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Transaction Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Security Agent or the Finance Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

 

(b)                                          to confer on the Security Agent or confer on the Finance Parties Security over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents; and/or

 

(c)                                           to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

 

24.30.2               Each Obligor shall (and the Parent and the Company shall procure that each member of the Group shall) take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Finance Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

103

 

24.31                          Syndication, Assignment or Transfer

 

24.31.1               The Obligors acknowledge that a Lender may syndicate all or any part of the Facility, assign any of its rights or transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations (a “Syndication, Assignment or Transfer”) under any Finance Document in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Lenders).  Where a Syndication, Assignment or Transfer is to be effected in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Lenders), the Company shall enter into negotiations in good faith for a period of time of not longer than 60 days (the “Time Limit”) with a view to agreeing all amendments to any Finance Document and/or replacement of or variation to any document and all ancillary documentation required by the relevant Lender and any New Lender (as defined in Clause 26.1 (Assignments and transfers by the Lenders)) to effect the Syndication, Assignment or Transfer.

 

24.31.2               Upon the request of the Agent, the Company shall supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (on behalf of a relevant Lender, whether for itself or on behalf of any prospective New Lender) in order for any prospective New Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in each Finance Document.

 

24.31.3               The Company agrees to meet all reasonable costs, charges and expenses incurred (including the reasonable fees and expenses of any legal and other professional advisors whether directly employed by the Agent, the relevant Lender or any prospective New Lender or who provide other services to the Agent, the relevant Lender or any prospective New Lender) by the Agent, the relevant Lender and/or any prospective New Lender in connection with any proposed Syndication, Assignment or Transfer.

 

24.32                          Wider group loans

 

No member of the Group shall make any loan to or repay or pay any principal or interest on any loan granted to it by any member of the German Group except with the prior written consent of the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

24.33                          Guarantors

 

24.33.1               The Parent and the Company shall ensure that at all times after the Closing Date, the aggregate of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in Clause 23 (Financial Covenants)) of the Guarantors (other than the Parent) and the aggregate gross assets, the aggregate net assets and aggregate turnover of the Guarantors (other than the Parent) (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-group items and investment in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) represents not less than 90 per cent of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in Clause 23 (Financial Covenants)) and consolidated gross assets, consolidated net assets and consolidated turnover of the Group.

 

24.33.2               The Parent and the Company need only perform its obligations under Clause 24.33.1 above if it is not unlawful for the relevant person to become a Guarantor and that person becoming a Guarantor would not result in personal liability for that person’s directors or other management.  Each Obligor must use, and must procure that the relevant person uses, all reasonable endeavours lawfully available to avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability. This includes agreeing to a limit on the amount 

 

104

 

guaranteed. The Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) agree to such a limit if, in its opinion, to do so would avoid the relevant unlawfulness or personal liability.

 

24.34                          Conditions subsequent

 

Each Obligor must use, and must procure that any other member of the Group that is a potential provider of Transaction Security uses, all reasonable endeavours lawfully available to avoid or mitigate the constraints on the provision of Security provided for in the Agreed Security Principles.

 

25.                                        EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 25 is an Event of Default (save for Clause 25.18 (Acceleration).

 

25.1                                 Non-payment

 

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:-

 

25.1.1                      its failure to pay is caused by:-

 

(a)                                          administrative or technical error; or

 

(b)                                          a Disruption Event; and

 

25.1.2                      payment is made within three Business Days of its due date.

 

25.2                                 Financial covenants and other obligations

 

25.2.1                      Any requirement of Clause 23 (Financial covenants) is not satisfied or an Obligor does not comply with the provisions of Clause 22 (Information Undertakings), Clause 24.11 (Preservation of assets), Clause 24.12 (Pari passu ranking), Clause 24.13 (Negative pledge), Clause 24.14 (Disposals), Clause 24.15 (Arm’s length basis), Clause 24.16 (Loans or credit), Clause 24.17 (No Guarantees or indemnities), Clause 24.18 (Dividends, share redemption and Repayment of Short Term Loans) and/or Clause 24.19 (Financial Indebtedness).

 

25.2.2                      An Obligor does not comply with any provision of any Transaction Security Document.

 

25.3                                 Other obligations

 

25.3.1                      An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 25.1 (Non-payment) and Clause 25.2 (Financial covenants and other obligations)).

 

25.3.2                      No Event of Default under Clause 25.3.1 above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 7 Business Days of the earlier of (i) the Agent giving notice to the Company or relevant Obligor and (ii) the Company or an Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

25.4                                 Misrepresentation

 

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor 

 

105

 

under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made.

 

25.5                                 Cross default

 

25.5.1                      Any Financial Indebtedness of the Parent or any member of the Group is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

25.5.2                      Any Financial Indebtedness of the Parent or any member of the Group is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

25.5.3                      Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of the Parent or any member of the Group is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of the Parent or any member of the Group as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

25.5.4                      Any creditor of the Parent or any member of the Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of the Parent or any member of the Group due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

25.5.5                      No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 25.5 if:-

 

(a)                                          the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within Clauses 25.5.1 to 25.5.4 above is less than £6,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies); or

 

(b)                                          the Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness arises under the NatWest Overdraft Letter unless any amount demanded in accordance with the terms of the NatWest Overdraft Letter has not been paid within 30 days of demand.

 

25.6                                 Insolvency

 

25.6.1                      The Parent or any member of the Group is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, is deemed to or declared to be unable to pay its debts under applicable law, suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

25.6.2                      The value of the assets of the Parent or any member of the Group is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

25.6.3                      A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of the Parent or any member of the Group.  If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

 

25.7                                 Insolvency proceedings

 

25.7.1                      Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:-

 

(a)                                          the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of 

 

106

 

voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of the Parent or any member of the Group;

 

(b)                                          a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of the Parent or any member of the Group;

 

(c)                                           the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver,  administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of the Parent or any member of the Group or any of its assets; or

 

(d)                                          enforcement of any Security over any assets of the Parent or any member of the Group,

 

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

25.7.2                      Clause 25.7.1 shall not apply to:-

 

(a)                                          any corporate action, legal proceedings or other similar procedure initiated by a person which is not the Parent or a member of the Group which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement; or

 

(b)                                          any step or procedure contemplated by sub-clause (b) of the definition of Permitted Transaction.

 

25.8                                 Creditors’ process

 

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution or any analogous process in any jurisdiction affects any asset or assets of the Parent or a member of the Group having an aggregate value of £3,000,000 and is not discharged within 14 days.

 

25.9                                 Unlawfulness and invalidity

 

25.9.1                      It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor or any other member of the Group that is a party to the Intercreditor Agreement to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any Transaction Security created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Transaction Security Documents ceases to be effective or any subordination created under the Intercreditor Agreement is or becomes unlawful.

 

25.9.2                      Any obligation or obligations of any Obligor under any Finance Documents or any other member of the Group under the Intercreditor Agreement are not (subject to the Legal Reservations) or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents.

 

25.9.3                      Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or any Transaction Security or any subordination created under the Intercreditor Agreement ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective or is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective.

 

25.10                          Intercreditor Agreement

 

25.10.1               Any party to the Intercreditor Agreement (other than a Finance Party or an Obligor) fails to comply with the provisions of, or does not perform its obligations under, the Intercreditor Agreement; or

 

107

 

25.10.2               a representation or warranty given by that party in the Intercreditor Agreement is incorrect in any material respect.

 

25.11                          Cessation of business

 

The Parent or any member of the Group suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business except as a result of a Permitted Disposal or a Permitted Transaction.

 

25.12                          Expropriation

 

The authority or ability of the Parent or any member of the Group to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to the Parent or any member of the Group or any of its assets where such occurrence has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

25.13                          Repudiation and rescission of agreements

 

25.13.1               An Obligor rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Finance Document or any of the Transaction Security or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Finance Document or any Transaction Security.

 

25.13.2               Any party (other than a Finance Party) to the Intercreditor Agreement rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate the Intercreditor Agreement in whole or in part where to do so has or is, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, likely to have a material adverse effect on the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents.

 

25.14                          Litigation

 

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or against any member of the Group or its assets which have or are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

25.15                          Pensions

 

The Pensions Regulator issues a Contribution Notice to the Parent or any member of the Group unless the aggregate liability of the Obligors under all Contribution Notices is less than £20,000,000.

 

25.16                          Franchise Agreements

 

Any breach occurs under any Material Franchising Agreement which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

25.17                          Material adverse change

 

Any event or circumstance occurs which the Majority Lenders reasonably believe has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

25.18                          Acceleration

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Company:-

 

108

 

25.18.1               cancel the Total Commitments and/or Ancillary Commitments at which time they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

25.18.2               declare that all or part of the Utilisations, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable;

 

25.18.3               declare that all or part of the Utilisations be payable on demand, at which time they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders;

 

25.18.4               declare all or any part of the amounts (or cash cover in relation to those amounts) outstanding under the Ancillary Facilities to be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable;

 

25.18.5               declare that all or any part of the amounts (or cash cover in relation to those amounts) outstanding under the Ancillary Facilities be payable on demand, at which time they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or

 

25.18.6               exercise or direct the Security Agent to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents.

 

109

 

SECTION 9

 

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

26.                                        CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

 

26.1                                 Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

Subject to this Clause 26 and to Clause 27 (Restriction on Debt Purchase Transactions) a Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may:-

 

26.1.1                      assign any of its rights; or

 

26.1.2                      transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

 

under any Finance Document to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the “New Lender”).

 

26.2                                 Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

26.2.1                      The consent of the Parent is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment or transfer is:-

 

(a)                                          to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;

 

(b)                                          if the Existing Lender is a fund, to a fund which is a Related Fund of the Existing Lender; or

 

(c)                                           made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.

 

26.2.2                      The consent of the Parent to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  The Parent will be deemed to have given its consent 5 Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the Parent within that time.

 

26.2.3                      An assignment or transfer will only be effective on:-

 

(a)                                          receipt by the Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties and the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender;

 

(b)                                          the New Lender entering into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

(c)                                           the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such transfer or assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

26.2.4                      A transfer will only be effective if the New Lender enters into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement and if the procedure set out in Clause 26.5 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with.

 

110

 

26.2.5                      If:-

 

(a)                                          a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

(b)                                          as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clauses 15 (Tax gross up and indemnities) or 16 (Increased Costs),

 

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred.

 

26.2.6                      Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

26.3                                 Assignment or transfer fee

 

Unless the Agent otherwise agrees and excluding an assignment or transfer (i) to an Affiliate of a Lender, (ii) to a Related Fund or (iii) made in connection with primary syndication of the Facilities, the New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of £2,500.

 

26.4                                 Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

26.4.1                      Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:-

 

(a)                                          the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents;

 

(b)                                          the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

(c)                                           the performance and observance by any Obligor or any other member of the Group of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

 

(d)                                          the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

 

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

26.4.2                      Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender, the other Finance Parties and the Secured Parties that it:-

 

(a)                                          has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its 

 

111

 

 

participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; and

 

(b)                                          will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

26.4.3                      Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:-

 

(a)                                          accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 26; or

 

(b)                                          support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or otherwise.

 

26.5                                 Procedure for transfer

 

26.5.1                      Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 26.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) a transfer is effected in accordance with Clause 26.5.3 below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender.  The Agent shall, subject to Clause 26.5.2 below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

26.5.2                      The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

26.5.3                      Subject to Clause 26.10 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:-

 

(a)                                          to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the “Discharged Rights and Obligations”);

 

(b)                                          each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor or other member of the Group and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

(c)                                           the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent, the New Lender, the other Lenders and any relevant Ancillary Lender shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have 

 

112

 

acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights, and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent and any relevant Ancillary Lender and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

(d)                                          the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

 

26.6                                 Procedure for assignment

 

26.6.1                      Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 26.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) an assignment may be effected in accordance with Clause 26.6.3 below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender.  The Agent shall, subject to Clause 26.6.2 below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

 

26.6.2                      The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

 

26.6.3                      Subject to Clause 26.10 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:-

 

(a)                                          the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

(b)                                          the Existing Lender will be released by each Obligor from the obligations owed by it (the “Relevant Obligations”) and expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and

 

(c)                                           the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

26.6.4                      Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 26.6 to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 26.5 (Procedure for transfer), to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 26.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer).

 

26.7                                 Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to Company

 

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, an Assignment Agreement or an Increase Confirmation, send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation.

 

113

 

26.8                                 Accession of Hedge Counterparties

 

Any person which becomes a party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Hedge Counterparty shall, at the same time, become a Party to this Agreement as a Hedge Counterparty in accordance with clause 20.5.2 (Deeds of Accession) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

26.9                                 Security over Lenders’ rights

 

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 26, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:-

 

26.9.1                      any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

26.9.2                      in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

 

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:-

 

(a)                                          release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or other Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

(b)                                          require any payments to be made by an Obligor or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

26.10                          Pro rata interest settlement

 

If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 26.5 (Procedure for transfer) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 26.6 (Procedure for assignment) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):-

 

26.10.1               any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“Accrued Amounts”) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

 

26.10.2               the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts so that, for the avoidance of doubt:-

 

(a)                                          when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and

 

(b)                                          the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 26.10, 

 

114

 

have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

In this Clause 26.10 (Pro rata interest settlement), references to Interest Period shall be construed to include a reference to any other period for accrual of fees.

 

27.                                        RESTRICTION ON DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTIONS

 

27.1                                 Prohibition on Debt Purchase Transactions by the Group

 

Neither the Parent nor the Company shall procure that each other member of the Group shall not, enter into any Debt Purchase Transaction or beneficially own all or any part of the share capital of a company that is a Lender or a party to a Debt Purchase Transaction of the type referred to in sub-clauses (b) or (c) of the definition of Debt Purchase Transaction.

 

27.2                                 Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Sponsor Affiliates

 

27.2.1                      For so long as a Sponsor Affiliate (i) beneficially owns a Commitment or (ii) has entered into a sub-participation agreement relating to a Commitment or other agreement or arrangement having a substantially similar economic effect and such agreement or arrangement has not been terminated:-

 

(a)                                          in ascertaining the Majority Lenders or whether any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments or the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents such Commitment shall be deemed to be zero; and

 

(b)                                          for the purposes of Clause 38.3 (Exceptions), such Sponsor Affiliate or the person with whom it has entered into such sub-participation, other agreement or arrangement shall be deemed not to be a Lender (unless in the case of a person not being a Sponsor Affiliate it is a Lender by virtue otherwise than by beneficially owning the relevant Commitment).

 

27.2.2                      Each Lender shall, unless such Debt Purchase Transaction is an assignment or transfer, promptly notify the Agent in writing if it knowingly enters into a Debt Purchase Transaction with a Sponsor Affiliate (a “Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction”), such notification to be substantially in the form set out in Part 1 of Schedule 15 (Forms of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction Notice).

 

27.2.3                      A Lender shall promptly notify the Agent if a Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction to which it is a party:-

 

(a)                                          is terminated; or

 

(b)                                          ceases to be with a Sponsor Affiliate,

 

such notification to be substantially in the form set out in Part 2 of Schedule 15 (Forms of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction Notice).

 

27.2.4                      Each Sponsor Affiliate that is a Lender agrees that:-

 

(a)                                          in relation to any meeting or conference call to which all the Lenders are invited to attend or participate, it shall not attend or participate in the same if so requested by the Agent or, unless the 

 

115

 

Agent otherwise agrees, be entitled to receive the agenda or any minutes of the same; and

 

(b)                                          in its capacity as Lender, unless the Agent otherwise agrees, it shall not be entitled to receive any report or other document prepared at the behest of, or on the instructions of, the Agent or one or more of the Lenders.

 

28.                                        CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

 

28.1                                 Assignment and transfers by Obligors

 

No Obligor or any other member of the Group may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

28.2                                Additional Borrowers

 

28.2.1                      Subject to compliance with the provisions of Clauses 22.10.3 and 22.10.4, the Company may request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries which is not a Dormant Subsidiary becomes a Borrower.  That Subsidiary shall become a Borrower if:-

 

(a)                                          all the Lenders approve the addition of that Subsidiary;

 

(b)                                          the Company and that Subsidiary deliver to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Deed;

 

(c)                                           the Subsidiary is (or becomes) a Guarantor on or prior to becoming a Borrower;

 

(d)                                          the Company confirms that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower; and

 

(e)                                           the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 5 (Conditions precedent) in relation to that Additional Borrower, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

28.2.2                      The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) (acting reasonably) or has waived the requirement to receive all the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 5 (Conditions precedent).

 

28.3                                 Resignation of a Borrower

 

28.3.1                      In this Clause 28.3, Clause 28.5 (Resignation of a Guarantor) and Clause 28.7 (Resignation and release of Security on disposal), “Third Party Disposal” means the disposal of an Obligor to a person which is not a member of the Group where that disposal is permitted under Clause 24.14 (Disposals) or made with the approval of the Majority Lenders (and the Company has confirmed this is the case).

 

28.3.2                      If a Borrower is the subject of a Third Party Disposal, the Company may request that such Borrower (other than the Parent or the Company) ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter.

 

116

 

28.3.3                      The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of its acceptance if:-

 

(a)                                          the Company has confirmed that no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter;

 

(b)                                          the Borrower is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents; and

 

(c)                                           where the Borrower is also a Guarantor (unless its resignation has been accepted in accordance with Clause 28.5 (Resignation of a Guarantor)), its obligations in its capacity as Guarantor continue to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable and in full force and effect (subject to the Legal Reservations) and the amount guaranteed by it as a Guarantor is not decreased (and the Company has confirmed this is the case).

 

28.3.4                      Upon notification by the Agent to the Company of its acceptance of the resignation of a Borrower, that company shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents as a Borrower except that the resignation shall not take effect (and the Borrower will continue to have rights and obligations under the Finance Documents) until the date on which the Third Party Disposal takes effect.

 

28.3.5                      The Agent may, at the cost and expense of the Company, require a legal opinion from counsel to the Agent confirming the matters set out in Clause 28.3.3(c) above and the Agent shall be under no obligation to accept a Resignation Letter until it has obtained such opinion in form and substance satisfactory to it.

 

28.4                                 Additional Guarantors

 

28.4.1                      Subject to compliance with the provisions of Clauses 22.10.3 and 22.10.4, the Company may request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries become a Guarantor.

 

28.4.2                      The Company shall procure that any other member of the Group which is a Material Company shall, as soon as possible after becoming a Material Company become an Additional Guarantor and subject to the Agreed Security Principles grant Security as the Agent may require and shall accede to the Intercreditor Agreement unless the Company certifies to the Agent that it is intended that the relevant Material Company is to become a Dormant Subsidiary within 150 days after the date on which it is reactivated or acquired and the relevant Material Company becomes a Dormant Subsidiary within that period of 150 days.

 

28.4.3                      A member of the Group shall become an Additional Guarantor if:-

 

(a)                                          the Company and the proposed Additional Guarantor deliver to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Deed and shall accede to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

(b)                                          the Agent has received (or waived the requirement to receive) all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 5 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

28.4.4                      The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) or 

 

117

 

waived the requirement to receive all the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 5 (Conditions precedent).

 

28.4.5                      Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in Clause 28.4.4, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving such notification.

 

28.4.6

 

28.5                                 Resignation of a Guarantor

 

28.5.1                      The Company may request that a Guarantor (other than the Parent or the Company) ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter if:-

 

(a)                                          that Guarantor is being disposed of by way of a Third Party Disposal (as defined in Clause 28.3 (Resignation of a Borrower)) and the Company has confirmed this is the case; or

 

(b)                                          all the Lenders and (unless each Hedge Counterparty has notified the Security Agent that no payment is due to it from that member of the Group under Clause 20 (Guarantee and indemnity)) the Hedge Counterparties have consented to the resignation of that Guarantor.

 

28.5.2                      Subject to Clause 28.5.3 below, the Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if:-

 

(a)                                          the Company has confirmed that no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter;

 

(b)                                          no payment is due from the Guarantor under Clause 20.1 (Guarantee and indemnity); and

 

(c)                                           where the Guarantor is also a Borrower, it is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower and has resigned and ceased to be a Borrower under Clause 28.3 (Resignation of a Borrower).

 

28.5.3                      The Agent shall not accept a Resignation Letter from a Guarantor unless each Hedge Counterparty has notified the Security Agent that no payment is due from that Guarantor to that Hedge Counterparty under Clause 20.1 (Guarantee and indemnity) (and the Security Agent shall, upon receiving that notification, notify the Agent).

 

28.5.4                      The resignation of that Guarantor shall not be effective until the date of the relevant Third Party Disposal at which time that company shall cease to be a Guarantor and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents as a Guarantor.

 

28.6                                 Repetition of Representations

 

Delivery of an Accession Deed constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the representations and warranties referred to in Clause 21.31.4 are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

118

 

28.7                                 Resignation and release of security on disposal

 

If a Borrower or Guarantor is or is proposed to be the subject of a Third Party Disposal then:-

 

28.7.1                      where that Borrower or Guarantor created Transaction Security over any of its assets or business in favour of the Security Agent, or Transaction Security in favour of the Security Agent was created over the shares (or equivalent) of that Borrower or Guarantor, the Security Agent may, at the cost and request of the Company, release those assets, business or shares (or equivalent) and issue certificates of non-crystallisation;

 

28.7.2                      the resignation of that Borrower or Guarantor and related release of Transaction Security referred to in Clause 28.7.1 above shall become effective only on the making of that disposal; and

 

28.7.3                      if the disposal of that Borrower or Guarantor is not made, the Resignation Letter of that Borrower or Guarantor and the related release of Transaction Security referred to in Clause 28.7.1 above shall have no effect and the obligations of the Borrower or Guarantor and the Transaction Security created or intended to be created by or over that Borrower or Guarantor shall continue in such force and effect as if that release had not been effected.

 

119

 

SECTION 10

 

THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

29.                                        ROLE OF THE AGENT, THE ARRANGER AND OTHERS

 

29.1                                 Appointment of the Agent

 

29.1.1                      Each of the Arranger and the Lenders appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

29.1.2                      Each of the Arranger and the Lenders authorises the Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

29.2                                 Instructions

 

29.2.1                      The Agent shall:

 

(a)                                          unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

 

(i)                                              all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision;

 

(ii)                                           in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and

 

(b)                                          not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with paragraph (i) above.

 

29.2.2                      The Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Lender or group of Lenders, from that Lender or group of Lenders) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives those instructions or that clarification.

 

29.2.3                      Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Lender or group of Lenders under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties save for the Security Agent.

 

29.2.4                      The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Lender or group of Lenders until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

 

29.2.5                      In the absence of instructions, the Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

120

 

29.2.6                      The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.  This Clause 29.2.6 shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Transaction Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Transaction Security Documents.

 

29.3                                 Duties of the Agent

 

29.3.1                      The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

29.3.2                      Subject to Clause 29.3.3 below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

29.3.3                      Without prejudice to Clause 26.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to Company), Clause 29.3.1 above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate, any Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation.

 

29.3.4                      Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

29.3.5                      If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

29.3.6       If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent, the Arranger or the Security Agent) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

29.3.7                      The Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

 

29.4                                 Role of the Arranger

 

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

29.5                                 No fiduciary duties

 

29.5.1                      Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Agent and/or the Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

29.5.2                      None of the Agent, the Arranger or any Ancillary Lender shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

29.6                                 Business with the Group

 

The Agent, the Arranger and each Ancillary Lender may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

 

121

 

29.7                                 Rights and discretions

 

29.7.1                      The Agent may:-

 

(a)                                          rely on any representation, notice, communication or document (including, without limitation, any notice given by a Lender pursuant to Clause 27.2.2 or 27.2.3) believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(b)                                          rely on any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify;

 

(c)                                           assume that:

 

(i)                                              any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Lenders or any group of Lenders are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

(ii)                                           unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked;

 

(d)                                          rely on a certificate from any person:

 

(i)                                              as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

(ii)                                           to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

 

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (c)(i) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

 

29.7.2                      The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:-

 

(a)                                          no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 25.1 (Non-payment));

 

(b)                                          any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Lenders has not been exercised;

 

(c)                                           any notice or request made by the Company (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors; and

 

(d)                                          no Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction:-

 

(i)                                              has been entered into;

 

(ii)                                           has been terminated; or

 

(iii)                                        has ceased to be with a Sponsor Affiliate.

 

122

 

29.7.3                      The Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisors, surveyors or other professional advisors or experts.

 

29.7.4                      Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 29.7.3 above or Clause 29.7.5 below, the Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

 

29.7.5                      The Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

 

29.7.6                      The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its officers, employees and agents and the Agent shall not:

 

(a)                                          be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or

 

(b)                                          be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part, of any such person,

 

unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

29.7.7                      Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

29.7.8                      Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 29.7.7 above, the Agent:

 

(a)                                          may disclose; and

 

(b)                                          on the written request of the Parent or the Majority Lenders shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, disclose,

 

the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower and shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, disclose the same upon the written request of the Borrower or the Majority Lenders.

 

29.7.9                      The Agent may not disclose to any Finance Party any details of the rate notified to the Agent by any Lender or the identity of any such Lender for the purpose of Clause .

 

29.7.10               Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor the Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

29.7.11               Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate 

 

123

 

indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

29.8                                 Responsibility for documentation

 

None of the Agent, the Arranger or any Ancillary Lender is responsible or liable for:-

 

29.8.1                      for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the Arranger, an Ancillary Lender, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

29.8.2                      the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; or

 

29.8.3                      any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

29.9                                No duty to monitor

 

The Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

29.9.1                      whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

29.9.2                      as to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

29.9.3                      whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred.

 

29.10                          Exclusion of liability

 

29.10.1               Without limiting Clause 29.10.2 below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Agent or any Ancillary Lender), none of the Agent or any Ancillary Lender will be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for:

 

(a)                                          any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

(b)                                          exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Finance Document, the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; or

 

124

 

(c)                                           without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (a) and (b) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

 

(i)                                              any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

 

 

(ii)                                           the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

 

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs,  losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of: nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

 

29.10.2               No Party (other than the Agent or an Ancillary Lender (as applicable)) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent or any Ancillary Lender, in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or an Ancillary Lender or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent or any Ancillary Lender may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.3 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

29.10.3               The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

29.10.4               Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Arranger to carry out:

 

(a)                                          any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

(b)                                          any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender,

 

on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Arranger.

 

29.10.5               Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent’s liability, any liability of the Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss.  In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits, 

 

125

 

goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

29.11                          Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

 

29.11.1               Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 32.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

29.11.2               Subject to Clause 29.11.3 below, the Borrower shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Agent pursuant to Clause 29.11.1 above.

 

29.11.3               Clause 29.11.2 above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Agent to an Obligor.

 

29.12                          Resignation of the Agent

 

29.12.1               The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and the Company.

 

29.12.2               Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving 30 days notice to the Lenders and the Company, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

29.12.3               If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 29.12.2 above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

29.12.4               If the Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Agent under Clause 29.12.3 above, the Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Agent) agree with the proposed successor Agent amendments to this Clause 29 and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Agent’s normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

 

29.12.5               The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

126

 

29.12.6               The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

29.12.7               Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under Clause 29.12.5 above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 17.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) and this Clause 29 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).  Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

29.12.8               After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with Clause 29.12.2 above.  In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with Clause 29.12.2 above.

 

29.12.9               The Agent shall resign in accordance with Clause 29.12.2 above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to Clause 29.12.2 above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

(a)                                          the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 15.8 (FATCA Information) and a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

(b)                                          the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 15.8 (FATCA Information) indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

(c)                                           the Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date,

 

and (in each case) a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

29.13                          Replacement of the Agent

 

29.13.1               After consultation with the Parent, the Majority Lenders may, by giving 30 days’ notice to the Agent, (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

29.13.2               The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of  performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

29.13.3               The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under Clause 29.13.2 above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of 

 

127

 

Clause 17.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) and this Clause 29 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).

 

29.13.4               Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

29.14                          Confidentiality

 

29.14.1               In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

29.14.2               If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

29.15                          Relationship with the Lenders

 

29.15.1               Subject to Clause 26.10 (Pro rata interest settlement), the Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:-

 

(a)                                          entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

(b)                                          entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

 

unless it has received not less than five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement,

 

29.15.2               Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information that the Security Agent may reasonably specify (through the Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Agent to perform its functions as Security Agent.  Each Lender shall deal with the Security Agent exclusively through the Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Agent.

 

29.15.3               Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents.  Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 34.5 (Electronic communication)) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable transmission of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address (or such other information), department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 34.2 (Addresses) and Clause 34.6.1 and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

29.16                          Credit appraisal by the Lenders and Ancillary Lenders

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender and Ancillary 

 

128

 

Lender confirms to the Agent, the Arranger and each Ancillary Lender that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:-

 

29.16.1               the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

29.16.2               the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

 

29.16.3     whether that Lender or Ancillary Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Transaction Security, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

 

29.16.4               the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

29.16.5               the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Charged Property, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Charged Property.

 

29.17                          Base Reference Banks

 

If a Base Reference Bank (or, if a Base Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Company) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Base Reference Bank.

 

29.18                          Agent’s management time

 

29.18.1               Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause 17.3 (Indemnity to the Agent), Clause 19 (Costs and expenses) (other than Clause 19.1.1 to the extent any such amount relates to the negotiation, preparation, printing and execution of this Agreement or any other documents referred to in this Agreement or the Transaction Security in each case where those other documents are, or the Transaction Security is, dated the same date as, or prior to the date of, this Agreement) and Clause 29.10.4 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Company and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause 14 (Fees).

 

29.18.2               Any cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources shall include, without limitation, any such costs in connection with Clause 27.2 (Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Sponsor Affiliates).

 

129

 

29.19                          Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

 

29.19.1               If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed.  For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

29.19.2               Any cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources shall include, without limitation, any such costs in connection with Clause 27.2 (Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Sponsor Affiliates).

 

29.20                          Reliance and engagement letters

 

Each Finance Party and Secured Party confirms that each of the Arranger and the Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Arranger or Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters relating to the Reports or any reports or letters provided by accountants in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those Reports, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

 

30.                                        CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

No provision of this Agreement will:-

 

30.1.1                      interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

30.1.2                      oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

30.1.3                      oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

31.                                        SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

31.1                                 Payments to Finance Parties

 

31.1.1                      Subject to Clause 31.1.2 below, if a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 32 (Payment mechanics) (a “Recovered Amount”) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents  then:-

 

(a)                                          the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent;

 

(b)                                          the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 32 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

130

 

(c)                                           the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 32.5 (Partial payments).

 

31.1.2                      Clause 31.1.1 above shall not apply to any amount received or recovered by an Ancillary Lender in respect of any cash cover provided for the benefit of that Ancillary Lender.

 

31.2                                 Redistribution of payments

 

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “Sharing Finance Parties”) in accordance with Clause 32.5 (Partial payments) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

31.3                                 Recovering Finance Party’s rights

 

On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 31.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

31.4                                 Reversal of redistribution

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:-

 

31.4.1                      each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the “Redistributed Amount”); and

 

31.4.2                      as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

31.5                                 Exceptions

 

31.5.1                      This Clause 31 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

31.5.2                      A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:-

 

(a)                                          it notified the other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

(b)                                          the other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

131

 

31.6                                 Ancillary Lenders

 

31.6.1                      This Clause 31 shall not apply to any receipt or recovery by a Lender in its capacity as an Ancillary Lender at any time prior to service of notice under Clause 25.18 (Acceleration).

 

31.6.2       Following service of notice under Clause 25.18 (Acceleration), this Clause 31 shall apply to all receipts or recoveries by Ancillary Lenders except to the extent that the receipt or recovery represents a reduction of the Gross Outstandings of a Multi-account Overdraft to or towards an amount equal to the Net Outstandings.

 

132

 

SECTION 11

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

32.                                        PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

32.1                                 Payments to the Agent

 

32.1.1                      On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document excluding a payment under the terms of an Ancillary Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

32.1.2                      Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as specified by the Agent) and with such bank as the Agent, in each case, specifies.

 

32.2                                 Distributions by the Agent

 

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 32.3 (Distributions to an Obligor) and Clause 32.4 (Clawback) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London as specified by that Party).

 

32.3                                 Distributions to an Obligor

 

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 33 (Set-Off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

32.4                                 Clawback

 

32.4.1                      Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

32.4.2                      Unless Clause 32.4.3 below applies, if the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

32.4.3                      If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is willing to make available amounts for the account of a Borrower before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Agent does so but it proves to be 

 

133

 

the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to that Borrower:

 

(a)                                          that Borrower shall on demand refund it to the Agent; and

 

(b)                                          the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if that Lender fails to do so, that Borrower, shall on demand pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.

 

32.5                                 Impaired Agent

 

32.5.1                      If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 32.1(Payments to the Agent) may instead either:

 

(a)                                          pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s); or

 

(b)                                          if in its absolute discretion it considers that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s), pay that amount or the relevant part of that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment (the “Paying Party”) and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents (the “Recipient Party” or “Recipient Parties”).

 

In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

32.5.2                      All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the Recipient Party or the Recipient Parties pro rata to their respective entitlements.

 

32.5.3                      A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 32.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

 

32.5.4                      Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 29.13 (Replacement of the Agent), each Paying Party (other than to the extent that the Party has given an instruction pursuant to Clause 32.5.5 below) shall give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution to the relevant Recipient Party or Recipient Parties in accordance with Clause 32.2 (Distributions by the Agent).

 

32.5.5                      A Paying Party shall, promptly upon request by a Recipient Party and to the extent:

 

(a)                                          that it has not given an instruction pursuant to Clause 32.5.4 above; and

 

134

 

(b)                                          that it has been provided with the necessary information by that Recipient Party,

 

give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the relevant amount (together with any accrued interest) to that Recipient Party.

 

32.6                                 Partial payments

 

32.6.1                      If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under those Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents in the following order:-

 

(a)                                          first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid amount owing to the Agent and the Security Agent under those Finance Documents;

 

(b)                                          secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under those Finance Documents;

 

(c)                                           thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under those Finance Documents; and

 

(d)                                          fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

32.6.2                      The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in Clause 32.6.1(a) to (d) above.

 

32.6.3                      Clauses 32.6.1 and 32.6.2 above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

32.7                                 Set-off by Obligors

 

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

32.8                                 Business Days

 

32.8.1                      Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

32.8.2                      During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

32.9                                 Currency of account

 

32.9.1                      Subject to Clauses 32.9.2 to 32.9.5 below, Sterling is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

32.9.2                      A repayment of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Utilisation or Unpaid Sum is denominated pursuant to this Agreement on its due date.

 

135

 

32.9.3                      Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated pursuant to this Agreement when that interest accrued.

 

32.9.4                      Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

32.9.5                      Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than Sterling shall be paid in that other currency.

 

32.10                          Change of currency

 

32.10.1               Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:-

 

(a)                                          any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Company); and

 

(b)                                          any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

32.10.2               If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

32.11                          Disruption to Payment Systems etc

 

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Company that a Disruption Event has occurred:-

 

32.11.1               the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Company, consult with the Company with a view to agreeing with the Company such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

32.11.2               the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Company in relation to any changes mentioned in Clause 32.11.1 if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

32.11.3               the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in Clause 32.11.1 but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

32.11.4               any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Company shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 38 (Amendments and Waivers);

 

32.11.5               the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without 

 

136

 

limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 32.11; and

 

32.11.6               the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to Clause 32.11.4 above.

 

33.                                        SET-OFF

 

33.1.1                      A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation.  If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

33.1.2                      Any credit balances taken into account by an Ancillary Lender when operating a net limit in respect of any overdraft under an Ancillary Facility shall on enforcement of the Finance Documents be applied first in reduction of the overdraft provided under that Ancillary Facility in accordance with its terms.

 

34.                                        NOTICES

 

34.1                                 Communications in writing

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

34.2                                 Addresses

 

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:-

 

34.2.1                      in the case of an Original Obligor, that identified with its name below;

 

34.2.2                      in the case of each Lender, or each Ancillary Lender, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party;

 

34.2.3                      in the case of any other Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

 

34.2.4                      in the case of the Agent or the Security Agent, that identified with its name below,

 

or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

34.3                                 Delivery

 

34.3.1                      Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:-

 

(a)                                          if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

137

 

(b)                                          if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

 

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 34.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

34.3.2                      Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent or the Security Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent or Security Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s or Security Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent or Security Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

34.3.3                      All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

 

34.3.4                      Any communication or document made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this Clause 34.3 will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

34.3.5                      Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with Clauses 34.3.1 to 34.3.4, after 5:00pm, in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

34.4                                 Notification of address and fax number

 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address or fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 34.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

34.5                                 Communication when Agent is Impaired Agent

 

If the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices to be given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.

 

34.6                                 Electronic communication

 

34.6.1                      Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including, without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website) if those two Parties:

 

(a)                                          notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

(b)                                          notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than 5 Business Days’ notice.

 

138

 

34.6.2                      Any such electronic communication as specified in Clause 34.6.1 to be made between an Obligor and a Finance Party may only be made in that way to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication.

 

34.6.3                      Any such electronic communication as specified in Clause 34.6.1 made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Agent or the Security Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent or Security Agent shall specify for this purpose

 

34.6.4                      Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with Clause 34.6.3, after 5.00pm in the place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication is sent or made available has its address for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

34.6.5                      Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this Clause 34.6.

 

34.7                                 Use of websites

 

34.7.1                      The Company may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the “Website Lenders”) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Company and the Agent (the “Designated Website”) if:-

 

(a)                                          the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

(b)                                          both the Company and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

(c)                                           the information is in a format previously agreed between the Borrower and the Agent.

 

If any Lender (a “Paper Form Lender”) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Company accordingly and the Company shall at its own cost supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form.  In any event the Company shall at its own cost supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

34.7.2                      The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Company and the Agent.

 

34.7.3                      The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:-

 

(a)                                          the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

139

 

(b)                                          the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

(c)                                           any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

(d)                                          any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

(e)                                           the Company becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

 

If the Company notifies the Agent under Clause 34.7.3(a) or Clause 34.7.3(e) above, all information to be provided by the Company under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

34.7.4                      Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website.  The Company shall at its own cost comply with any such request within ten Business Days.

 

34.8                                 English language

 

34.8.1                      Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

34.8.2                      All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:-

 

(a)                                          in English; or

 

(b)                                          if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

35.                                        CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

35.1                                 Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

35.2                                 Certificates and determinations

 

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

35.3                                 Day count convention

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

140

 

36.                                        PARTIAL INVALIDITY

 

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

37.                                        REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party or Secured Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Finance Documents. No election to affirm any of the Finance Documents on the part of any Finance Party shall be effective unless it is in writing.  No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy.  The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

38.                                        AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

38.1                                 Intercreditor Agreement

 

This Clause 38 is subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

38.2                                 Required consents

 

38.2.1                      Subject to Clause 38.3 (Exceptions) and Clause 38.4 (Other exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Company and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

38.2.2                      The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 38.

 

38.2.3                      Without prejudice to the generality of Clauses 29.7.3, 29.7.4 and 29.7.5 (Rights and discretions), the Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver or consent under this Agreement.

 

38.2.4                      Each Obligor agrees to any such amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 38 which is agreed to by the Company.  This includes any amendment or waiver which would, but for this Clause 38.2.4, require the consent of all of the Guarantors.

 

38.3                                 Exceptions

 

An amendment, waiver or (in the case of a Transaction Security Document) a consent of, or in relation to, any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

38.3.1                      the definition of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

 

38.3.2                      an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

38.3.3                      a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

141

 

38.3.4                      a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

38.3.5                      an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments, an extension of the Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments of the Lenders rateably;

 

38.3.6                      a change to the Borrowers or Guarantors other than in accordance with Clause 28 (Changes to the Obligors);

 

38.3.7                      any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

38.3.8                      Clause 2.2 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), Clause 26 (Changes to the Lenders) or this Clause 38 (Amendments and Waivers), Clause 41 (Governing law) or Clause 42.1 (Jurisdiction of English courts);

 

38.3.9                      (other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document) the nature or scope of:-

 

(a)                                          the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity);

 

(b)                                          the Charged Property; or

 

(c)                                           the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed

 

(except in the case of sub-clause (b) and sub-clause (c) above, insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document);

 

38.3.10               the release of any guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity) or of any Transaction Security unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document; or

 

38.3.11               any amendment to the order of priority or subordination under the Intercreditor Agreement,

 

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

38.4                                 Other exceptions

 

38.4.1                      An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent, any Ancillary Lender or a Hedge Counterparty (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent, that Ancillary Lender or, as the case may be, that Hedge Counterparty.

 

38.4.2                      Any amendment or waiver which:

 

(a)                                          relates only to the rights or obligations applicable to a particular Utilisation or class of Lender; and

 

(b)                                          does not materially and adversely affect the rights or interests of Lenders in respect of any other Utilisation or another class of Lender,

 

142

 

may be made in accordance with this Clause 38 but as if references in this Clause 38 to the specified proportion of Lenders (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all the Lenders) whose consent would, but for this Clause 38.4.2, be required for that amendment or waiver were to that proportion of the Lenders participating in that particular Utilisation or forming part of that particular class.

 

38.5                                 Excluded Commitments

 

If any Defaulting Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any term of any Finance Document or any other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within 5 Business Days (unless the Company agrees to a longer time period in relation to any request) of that request being made:

 

38.5.1                      its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

38.5.2                      its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

38.6                                 Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

38.6.1                      For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining:

 

(a)                                          the Majority Lenders; or

 

(b)                                          whether:

 

(i)                                              any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments; or

 

(ii)                                           the agreement of any specified group of Lenders,

 

has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitments will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitments and, to the extent that that reduction results in that Defaulting Lender’s Total Commitments being zero, that Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of Clauses 38.6.1(a) and 38.6.1(b) above.

 

38.6.2                      For the purposes of this Clause 38.6, the Agent may assume the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:-

 

(a)                                          any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender;

 

(b)                                          any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender” has occurred,

 

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent)

 

143

 

or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

38.7                                 Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

38.7.1                      The Parent may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender:-

 

(a)                                          replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 26 (Changes to Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

(b)                                          require such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 26 (Changes to Lenders) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Revolving Commitment of the Lender; or

 

(c)                                           require such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 26 (Changes to Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations in respect of the Facility,

 

to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “Replacement Lender”) selected by the Parent, which is acceptable to the Agent and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer which is either:

 

(d)                                          in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 26.10 (Pro rata Interest Settlement), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents; or

 

(e)                                           in an amount agreed between the Defaulting Lender, the Replacement Lender and the Borrower and which does not exceed the amount described in 38.7.1(d) above.

 

38.7.2                      Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the following conditions:-

 

(a)                                          the Parent shall have no right to replace the Agent or Security Agent;

 

(b)                                          neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Parent to find a Replacement Lender;

 

(c)                                           the transfer must take place no later than 10 days after the notice referred to in Clause 38.7.1 above;

 

(d)                                          in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

144

 

(e)                                           the Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to Clause 38.7.2(a) once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer to the Replacement Lender.

 

38.7.3                      The Defaulting Lender shall perform the checks described in Clause 38.7.2(e) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in Clause 38.7.1 above and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

39.                                        CONFIDENTIALITY

 

39.1                                 Confidential Information

 

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 39.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and Clause 39.3 (Disclosure to numbering service providers), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

39.2                                 Disclosure of Confidential Information

 

Any Finance Party may disclose:-

 

39.2.1                      to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this Clause 39.2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

39.2.2                      to any person:-

 

(a)                                          to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Agent or Security Agent and, in each case, to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(b)                                          with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(c)                                           appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom Clause 39.2.2 or (a) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under Clause 29.15.3);

 

145

 

(d)                                          who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in Clause 39.2.2 or 39.2.2(a) above;

 

(e)                                           to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

(f)                                            to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 26.9 (Security over Lenders’ rights);

 

(g)                                           to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

(h)                                          who is a Party; or

 

(i)                                              with the consent of the Company;

 

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate;

 

(i)                                              in relation to Clauses 39.2.2, 39.2.2(a) and 39.2.2(c) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

(ii)                                           in relation to Clause 39.2.2(d) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

(iii)                                        in relation to Clauses 39.2.2(e), 39.2.2(f) and 39.2.2(g) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

 

39.2.3                      to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom Clause 39.2.2 or 39.2.2(a) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this Clause 39.2.3 if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or

 

146

 

such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Company and the relevant Finance Party;

 

39.2.4                      Confidential Information to the extent necessary in order to perfect or preserve any rights under the Transaction Security;

 

39.2.5                      to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information; and

 

39.2.6                      to any investor or a potential investor in a securitisation (or similar transaction of broadly equivalent economic effect) of that Finance Party’s rights or obligations under the Finance Documents the size and term of the Facility and the name of each of the Obligors.

 

39.3                                 Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

39.3.1                      Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement between the Parties to the contrary (whether express or implied), any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following information:-

 

(a)                                          names of Obligors;

 

(b)                                          country of domicile of Obligors;

 

(c)                                           place of incorporation of Obligors;

 

(d)                                          date of this Agreement and the Amendment and Restatement Date;

 

(e)                                           Clause 41 (Governing law);

 

(f)                                            the names of the Agent and the Arranger;

 

(g)                                           date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

(h)                                          amounts of, and names of, the Facility (and any tranches);

 

(i)                                              amount of Total Commitments;

 

(j)                                             currencies of the Facility;

 

(k)                                          type of Facility;

 

(l)                                              ranking of the Facility;

 

(m)                                      Termination Date for Facility;

 

(n)                                          changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to sub-clauses (a) to (m) above; and

 

147

 

(o)                                          such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Company,

 

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

39.3.2                      The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

39.3.3                      Each Obligor represents that none of the information set out in sub-clauses (a) to (o) of Clause 39.3.1 above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

39.3.4                      The Agent shall notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of:-

 

(a)                                          the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors; and

 

(b)                                          the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.

 

39.4                                 Entire agreement

 

This Clause 39 (Confidentiality) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

39.5                                 Inside information

 

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

39.6                                 Notification of disclosure

 

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Company:-

 

39.6.1                      of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to Clause 39.2.2(e) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that sub-clause during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

39.6.2                      upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 39 (Confidentiality).

 

39.7                                 Continuing obligations

 

The obligations in this Clause 39 (Confidentiality) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve months from the earlier of:-

 

148

 

39.7.1                      the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

39.7.2                      the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

40.                                        COUNTERPARTS

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

149

 

SECTION 12

 

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

41.                                        GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

42.                                        ENFORCEMENT

 

42.1                                 Jurisdiction of English courts

 

42.1.1                      The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a “Dispute”).

 

42.1.2                      The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

42.1.3                      This Clause 42.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties and Secured Parties only.  As a result, no Finance Party or Secured Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction.  To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties and Secured Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

42.2                                 Service of process

 

42.2.1                      Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):-

 

(a)                                          irrevocably appoints the Company as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document and the Company by its execution of this Agreement, accepts that appointment); and

 

(b)                                          agrees that failure by an agent for service of process to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

42.2.2                      If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Company (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within 5 days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Agent.  Failing this, the Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

 

42.2.3                      The Company expressly agrees and consents to the provisions of this Clause 42 and Clause 41 (Governing law).

 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

150

 

SCHEDULE 4

 

THE ORIGINAL PARTIES

 

PART 1

 

THE ORIGINAL OBLIGORS

 

	
Name of Original Borrower
    	
 
    	
Registration number
   (or equivalent, if any)
    	
 
    	
Original Jurisdiction
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Sytner Group Limited
    	
 
    	
2883766
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    

 

	
Name of Original Guarantor
    	
 
    	
Registration number
   (or equivalent, if any)
    	
 
    	
Original Jurisdiction
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
UAG UK Holdings Limited
    	
 
    	
4334322
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Sytner Group Limited
    	
 
    	
2883766
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Sytner Cars Limited
    	
 
    	
2832086
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Sytner Limited
    	
 
    	
813696
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Sytner Holdings Limited
    	
 
    	
2681878
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Goodman Retail Limited
    	
 
    	
3097514
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
R Stratton & Co Limited
    	
 
    	
2696872
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Cruickshank Motors Limited
    	
 
    	
1837492
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Graypaul Motors Limited
    	
 
    	
3079284
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Sytner Automotive Limited
    	
 
    	
1979805
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
William Jacks Limited
    	
 
    	
215293
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
William Jacks Properties Limited
    	
 
    	
1120920
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Ryland Group Limited
    	
 
    	
4813103
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Rydnal Limited
    	
 
    	
4814756
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Ryland Investments Limited
    	
 
    	
491856
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Rycroft Vehicles Limited
    	
 
    	
248481
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Sytner Retail Limited
    	
 
    	
833930
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Ryland Group Services Limited
    	
 
    	
1356615
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Ryland Properties Limited
    	
 
    	
2286173
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
John Fox Limited
    	
 
    	
1359925
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    

 

151

 

	
Edmond & Milburn Limited
    	
 
    	
3008457
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Sytner Vehicles Limited
    	
 
    	
7089922
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Sytner Properties Limited
    	
 
    	
3611990
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Maranello Holdings Limited
    	
 
    	
2001186
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Maranello Concessionaires Limited
    	
 
    	
655104
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Maranello Sales Limited
    	
 
    	
1443371
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Goodman TPS Limited
    	
 
    	
6821483
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Guy Salmon Limited
    	
 
    	
3574418
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Mar Parts Limited
    	
 
    	
827692
    	
 
    	
England and Wales
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Agnew Trade Centre Limited
    	
 
    	
NI020615
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Agnew Retail Limited
    	
 
    	
NI610593
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Isaac Agnew (Holdings) Limited
    	
 
    	
NI000668
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Trade Parts Specialist (NI) Limited
    	
 
    	
NI064523
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I A P C B Limited
    	
 
    	
NI020068
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Bavarian Garages (NI) Limited
    	
 
    	
NI013932
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Agnew Commercials Limited
    	
 
    	
NI013173
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Stanley Motor Works (1932) Limited
    	
 
    	
NI000727
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Agnew Corporate Ltd
    	
 
    	
NI011916
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
GAP Software Solutions Ltd
    	
 
    	
NI601175
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Isaac Agnew (Mallusk) Limited
    	
 
    	
NI014730
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Isaac Agnew Limited
    	
 
    	
NI010842
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Agnew Autoexchange Limited
    	
 
    	
NI012734
    	
 
    	
Northern Ireland
    

 

152

 

PART 2

 

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS - OTHER THAN UK NON-BANK LENDERS

 

	
Name of Original Lender
    	
 
    	
Commitment
    	
 
    	
Treaty Passport scheme
   reference number and
   jurisdiction of tax residence
   (if applicable)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
£
    	
50,000,000
    	
 
    	
 
    
						

 

153

 

PART 3

 

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS - UK NON-BANK LENDERS

 

	
Name of Original Lender
    	
 
    	
Commitment
    
	
BMW Financial Services (GB) Limited
    	
 
    	
£
    	
50,000,000
    

 

154

 

SCHEDULE 5

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

PART 1

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO SIGNING OF THE AGREEMENT

 

1.                                               Obligors

 

1.1                                        A copy of the constitutional documents of each Original Obligor.

 

1.2                                        A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Original Obligor:-

 

1.2.1                             approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

1.2.2                             authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf;

 

1.2.3                             authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

1.2.4                             in the case of an Obligor other than the Company, authorising the Company to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

1.3                                        A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above in relation to the Finance Documents and related documents.

 

1.4                                        A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each Original Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Original Guarantor is a party.

 

1.5                                        A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder of each Original Guarantor (other than the Parent) approving the terms of the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.4 above.

 

1.6                                        A certificate of the Company (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee, security or similar limit binding on any Original Obligor to be exceeded.

 

1.7                                        A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company or other relevant Original Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part 1 of Schedule 5 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

2.                                               Finance Documents

 

2.1                                        The Intercreditor Agreement executed by the members of the Group party to that Agreement.

 

2.2                                        This Agreement executed by the members of the Group party to this Agreement.

 

2.3                                       The Fee Letters executed by the Company.

 

155

 

2.4                                        The Vehicle Financier Deeds of Priority executed by BMW Financial Services (GB) Limited and Volkswagen Financial Services (UK) Limited and Volkswagen Bank GmbH (trading as Volkswagen Bank United Kingdom Branch) and the other parties to those deeds (incorporating the consent of the relevant vehicle financier to the creation and subsistence of the Transaction Security Documents).

 

2.5                                        A consent letter executed by Mercedes-Benz Bank AG UK Branch (“MB”) pursuant to which MB consents to the creation and subsistence of the Transaction Security Documents.

 

2.6                                        At least two originals of the following Transaction Security Documents executed by the Original Obligors specified below opposite the relevant Transaction Security Document:-

 

	
Name of Original Obligor
    	
 
    	
Transaction Security Document
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
All Original Obligors
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    

 

2.7                                        A copy of all notices required to be sent under the Transaction Security Documents executed by the relevant Obligors duly acknowledged by the addressee.

 

2.8                                        A copy of all share certificates, transfers and stock transfer forms or equivalent duly executed by the relevant Obligor in blank in relation to the assets subject to or expressed to be subject to the Transaction Security and other documents of title to be provided under the Transaction Security Documents.

 

3.                                               Insurance

 

3.1                                        A letter from Cooke & Mason Plc insurance broker dated the date of this Agreement addressed to the Agent, the Arrangers, the Security Agent and the Lenders listing the insurance policies of the Group and confirming that they are on risk and that the insurance for the Group at the date of this Agreement is at a level acceptable to the Majority Lenders and covering appropriate risks for the business carried out by the Group.

 

3.2                                        Written evidence that the insurance policy(ies) relating to the Charged Property contain (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Security Agent) an endorsement naming the Security Agent as joint loss payee.

 

4.                                               Legal opinions

 

A legal opinion of Pinsent Masons LLP, legal advisers to the Agent and the Arranger as to English law substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement and addressed to the Agent, the Security Agent and the Original Lenders and capable of being relied upon by the Original Lenders.

 

5.                                               Other documents and evidence

 

5.1                                        The Group Structure Chart (to include details of Dormant Subsidiaries).

 

5.2                                        The Budget.

 

5.3                                        A copy, certified by an authorised signatory of the Company to be a true copy, of the Original Financial Statements of each Obligor.

 

5.4                                        A certificate signed by an authorised signatory of the Company confirming which companies within the Group are Material Companies and that the aggregate of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in Clause 23 (Financial Covenants)) and the aggregate gross assets, the aggregate net assets and aggregate turnover of the

 

156

 

                                                         Original Guarantors (other than the Parent) (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) exceeds 90% of the Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in Clause 23 (Financial Covenants)) and consolidated gross assets, consolidated net assets and consolidated turnover of the Group.

 

5.5                                        A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Company accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

5.6                                        Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Company pursuant to Clause 14 (Fees), Clause 14.5 (Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities), Clause 15.6 (Stamp taxes) and Clause 19 (Costs and expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.

 

5.7                                        Utilisation Requests relating to any Utilisations to be made on the Closing Date.

 

5.8                                        A deed of release in respect of the general charge dated 16 August 1993 granted by Sytner Limited in favour of BMW Finance (GB) Limited.

 

5.9                                        A deed of release in respect of the legal charge dated 28 July 2009 granted by Sytner Cars Limited in favour of Porsche Financial Services Great Britain Limited.

 

5.10                                 Companies House Forms MG02 in relation to the following charges:-

 

5.10.1                      General charge dated 30 September 1994 granted by John Fox Limited in favour of Volkswagen Financial Services (UK) Limited;

 

5.10.2                      Debenture dated 19 December 1995 granted by Sytner Holdings Limited in favour of Saab Finance Limited;

 

5.10.3                      Charge over deposit dated 7 March 2002 granted by the Parent in favour The Royal Bank of Scotland plc (as issuing bank); and

 

5.10.4                      General charge dated 16 August 1993 granted by Sytner Limited in favour of BMW Finance (GB) Limited.

 

5.10.5                      Legal charge dated 28 July 2009 granted by Sytner Cars Limited in favour of Porsche Financial Services Great Britain Limited

 

157

 

PART 2

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT REQUIRED TO BE DELIVERED BY AN ADDITIONAL OBLIGOR

 

1.                                               An Accession Deed executed by the Additional Obligor and the Company.

 

2.                                               A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Obligor.

 

3.                                               A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Obligor:-

 

3.1                                        approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Deed and the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Accession Deed and any other Finance Document to which it is party;

 

3.2                                        authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Deed and other Finance Documents on its behalf;

 

3.3                                        authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices (including, in relation to an Additional Borrower or any Utilisation Request to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

3.4                                       authorising the Company to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

4.                                               If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Obligor, establishing the committee referred to in paragraph 3 above.

 

5.                                               A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 3 above.

 

6.                                               A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares of the Additional Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Additional Guarantor is a party.

 

7.                                               A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder of each Additional Guarantor approving the terms of the resolution referred to in paragraph 6 above.

 

8.                                               A certificate of the Additional Obligor (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee, security or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded.

 

9.                                               A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Obligor certifying that each copy document listed in this Part 2 of Schedule 5 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Deed.

 

10.                                        If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Obligor.

 

11.                                        The following legal opinions, each addressed to the Agent, the Security Agent and the Lenders:-

 

11.1                                 A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in England, as to English law in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing the Accession Deed.

 

11.2                                 If the Additional Obligor is incorporated in or has its “centre of main interest” or “establishment” (as referred to in Clause 21.28 (Centre of main interests and establishments)) in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales or is executing a Finance Document which is governed by a law other than English law, a legal opinion

 

158

 

                                                         of the legal advisers to the Agent in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, “centre of main interest” or “establishment” (as applicable) or, as the case may be, the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document (the “Applicable Jurisdiction”) as to the law of the Applicable Jurisdiction and in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing the Accession Deed.

 

12.                                        If the proposed Additional Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, evidence that the process agent specified in Clause 42.2 (Service of process), if not an Obligor, has accepted its appointment in relation to the proposed Additional Obligor.

 

13.                                        Any security documents which, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, are required by the Agent to be executed by the proposed Additional Obligor.

 

14.                                        Any notices or documents required to be given or executed under the terms of those security documents.

 

15.

 

15.1                                 If the Additional Obligor is incorporated in England and Wales, Scotland or Northern Ireland, evidence that the Additional Obligor has done all that is necessary (including, without limitation, by re-registering as a private company) to comply with sections 677 to 683 of the Companies Act 2006 in order to enable that Additional Obligor to enter into the Finance Documents and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

15.2                                 If the Additional Obligor is not incorporated in England and Wales, Scotland or Northern Ireland, such documentary evidence as legal counsel to the Agent may require, that such Additional Obligor has complied with any law in its jurisdiction relating to financial assistance or analogous process.

 

16.                                        A copy of any other authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Accession Deed or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

159

 

 

SCHEDULE 6

 

UTILISATION REQUEST

 

From:                        [Sytner Group Limited]*

To:                                      [Agent]

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Sytner Group Limited — £100,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [                    ] 2011 as amended and restated on [                    ] 2014 (the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1.                                We refer to the Facility Agreement.  This is a Utilisation Request.  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2.                                We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:-

 

	
(a)
    	
Borrower:
    	
[                    ]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(b)
    	
Proposed Utilisation Date:
    	
[                    ]   (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(d)
    	
Currency of Loan:
    	
[                    ]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(e)
    	
Amount:
    	
[                    ]   or, if less, the Available Facility
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(f)
    	
Interest Period:
    	
[                    ]
    

 

3.                                We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4.                                The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [account].

 

5.                                This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

	
 
    	
Yours faithfully
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
authorised signatory for
    
	
 
    	
the Company
    

 

* 

 

160

 

SCHEDULE 7

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

 

To:                                      [                    ] as Agent and [                    ] as Security Agent

 

From:                        [The Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [The New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

 

Dated:

 

Sytner Group Limited — £100,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [                    ] 2011 as amended and restated on [                    ] 2014 (the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1.                                               We refer to the Facility Agreement.  This agreement (the “Agreement”) shall take effect as a Transfer Certificate for the purpose of the Facility Agreement.  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

 

2.                                               We refer to Clause 26.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Facility Agreement:-

 

2.1                                        The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation and in accordance with Clause 26.5 (Procedure for transfer), all of the Existing Lender’s rights and obligations under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment(s) and participations in Utilisations under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

2.2                                        The proposed Transfer Date is [                    ].

 

2.3                                        The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 34.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.

 

3.                                               The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in Clause 26.4.3.

 

4.                                              The New Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:-

 

4.1                                        [a Qualifying Lender falling within paragraph (a)(i) [or paragraph (b)] of the definition of Qualifying Lender, (other than a Treaty Lender);]

 

4.2                                        [a Treaty Lender;]

 

4.3                                        [not a Qualifying Lender]*.

 

5.                                               [The New Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:-

 

5.1                                        a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

5.2                                        a partnership each member of which is:-

 

5.2.1                             a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

5.2.2                             a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of

 

161

 

                                                        section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

5.2.3                             a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.]**

 

6.                                               [The New Lender confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [      ]), and is tax resident in [            ]*** so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and requests that the Borrower notify that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Agreement.

 

****

 

[6/7].       The New Lender confirms that it [is]/[is not] a Sponsor Affiliate.

 

[7/8].      We refer to clause 20.3 (Assignment and transfer of Secured Liabilities) of the Intercreditor Agreement and confirm that the New Lender has executed a Deed of Accession (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

[8/9].               This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

[9/10].        This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

[10/11]. This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

Note:                  The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions.  It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender’s Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

NOTES:

 

*                                                  Delete as applicable — each New Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within.

 

**                                           Include if New Lender comes within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 15.1

 

***                                    Insert jurisdiction of tax residence

 

****                             Include if the New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facility Agreement

 

162

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

 

[insert relevant details]

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments,]

 

	
[Existing Lender]
    	
[New Lender]
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
By:
    	
By:
    

 

This Agreement is accepted as a Transfer Certificate for the purposes of the Facility Agreement by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [                    ].

 

[Agent]

 

By:

 

163

 

SCHEDULE 8

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

To:                                      [                    ] as Agent and [                    ], [                    ] as Security Agent, [                    ] as Company, for and on behalf of each Obligor

 

From:                        [the Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [the New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

 

Dated:

 

Sytner Group Limited - £100,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [                    ] 2011 as amended and restated on [                    ] 2014 (the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1.                                               We refer to the Facility Agreement.  This is an Assignment Agreement.  This agreement (the “Agreement”) shall take effect as an Assignment Agreement for the purpose of the Facility Agreement.  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

 

2.                                               We refer to Clause 26.6 (Procedure for assignment) of the Facility Agreement:-

 

2.1                                        The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Facility Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in Utilisations under the Facility Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

2.2                                        The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in Utilisations under the Facility Agreement specified in the Schedule.

 

2.3                                       The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph 2.2 above.*

 

3.                                               The proposed Transfer Date is [                    ].

 

4.                                               On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes:-

 

4.1                                        Party to the relevant Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) as a Lender; and

 

4.2                                        Party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Senior Lender.

 

5.                                               The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 34.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.

 

6.                                               The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in Clause 26.4.3.

 

7.                                               The New Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:-

 

7.1                                        [a Qualifying Lender falling within paragraph (a)(i) [or paragraph (b)] of the definition of Qualifying Lender, other than a Treaty Lender;]

 

164

 

7.2                                        [a Treaty Lender;]

 

7.3                                        [not a Qualifying Lender]. **

 

8.                                               [The New Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:-

 

8.1                                        a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; or

 

8.2                                        a partnership each member of which is:-

 

8.2.1                             a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

8.2.2                             a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

8.3                                        a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.]***

 

9.                                               [The New Lender confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [    ] and is tax resident in [           ]****), so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax, and requests that the Borrower notify that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Agreement.

 

****

 

[10/11]                 The New Lender confirms that it [is]/[is not]* a Sponsor Affiliate.

 

[11/12]                 We refer to clause 20.3 (Assignment and transfer of Secured Liabilities) of the Intercreditor Agreement and confirm that the New Lender has executed a Deed of Accession (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

[12/13]                 This Agreement acts as notice to the Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 26.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Company) to the Company (on behalf of each Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Agreement.

 

[13/14]                 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

[14/15]                 This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

[15/16]                 This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

Note:                  The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions.  It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a

 

* Delete as applicable.

 

165

 

                                                share in the Existing Lender’s Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

NOTES:

 

*                                         If the Agreement is used in place of a Transfer Certificate in order to avoid a novation of rights/obligations for reasons relevant to a civil jurisdiction, local law advice should be sought to check the suitability of the Agreement due to the assumption of obligations contained in paragraph 2.3.  This issue should be addressed at Primary documentation stage.  This footnote is not intended to be included in the scheduled form of Agreement in the signed Facilities Agreement.

 

**                                  Delete as applicable — each New Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within

 

***                           Include if New Lender comes within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 15.1

 

****                    Insert jurisdiction of tax residence

 

*****             Include if the New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facility Agreement

 

166

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, release and accession

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

 

[Existing Lender]                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    [New Lender]

 

By:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            By:

 

This Agreement is accepted as an Assignment Agreement for the purposes of the Facility Agreement by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [                    ].

 

Signature of this Agreement by the Agent constitutes confirmation by the Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to in this Agreement, which notice the Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

 

[Agent]

 

By:

 

167

 

 

SCHEDULE 9

 

FORM OF ACCESSION DEED

 

To:                                      [                    ] as Agent and [                    ] as Security Agent for itself and each of the other parties to the Intercreditor Agreement referred to below

 

From:                        [Subsidiary] and [Company]

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Sytner Group Limited - £100,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated [                    ] 2011 (the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1.                                We refer to the Facility Agreement.  This deed (the “Accession Deed”) shall take effect as an Accession Deed for the purposes of the Facility Agreement.  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in paragraphs 1-3 of this Accession Deed unless given a different meaning in this Accession Deed.

 

2.                                [Subsidiary] agrees to become an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] and to be bound by the terms of the Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) as an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] pursuant to Clause [28.2 (Additional Borrowers)]/[Clause 28.4 (Additional Guarantors)] of the Facility Agreement.  [Subsidiary] is a company duly incorporated under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction] and is a limited liability company and registered number [                    ].

 

3.                                [Subsidiary’s] administrative details for the purposes of the Facility Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement are as follows:-

 

Address:

 

Fax No.:

 

Attention:

 

4.                                [Subsidiary] (for the purposes of this paragraph 4, the “Acceding Debtor”) intends to [incur liabilities under the following documents]/[give a guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against loss in respect of liabilities under the following documents]:-

 

[Insert details (date, parties and description) of relevant documents]

 

the “Relevant Documents”.

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:-

 

(a)                                     Terms defined in the Intercreditor Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined in this Accession Deed, bear the same meaning when used in this paragraph 4.

 

(b)                                     The Acceding Debtor and the Security Agent agree that the Security Agent shall hold:-

 

(i)                        [any Security in respect of liabilities created or expressed to be created pursuant to the Relevant Documents;

 

(ii)                     all proceeds of that Security; and]

 

(iii)                  all obligations expressed to be undertaken by the Acceding Debtor to pay amounts in respect of the liabilities to the Security Agent as trustee for the Syndicated Finance Parties (in the Relevant Documents or otherwise) and secured by the Transaction Security created in favour of the Security

 

168

 

Agent together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by the Acceding Debtor (in the Relevant Documents or otherwise) in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Syndicated Finance Parties,

 

on trust for the Syndicated Finance Parties on the terms and conditions contained in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(c)                                      The Acceding Debtor confirms that it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Obligor, undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed to be assumed by an Obligor under the Intercreditor Agreement, agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement and confirms that it has executed a Deed of Accession (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

(d)                                     [In consideration of the Acceding Debtor being accepted as an Intra-Group Lender for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Acceding Debtor also confirms that it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Intra-Group Lender, undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by an Intra-Group Lender, agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement and confirms that it has executed a Deed of Accession (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).]

 

[4]/[5] This Accession Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

THIS ACCESSION DEED has been signed on behalf of the Security Agent (for the purposes of paragraph 4 above only), signed on behalf of the Company and executed as a deed by [Subsidiary] and is delivered on the date stated above.

 

[Subsidiary]

 

	
[EXECUTED AS A DEED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
By: [Subsidiary])
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Director/Secretary
    

 

169

 

OR

 

	
[EXECUTED AS A DEED
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
By: [Subsidiary]
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Signature of Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name of Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
in the presence of
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Signature of witness
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name of witness
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Address of witness
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Occupation of witness]
    

 

The Company

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
[Company]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

By:

 

The Security Agent

 

[Full Name of Current Security Agent]

 

By:

 

Date:

 

170

 

SCHEDULE 10

 

FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER

 

To:                                      [                    ] as Agent

 

From:                        [resigning Obligor] and [Company]

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Sytner Group Limited - £100,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated [                    ] 2011 (the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1.                                               We refer to the Facility Agreement.  This is a Resignation Letter.  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter unless given a different meaning in this Resignation Letter.

 

2.                                               Pursuant to [Clause 28.3 (Resignation of a Borrower)]/[Clause 28.5 (Resignation of a Guarantor)], we request that [resigning Obligor] be released from its obligations as a [Borrower]/[Guarantor] under the Facility Agreement and the Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

3.                                               We confirm that:-

 

3.1                                        no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request; and

 

3.2                                        *[[this request is given in relation to a Third Party Disposal of [resigning Obligor];

 

3.3                                        [                    ]***

 

4.                                               This Resignation Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

	
[Company]
    	
[resigning Obligor]
    
	
By:
    	
By:
    
	
 
    	
 
    

 

NOTES:

 

*                               Insert where resignation only permitted in case of a Third Party Disposal.

 

**                        Amend as appropriate, e.g. to reflect agreed procedure for payment of proceeds into a specified account.

 

***                 Insert any other conditions required by the Facility Agreement.

 

171

 

SCHEDULE 11

 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To:                                      [                    ] as Agent

 

From:                        [Company]

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Sytner Group Limited - £100,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated [                    ] 2011 (the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1.                                               We refer to the Facility Agreement.  This is a Compliance Certificate.  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2.                                               We confirm that:-

 

[Insert details of covenants to be certified].

 

[We confirm that the ratio of Consolidated Net Borrowings to Consolidated EBITDA is [ ]:1 and that, therefore, the Margin should be [                    ]%.]

 

3.                                               [We confirm that no Default is continuing.]**

 

4.                                               We confirm that the aggregate of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in Clause 23 (Financial Covenants)) and the aggregate gross assets, aggregate net assets and aggregate turnover of the Guarantors (other than the Parent) (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) exceeds 90% of the Consolidated EBITDA, (as defined in Clause 23 (Financial Covenants)) and the consolidated gross assets, consolidated net assets and consolidated turnover of the Group.

 

	
Signed
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Director
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
Of
    	
 
    	
of
    
	
 
    	
[Company]
    	
 
    	
[Company]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signed
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Director
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
Of
    	
 
    	
of
    
	
 
    	
[Parent]
    	
 
    	
[Parent]
    

 

[insert applicable certification language]**

 

*If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it.

 

** To be agreed with the Company’s Auditors and the Lenders (only to apply when a Default has occurred and is continuing as per Clause 22.2.3).

 

172

 

 

for and on behalf of

[name of the Company’s Auditors]***

 

*** Only applicable if the Compliance Certificate accompanies the audited financial statements and is to be signed by the Auditors.  To be agreed with the Company’s auditor’s prior to signing the Agreement.

 

173

 

SCHEDULE 12

 

TIMETABLE

 

	
Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request))
    	
 
    	
U-1  9.30am
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Agent notifies the Lenders of the Loan in accordance with   Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation)
    	
 
    	
U-1  noon
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
LIBOR is fixed
    	
 
    	
Quotation Day as of 11:00 a.m.
    

 

“U”                       =                                             date of utilisation.

 

“U - X”=                                                     X Business Days prior to date of utilisation.

 

174

 

SCHEDULE 13

 

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

 

1.                                               Considerations

 

In determining what Security will be provided in support of the Facility (and any related hedging arrangements in respect of the types of liabilities and/or risks which the are required to be hedged from time to time) the following matters will be taken into account.  Security shall not be created or perfected to the extent that it would:-

 

1.1                                        result in any breach of corporate benefit, financial assistance, fraudulent preference or thin capitalisation laws or regulations (or analogous restrictions) of any applicable jurisdiction;

 

1.2                                        result in a significant risk to the officers of the relevant grantor of Security of contravention of their fiduciary duties and/or of civil or criminal liability; or

 

1.3                                        result in costs that, in the opinion of the Agent, are disproportionate to the benefit obtained by the beneficiaries of that Security.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, in these Agreed Security Principles, “cost” includes, but is not limited to, income tax cost, registration taxes payable on the creation or enforcement or for the continuance of any Security, stamp duties, out-of-pocket expenses, and other fees and expenses directly incurred by the relevant grantor of Security or any of its direct or indirect owners, subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

2.                                               Obligations to be Secured

 

2.1                                        Subject to 1 (Considerations) and to paragraph 2.2 below, the obligations to be secured are the Secured Obligations (as defined below).  The Security is to be granted in favour of the Security Agent on behalf of each Secured Party.

 

For ease of reference, the following definitions should, to the extent legally possible, be incorporated into each Transaction Security Document:-

 

“Secured Obligations” means all present and future obligations at any time due, owing or incurred by any member of the Group and by each Obligor to any Secured Party under the Finance Documents, both actual and contingent and whether incurred solely or jointly and as principal or surety or in any other capacity.

 

“Secured Parties” means the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate and each of the Agent, the Arrangers and the other Finance Parties from time to time but, in the case of each Agent, Arranger or other Finance Party, only if it is a party to the Intercreditor Agreement or (in the case of an Agent or any other Finance Party) has acceded to the Intercreditor Agreement, in the appropriate capacity, pursuant to clause 20.3 (Assignment and transfer of Secured Liabilities) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

2.2                                        The secured obligations will be limited:-

 

2.2.1                             to avoid any breach of corporate benefit, financial assistance, fraudulent preference, thin capitalisation rules or the laws or regulations (or analogous restrictions) of any applicable jurisdiction; and

 

175

 

2.2.2                             to avoid any risk to officers of the relevant member of the Group that is granting Transaction Security of contravention of their fiduciary duties and/or civil or criminal or personal liability.

 

3.                                               General

 

Where appropriate, defined terms in the Transaction Security Documents should mirror those in this Agreement.

 

The parties to this Agreement agree to negotiate the form of each Transaction Security Document in good faith and will ensure that all documentation required to be entered into as a condition precedent to first drawdown under this Agreement (or immediately thereafter) is in a finally agreed form as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement.  The form of guarantee is set out in Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity) of this Agreement and, with respect to any Additional Guarantor, is subject to any limitations set out in the Accession Deed applicable to such Additional Guarantor.

 

The Security shall, to the extent possible under local law, be enforceable on the occurrence of an Event of Default which has resulted in the Agent exercising any of its rights under Clauses 25.18.1, 25.18.2, 25.18.4 or 25.18.6 of this Agreement or, having exercised its rights under Clause 25.18.3 or Clause 25.18.5 of this Agreement or first making demand with respect to some or all of the utilisations or amounts outstanding under the Ancillary Facilities.

 

4.                                               Undertakings/Representations and Warranties

 

Any representations, warranties or undertakings which are required to be included in any Transaction Security Document shall reflect (to the extent to which the subject matter of such representation, warranty and undertaking is the same as the corresponding representation, warranty and undertaking in this Agreement) the commercial deal set out in this Agreement (save to the extent that Secured Parties’ local counsel deem it necessary to include any further provisions (or deviate from those contained in this Agreement) in order to protect or preserve the Security granted to the Secured Parties).

 

176

 

SCHEDULE 14

 

FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION

 

To:                                      [                    ] as Agent, [                    ] as Security Agent and [                    ] as Parent, for and on behalf of each Obligor

 

From:                        [the Increase Lender] (the “Increase Lender”)

 

Dated:                    [                    ]

 

[Parent] - [                    ] Senior Facilities Agreement
 dated [                    ] (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

1.                                               We refer to the Facilities Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined in the Facilities Agreement). This agreement (the “Agreement”) shall take effect as an Increase Confirmation for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

 

2.                                               We refer to Clause 2.2 (Increase) of the Facilities Agreement.

 

3.                                               The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the Schedule (the “Relevant Commitment”) as if it was an Original Lender under the Facilities Agreement.

 

4.                                               The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the “Increase Date”) is  [                    ].

 

5.                                               On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes:-

 

5.1                                        party to the relevant Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) as a Lender; and

 

5.2                                        party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Senior Lender.

 

6.                                               The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of Clause 34.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.

 

7.                                               The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations referred to in Clause 2.2.6.

 

8.                                               The Increase Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:-

 

8.1                                        [a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender);]

 

8.2                                        [a Treaty Lender;]

 

8.3                                        [not a Qualifying Lender].**

 

9.                                               The Increase Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:-

 

9.1                                        a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; or

 

177

 

9.2                                        a partnership each member of which is:-

 

9.2.1                             a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

9.2.2                             a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

9.2.3                             a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into  account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.]***

 

10.                                        The New Lender confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [  ]) and is tax resident in [    ]****, so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax, and requests that the Borrower notify that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Agreement.

 

*****

 

[10/11].          The Increase Lender confirms that it is not a Sponsor Affiliate.

 

[12/13].          We refer to clause 20.3 (Assignment and transfer of Secured Liabilities) of the Intercreditor Agreement and confirm that the Increase Lender has executed a Deed of Accession (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

[13/14].          This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

[14/15].          This Agreement rand any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it] [is/are] governed by English law.

 

[15/16].          This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

Note: The execution of this Increase Confirmation may not be sufficient for the Increase Lender to obtain the benefit of the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the Increase Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to obtain the benefit of the Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

Notes:

 

*                                                  Only if increase in the Total Commitments.

 

**                                           Delete as applicable — each Increase Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within.

 

***                                    Include only if New Lender is a UK Non-Bank Lender i.e. falls within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 15.1

 

178

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

RELEVANT COMMITMENT/RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS TO BE ASSUMED BY THE INCREASE LENDER

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

 

[Increase Lender]

 

By:

 

This Agreement is accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Facilities  Agreement by the Agent and the Increase Date is confirmed as [                    ].

 

Agent

 

By:

 

Security Agent

 

By:

 

NOTE:

 

179

 

SCHEDULE 15

 

FORMS OF NOTIFIABLE DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTION NOTICE

 

PART 1

 

FORM OF NOTICE ON ENTERING INTO NOTIFIABLE DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTION

 

	
To:
    	
 
    	
[                    ]   as Agent
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
From:
    	
 
    	
[The Lender]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
[                    ]
    

 

Sytner Group Limited - £100,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated [                    ] 2011 (the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1.                                               We refer to Clause 27.2.2 of the Facility Agreement.  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this notice unless given a different meaning in this notice.

 

2.                                               We have entered into a Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction.

 

3.                                               The Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction referred to in paragraph 2 above relates to the amount of our Commitment(s) as set out below.

 

Commitment                                    Amount of our Commitment to which Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction relates

 

[Lender]

 

By:

 

180

 

PART 2

 

FORM OF NOTICE ON TERMINATION OF NOTIFIABLE DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTION/NOTIFIABLE DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTION CEASING TO BE WITH SPONSOR AFFILIATE

 

	
To:
    	
 
    	
[                    ]   as Agent
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
From:
    	
 
    	
[The Lender]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
[                    ]
    

 

Sytner Group Limited - £100,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated [                    ] 2011 (the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1.                                               We refer to Clause 27.2.3 of the Facility Agreement.  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this notice unless given a different meaning in this notice.

 

2.                                               A Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction which we entered into and which we notified you of in a notice dated [                    ] has (terminated]/[ceased to be with a Sponsor Affiliate].*

 

3.                                               The Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction referred to in paragraph 2 above relates to the amount of our Commitment(s) as set out below.

 

Commitment                                     Amount of our Commitment to which Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction relates

 

[Lender]

 

By:

 

*  Delete as applicable.

 

181

 

SCHEDULE 16

 

FRANCHISES

 

	
SYTNER BMW/MINI Nottingham
    	
 
    	
GUY SALMON LANDROVER Northampton
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SYTNER BMW/MINI Leicester
    	
 
    	
GUY SALMON LANDROVER Sheffield
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SYTNER BMW/MINI Sheffield
    	
 
    	
GUY SALMON LANDROVER Coventry
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SYTNER BMW/MINI Solihull
    	
 
    	
GUY SALMON LANDROVER Stratford
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SYTNER BMW/MINI Coventry
    	
 
    	
GUY SALMON LANDROVER Knutsford
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SYTNER BMW/MINI City
    	
 
    	
GUY SALMON LANDROVER Wakefield
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SYTNER BMW/MINI High Wycombe
    	
 
    	
GUY SALMON LANDROVER Stockport
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SYTNER BMW/MINI Chigwell
    	
 
    	
TOLLBAR VOLVO Warwick
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SYTNER BMW/MINI Harold Wood
    	
 
    	
AUDI Leeds
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SYTNER BMW/MINI Sunningdale
    	
 
    	
AUDI Wakefield
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SYTNER ROLLS ROYCE Sunningdale
    	
 
    	
AUDI Bradford
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
MERCEDES-BENZ OF Bristol
    	
 
    	
AUDI Harrogate
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
MERCEDES-BENZ OF WSM
    	
 
    	
AUDI Slough
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
MERCEDES-BENZ OF Newbury
    	
 
    	
AUDI Reading
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
MERCEDES-BENZ OF Swindon
    	
 
    	
AUDI West London
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
MERCEDES-BENZ OF Bath
    	
 
    	
AUDI Victoria
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
MERCEDES-BENZ OF Gloucester
    	
 
    	
LEXUS Leicester
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
MERCEDES-BENZ OF Milton Keynes
    	
 
    	
LEXUS Bristol
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
MERCEDES-BENZ OF Northampton
    	
 
    	
LEXUS Milton Keynes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
MERCEDES-BENZ OF Bedford
    	
 
    	
GRAYPAUL FERRARI/MASERATI Nottingham
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
GUY SALMON JAGUAR Thames Ditton
    	
 
    	
GRAYPAUL FERRARI/MASERATI Edinburgh
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
GUY SALMON JAGUAR Ascot
    	
 
    	
PORSCHE CENTRE Mid-Sussex
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
GUY SALMON JAGUAR Maidstone
    	
 
    	
PORSCHE CENTRE Silverstone
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
GUY SALMON LANDROVER Thames Ditton
    	
 
    	
PORSCHE CENTRE Edinburgh
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

182

 

	
GUY SALMON LANDROVER Ascot
    	
 
    	
PORSCHE CENTRE Glasgow
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
GUY SALMON LANDROVER Maidstone
    	
 
    	
BENTLEY Manchester
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
GUY SALMON LANDROVER Portsmouth
    	
 
    	
BENTLEY Birmingham
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
HONDA Redhill
    	
 
    	
BENTLEY Edinburgh
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
GUY SALMON JAGUAR Coventry
    	
 
    	
MERCEDES-BENZ Newcastle
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
GUY SALMON JAGUAR Northampton
    	
 
    	
MERCEDES-BENZ Sunderland
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
AUDI Huddersfield
    	
 
    	
MERCEDES-BENZ Carlisle
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
VW Huddersfield
    	
 
    	
MERCEDES-BENZ Stockton
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
VW Harrogate
    	
 
    	
SYTNER BMW/MINI Birmingham
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
VW Leeds
    	
 
    	
SYTNER BMW/MINI Sutton
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
VW Skipton
    	
 
    	
SYTNER BMW/MINI Oldbury
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SEAT Huddersfield
    	
 
    	
SYTNER BMW/MINI Cardiff
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
AUDI Derby
    	
 
    	
SYTNER BMW/MINI Newport
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
FERRARI Birmingham
    	
 
    	
SYTNER BMW/MINI Maidenhead
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
FERRARI Egham
    	
 
    	
BENTLEY Leicester
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
GUY SALMON LANDROVER Bristol
    	
 
    	
PORSCHE Leicester
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
AUDI Nottingham
    	
 
    	
PORSCHE Solihull
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
AUDI Leicester
    	
 
    	
HONDA Gatwick
    

 

183

 

 

SCHEDULE 17

 

EXISTING SECURITY DOCUMENTS

 

	
NAME OF OBLIGOR
    	
 
    	
DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
    	
 
    	
PERSONS
   ENTITLED
    	
 
    	
DATE CHARGE
   CREATED
    
	
Rycroft Vehicles Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
20/10/2006
    
	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
27/02/2007
    
	
Maranello Concessionaires Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
13/05/2008
    
	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
31/12/2013
    
	
Sytner Limited
    	
 
    	
Charge supplemental to a mortgage debenture dated 19/01/1976
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
01/03/1988
    
	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
19/06/2009
    
	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
BMW Finance (GB) Limited (now known as BMW Financial Services (GB)   Limited)
    	
 
    	
11/11/1988
    
	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
31/12/2013
    
	
Sytner Retail Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
20/10/2006
    
	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
27/02/2007
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
BMW Finance (GB) Limited (now known as BMW Financial Services (GB)   Limited)
    	
 
    	
12/01/1988
    
	
John Fox Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
21/12/2007
    
	
Maranello Sales Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
13/05/2008
    
	
Cruickshank Motors Limited
    	
 
    	
Mortgage Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
12/05/1995
    
	
Legal Mortgage
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
30/01/1998
    

 

184

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Floating charge over stock
    	
 
    	
Mercedes-Benz Finance Limited
    	
 
    	
29/12/1995
    
	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
31/12/2012
    
	
Sytner Automotive Limited (formerly Sytner Coventry   Limited)
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
04/01/2006
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Deed of Assignment
    	
 
    	
BMW Finance (GB) Limited (now known as BMW Financial Services (GB)   Limited)
    	
 
    	
22/07/2002
    
	
Sytner Holdings Limited
    	
 
    	
Mortgage Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
31/08/1999
    
	
R Stratton & Co Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
17/05/2003
    
	
Sytner Cars Limited
    	
 
    	
Mortgage Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
31/01/1995
    
	
Graypaul Motors Limited
    	
 
    	
Mortgage Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
22/09/1995
    
	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
31/12/2013
    
	
Goodman Retail Limited
    	
 
    	
Mortgage Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
22/12/1995
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
31/12/2013
    
	
Goodman TPS Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
03/07/2009
    
	
Guy Salmon Limited
    	
 
    	
Mortgage Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
19/06/1998
    
	
Sytner Vehicles Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
23/12/2009
    
	
Ryland Investments Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
27/02/2007
    
	
Maranello Holdings Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
13/05/2008
    
	
William Jacks Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
31/07/2006
    
	
Mar Parts Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
13/05/2008
    

 

185

 

	
William Jacks Properties Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
31/07/2006
    
	
Ryland Group Services Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
27/02/2007
    
	
Ryland Properties Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
27/02/2007
    
	
Ryland Group Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
27/02/2007
    
	
UAG UK Holdings Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
07/05/2003
    
	
Sytner Group Limited
    	
 
    	
Mortgage Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
31/01/1995
    
	
Assignment of Life Policies
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
15/09/1995
    
	
Keyman Insurance Assignment
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
29/03/1996
    
	
Keyman Insurance Assignment
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
31/08/1999
    
	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
24/01/2012
    
	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
24/01/2012
    
	
Sytner Properties Limited
    	
 
    	
Legal Mortgage
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
01/10/1998
    
	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
03/07/2009
    
	
Rydnal Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
27/02/2007
    
	
Sandridge Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
25/07/1997
    
	
Sytner Finance Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
25/07/1997
    
	
Prophets (Gerrards Cross) Limited
    	
 
    	
Mortgage debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
31/08/1999
    

 

186

 

	
Sytner Properties (Grove Park) Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
30/07/2009
    
	
Sytner Direct Limited
    	
 
    	
Mortgage Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
30/06/1998
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
07/05/2003
    
	
Goodman Derby Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
19/12/2008
    
	
Sytner Properties (Grove Park) Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
03/07/2009
    
	
Hallamshire Motor Company Limited
    	
 
    	
Mortgage Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
30/12/1996
    
	
Michael Powles Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
19/12/2008
    
	
Kings Motors Limited
    	
 
    	
Mortgage Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
25/071997
    
	
Sytner Finance Limited
    	
 
    	
Mortgage Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
25/071997
    
	
Prophets (Gerrards Cross) Limited
    	
 
    	
Mortgage Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
31/08/1999
    
	
F.W. Mays & Co. Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
31/07/2006
    
	
Rectory Road Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
16/06/1986
    
	
Ascot Garage Co. Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank Plc
    	
 
    	
31/07/2006
    
	
Isaac Agnew (Holdings) Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
24/01/2012
    
	
Agnew Retail Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
24/01/2012
    
	
Agnew Trade Centre Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
24/01/2012
    
	
Isaac Agnew Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
24/01/2012
    
	
Isaac Agnew (Mallusk) Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
24/01/2012
    

 

187

 

	
Gap Software Solutions Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
24/01/2012
    
	
Agnew Corporate Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
24/01/2012
    
	
Account Assignment
    	
 
    	
N.I.I.B. Group Limited
    	
 
    	
20/03/2013
    
	
Master Deed of Assignment
    	
 
    	
N.I.I.B. Group Limited
    	
 
    	
20/03/2013
    
	
Stanley Motor Works (1932) Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
24/01/2012
    
	
Bavarian Garages (NI) Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
BMW Finance (GB) Limited
    	
 
    	
14/07/1989
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
24/01/2012
    
	
Agnew Commercials Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
24/01/2012
    
	
I A P C B Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
24/01/2012
    
	
Trade Parts Specialist (NI) Limited
    	
 
    	
Debenture
    	
 
    	
National Westminster Bank plc
    	
 
    	
24/01/2012
    

 

188

 

SIGNATURES

 

The Parent

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by 
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
UAG UK HOLDINGS LIMITED 
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: ACCOUNTANT
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

 

The Obligors

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
UAG UK HOLDINGS LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: ACCOUNTANT
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
SYTNER GROUP LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: ACCOUNTANT
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

189

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
SYTNER CARS LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
SYTNER LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
SYTNER HOLDINGS LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

190

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
GOODMAN RETAIL LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
R STRATTON & CO LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
CRUICKSHANK MOTORS LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

191

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
GRAYPAUL MOTORS LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
SYTNER AUTOMOTIVE LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
WILLIAM JACKS LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL   ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    
					

 

192

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
WILLIAM JACKS PROPERTIES LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
RYLAND GROUP LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
RYDNAL LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

193

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
RYLAND INVESTMENTS LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
RYCROFT VEHICLES LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
SYTNER RETAIL LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

194

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
RYLAND GROUP SERVICES LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
RYLAND PROPERTIES LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
JOHN FOX LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    
							

 

195

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
EDMOND & MILBURN LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
SYTNER VEHICLES LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
SYTNER PROPERTIES LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

196

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
MARANELLO HOLDINGS LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
MARANELLO CONCESSIONAIRES
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
LIMITED
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
MARANELLO SALES LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: KERRY COPE
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

197

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
GOODMAN TPS LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: ACCOUNTANT
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
GUY SALMON LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: ACCOUNTANT
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
hereof) AS A DEED by
    	
 
    	
) 
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
MAR PARTS LIMITED
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: ACCOUNTANT
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

198

 

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 

hereof) AS A DEED by 
    AGNEW TRADE CENTRE LIMITED acting by a director in   the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: ACCOUNTANT
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 

hereof) AS A DEED by 
    AGNEW RETAIL LIMITED
 acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: ACCOUNTANT
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 

hereof) AS A DEED by 
    ISAAC AGNEW (HOLDINGS) LIMITED 
 acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: ACCOUNTANT
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

199

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 

hereof) AS A DEED by 
    TRADE PARTS SPECIALIST (NI) LIMITED
 acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness:  
    	
/s/ AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 

hereof) AS A DEED by 
    I A P C B LIMITED 
    acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
   hereof) AS A DEED by 
    BAVARIAN GARAGES (NI) LIMITED 
    acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness:
    	
/s/ AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

200

 

	
EXECUTED   (but not   delivered until the date 
   hereof) AS A DEED by 
    AGNEW COMMERCIALS LIMITED 
 acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of   Witness: 
    	
/s/ AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
EXECUTED   (but not   delivered until the date 
   hereof) AS A DEED by 
    STANLEY MOTOR WORKS (1932) LIMITED 
    acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of   Witness: 
    	
/s/ AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
EXECUTED   (but not   delivered until the date 

hereof) AS A DEED by 

AGNEW CORPORATE LTD 

acting by a director   in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of   Witness: 
    	
/s/ AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: AMANDA GREAVES
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: PAYROLL ADMINISTRATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

201

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
   hereof) AS A DEED by 
    GAP SOFTWARE SOLUTIONS LTD 
 acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: ACCOUNTANT
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
   hereof) AS A DEED by 
    ISAAC AGNEW (MALLUSK) LIMITED 
    acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: ACCOUNTANT
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
   hereof) AS A DEED by 
    ISAAC AGNEW LIMITED 
    acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: ACCOUNTANT
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

202

 

	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
   hereof) AS A DEED by 
    AGNEW AUTOEXCHANGE LIMITED 
    acting by a director in the presence of a witness
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ ADAM COLLINSON
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of Witness: 
    	
/s/ A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of Witness: A CANTON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 PENMAN WAY, LEICESTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Occupation: ACCOUNTANT
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

203

 

	
The Arranger
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
   hereof) AS A DEED by 
   as attorney for and on behalf of 
    THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC in 
   the presence of:-
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s DAVID JAMIESON
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of witness: 
    	
/s/ MICHELLE LISTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of witness: MICHELLE LISTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 ST PHILIPS PLACE, BIRMINGHAM, B3 2RB
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
   hereof) AS A DEED by 
    BMW FINANCIAL SERVICES (GB) LIMITED 
    acting by two directors or one director and the secretary
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ ROBERT JORDAN
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ PHIL KERRY
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
Director/secretary
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
The Security Agent
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
   hereof) AS A DEED by 
   as attorney for and on behalf of 
    THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC in 
   the presence of:
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ PAUL FLETCHER
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of witness: 
    	
/s/ JAYNE TOBIN
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of witness: JAYNE TOBIN
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: SYNDICATED LOAN AGENCY, THE ROYAL BANK OF   SCOTLAND PLC, 2 1⁄2 DEVONSHIRE SQUARE, LONDON, EC2M 4BA
    

 

204

 

	
The Agent
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
   hereof) AS A DEED by 
   as attorney for and on behalf of 
    THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC in 
   the presence of:-
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ PAUL FLETCHER
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of witness: 
    	
/s/ JAYNE TOBIN
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of witness: JAYNE TOBIN
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: SYNDICATED LOAN AGENCY, THE ROYAL BANK OF   SCOTLAND PLC, 2 1⁄2 DEVONSHIRE SQUARE, LONDON, EC2M 4BA
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
The Original Lenders
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
   hereof) AS A DEED by 
   as attorney for and on behalf of 
    THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC 
    acting as agent for NATIONAL 
   WESTMINSTER BANK PLC in the presence of:-
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ DAVID JAMIESON
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of witness: 
    	
/s/ MICHELLE LISTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of witness: MICHELLE LISTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 ST PHILIPS PLACE, BIRMINGHAM, B3 2RB
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
   hereof) AS A DEED by 
    BMW FINANCIAL SERVICES (GB) LIMITED 
    acting by two directors or one director and the 
   secretary
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ ROBERT JORDAN
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ PHIL KERRY
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
Director/secretary)
    

 

205

 

	
The Bilateral Lender
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
EXECUTED (but not delivered   until the date 
   hereof) AS A DEED by 
   as attorney for and on behalf of 
    THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC 
    acting as agent for NATIONAL 
   WESTMINSTER BANK PLC in the presence of:-
    	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    	
/s/ DAVID JAMIESON
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature of witness: 
    	
/s/ MICHELLE LISTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name of witness: MICHELLE LISTER
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Address: 2 ST PHILIPS PLACE, BIRMINGHAM, B3 2RB
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

206Exhibit 10.28

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP 401(k) SAVINGS AND RETIREMENT PLAN

 

As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2014

 

 

Table of Contents

 

	
Section
    	
 
    	
Contents
    	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
1
    	
 
    	
DEFINITIONS
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
1.1
    	
 
    	
Accrued   Benefit
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
1.2
    	
 
    	
Acquired   Employee
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
1.3
    	
 
    	
Acquired   Company
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
1.4
    	
 
    	
Additional   Pre-Tax Contribution
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
1.5
    	
 
    	
Adjustment   Factor
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
1.6
    	
 
    	
Affiliated   Company
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
1.7
    	
 
    	
Affiliated   Employer
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
1.8
    	
 
    	
After-Tax   Contribution Account
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
1.9
    	
 
    	
Annual   Addition
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
1.10
    	
 
    	
Beneficiary
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
1.11
    	
 
    	
Board
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
1.12
    	
 
    	
Break   in Service
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
1.13
    	
 
    	
Business   Day
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
1.14
    	
 
    	
Code
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
1.15
    	
 
    	
Company
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
1.16
    	
 
    	
Compensation
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
1.17
    	
 
    	
Disability
    	
 
    	
5
    
	
1.18
    	
 
    	
Eligible   Employee
    	
 
    	
5
    
	
1.19
    	
 
    	
Employee
    	
 
    	
5
    
	
1.20
    	
 
    	
Employer
    	
 
    	
6
    
	
1.21
    	
 
    	
Employer   Matching Contribution
    	
 
    	
6
    
	
1.22
    	
 
    	
Employer   Matching Contribution Account
    	
 
    	
6
    
	
1.23
    	
 
    	
Entry   Date
    	
 
    	
6
    
	
1.24
    	
 
    	
ERISA
    	
 
    	
6
    
	
1.25
    	
 
    	
Fiscal   Year
    	
 
    	
6
    
	
1.26
    	
 
    	
Fund
    	
 
    	
6
    
	
1.27
    	
 
    	
Highly   Compensated Employee
    	
 
    	
6
    
	
1.28
    	
 
    	
Hour   of Service
    	
 
    	
7
    
	
1.29
    	
 
    	
Leave   of Absence
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
1.30
    	
 
    	
Limitation   Year
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
1.31
    	
 
    	
Member
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
1.32
    	
 
    	
Non-Highly   Compensated Employee
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
1.33
    	
 
    	
Normal   Retirement Date
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
1.34
    	
 
    	
Period   of Service
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
1.35
    	
 
    	
Plan
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
1.36
    	
 
    	
Plan   Administrator
    	
 
    	
9
    
	
1.37
    	
 
    	
Plan   Sponsor
    	
 
    	
9
    
	
1.38
    	
 
    	
Plan   Year
    	
 
    	
9
    
	
1.39
    	
 
    	
Pre-Tax   Contribution
    	
 
    	
9
    
	
1.40
    	
 
    	
Pre-Tax   Contribution Account
    	
 
    	
9
    
	
1.41
    	
 
    	
Prior   Plan
    	
 
    	
9
    
	
1.42
    	
 
    	
Retirement
    	
 
    	
9
    

 

i

 

Table of Contents

 

	
Section
    	
 
    	
Contents
    	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
1.43
    	
 
    	
Rollover   Contribution
    	
 
    	
9
    
	
1.44
    	
 
    	
Rollover   Account
    	
 
    	
9
    
	
1.45
    	
 
    	
Spouse
    	
 
    	
9
    
	
1.46
    	
 
    	
Top-Heavy   Contribution
    	
 
    	
9
    
	
1.47
    	
 
    	
Top-Heavy   Contribution Account
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
1.48
    	
 
    	
Transfer   Pre-Tax Contribution Account
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
1.49
    	
 
    	
Transfer   Employer Contribution Account
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
1.50
    	
 
    	
Trust
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
1.51
    	
 
    	
Trustee
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
1.52
    	
 
    	
Valuation   Date
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
1.53
    	
 
    	
Year   of Service
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
2
    	
 
    	
MEMBERSHIP   IN THE PLAN
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
2.1
    	
 
    	
Current   Employees
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
2.2
    	
 
    	
New   Employees or Re-employed Members
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
2.3
    	
 
    	
Changes   in Category
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
3
    	
 
    	
CONTRIBUTIONS
    	
 
    	
11
    
	
3.1
    	
 
    	
Pre-Tax   Contributions
    	
 
    	
11
    
	
3.2
    	
 
    	
Employer   Matching Contributions
    	
 
    	
12
    
	
3.3
    	
 
    	
Adjustments   to Contributions
    	
 
    	
12
    
	
3.4
    	
 
    	
Distribution   of “Excess Deferral Amounts”
    	
 
    	
13
    
	
3.5
    	
 
    	
Overall   Limits on Contributions
    	
 
    	
14
    
	
3.6
    	
 
    	
Permitted   Employer Refunds
    	
 
    	
15
    
	
3.7
    	
 
    	
Timing   of Deposits
    	
 
    	
15
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
4
    	
 
    	
MEMBER   ACCOUNTS
    	
 
    	
16
    
	
4.1
    	
 
    	
Establishment   of Accounts
    	
 
    	
16
    
	
4.2
    	
 
    	
Valuation   of Accounts
    	
 
    	
16
    
	
4.3
    	
 
    	
Adjustment   to Accounts
    	
 
    	
16
    
	
4.4
    	
 
    	
Directed   Investments
    	
 
    	
16
    
	
4.5
    	
 
    	
Administration   of Investments
    	
 
    	
17
    
	
4.6
    	
 
    	
Investments   For Terminated Members
    	
 
    	
17
    
	
4.7
    	
 
    	
Special   Rules Applicable to Penske Automotive Common Stock Fund
    	
 
    	
17
    
	
4.8
    	
 
    	
Special   Rules Applicable to Investment in Penske Automotive Common Stock Fund
    	
 
    	
18
    
	
4.9
    	
 
    	
Compliance   With Employer Securities Diversification Requirements
    	
 
    	
19
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
5
    	
 
    	
VESTING
    	
 
    	
20
    
	
5.1
    	
 
    	
Vesting
    	
 
    	
20
    
	
5.2
    	
 
    	
Forfeitures
    	
 
    	
21
    
	
5.3
    	
 
    	
Change   in Vesting Schedule
    	
 
    	
21
    
	
5.4
    	
 
    	
Lost   Members
    	
 
    	
22
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
6
    	
 
    	
DISTRIBUTIONS
    	
 
    	
22
    
	
6.1
    	
 
    	
Distribution   of Benefit
    	
 
    	
22
    

 

ii

 

Table of Contents

 

	
Section
    	
 
    	
Contents
    	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
6.2   
    	
 
    	
HEART   Act Compliance and Qualified Reservist Distribution
    	
 
    	
22 
    
	
6.3
    	
 
    	
Election   of Benefits
    	
 
    	
23
    
	
6.4
    	
 
    	
Rehire   Prior To Incurring Five Consecutive Breaks in Service
    	
 
    	
23
    
	
6.5
    	
 
    	
Death   Prior to Total Distribution
    	
 
    	
24
    
	
6.6
    	
 
    	
Distribution   Limitation
    	
 
    	
24
    
	
6.7
    	
 
    	
Mandatory   Distributions
    	
 
    	
24
    
	
6.8
    	
 
    	
Earnings   on Undistributed Benefits
    	
 
    	
24
    
	
6.9
    	
 
    	
Rollovers   Into the Plan
    	
 
    	
24
    
	
6.10
    	
 
    	
Transfers   Into the Plan
    	
 
    	
25
    
	
6.11
    	
 
    	
Evidence   in Writing
    	
 
    	
25
    
	
6.12
    	
 
    	
Hardship   Withdrawal
    	
 
    	
25
    
	
6.13
    	
 
    	
Withdrawals   Permitted After Age 59-1⁄2
    	
 
    	
27
    
	
6.14
    	
 
    	
Withdrawal   of After-Tax Contributions; Rollover Contributions
    	
 
    	
27
    
	
6.15
    	
 
    	
Conditions   For Withdrawals
    	
 
    	
27
    
	
6.16
    	
 
    	
Direct   Rollover
    	
 
    	
27
    
	
6.17
    	
 
    	
Withholding   of Income Tax
    	
 
    	
29
    
	
6.18
    	
 
    	
Manner   of Payment of Benefits
    	
 
    	
30
    
	
6.19
    	
 
    	
Assets   Transferred From Money Purchase Plans
    	
 
    	
30
    
	
6.20
    	
 
    	
Small   Benefit Cash Outs
    	
 
    	
30
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
7
    	
 
    	
ACTUAL   DEFERRAL AND ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTING
    	
 
    	
31
    
	
7.1
    	
 
    	
Limitations   on Allocations of Pre-Tax Contributions
    	
 
    	
31
    
	
7.2
    	
 
    	
Limitations   on Allocations of Employer Matching Contributions
    	
 
    	
33
    
	
7.3
    	
 
    	
Definitions
    	
 
    	
35
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
8
    	
 
    	
TOP-HEAVY   PROVISIONS
    	
 
    	
37
    
	
8.1
    	
 
    	
Top-Heavy   Pre-emption
    	
 
    	
37
    
	
8.2
    	
 
    	
Determination   of Top-Heavy Status
    	
 
    	
37
    
	
8.3
    	
 
    	
Top-Heavy   Vesting Schedule
    	
 
    	
39
    
	
8.4
    	
 
    	
Top-Heavy   Restrictions
    	
 
    	
39
    
	
8.5
    	
 
    	
Top-Heavy   Definitions
    	
 
    	
40
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
9
    	
 
    	
DESIGNATION   OF BENEFICIARY
    	
 
    	
41
    
	
9.1
    	
 
    	
Named   Beneficiary
    	
 
    	
41
    
	
9.2
    	
 
    	
No   Named Beneficiary
    	
 
    	
41
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
10
    	
 
    	
MANAGEMENT   OF THE FUND
    	
 
    	
42
    
	
10.1
    	
 
    	
Contributions   Deposited To Trust
    	
 
    	
42
    
	
10.2
    	
 
    	
No   Reversion to Employer
    	
 
    	
42
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
11
    	
 
    	
DISCONTINUANCE   AND LIABILITIES
    	
 
    	
42
    
	
11.1
    	
 
    	
Termination
    	
 
    	
42
    
	
11.2
    	
 
    	
No   Liability For Employer
    	
 
    	
42
    
	
11.3
    	
 
    	
Administrative   Expenses
    	
 
    	
42
    
	
11.4
    	
 
    	
Non-forfeitability   Due to Termination(s)
    	
 
    	
43
    
	
11.5
    	
 
    	
Exclusive   Benefit Rule
    	
 
    	
43
    

 

iii

 

Table of Contents

 

	
Section
    	
 
    	
Contents
    	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
11.6
    	
 
    	
Mergers
    	
 
    	
43
    
	
11.7
    	
 
    	
Non-allocated   Trust Assets
    	
 
    	
43
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
12
    	
 
    	
ADMINISTRATION
    	
 
    	
43
    
	
12.1
    	
 
    	
Establishment   of the Benefits Committee
    	
 
    	
43
    
	
12.2
    	
 
    	
Organization   of the Committee
    	
 
    	
43
    
	
12.3
    	
 
    	
Powers   of the Committee
    	
 
    	
43
    
	
12.4
    	
 
    	
Reliance   on Professionals
    	
 
    	
44
    
	
12.5
    	
 
    	
Liability   and Indemnification
    	
 
    	
44
    
	
12.6
    	
 
    	
Fiduciary   Insurance
    	
 
    	
45
    
	
12.7
    	
 
    	
Claims   Procedure
    	
 
    	
45
    
	
12.8
    	
 
    	
Trustee   Has Authority to Invest
    	
 
    	
47
    
	
12.9
    	
 
    	
Removal   For Personal Involvement
    	
 
    	
47
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
13
    	
 
    	
PARTICIPATION   BY EMPLOYERS OTHER THAN COMPANY
    	
 
    	
47
    
	
13.1
    	
 
    	
Adoption   by Eligible Employers
    	
 
    	
47
    
	
13.2
    	
 
    	
Rights   and Obligations; Agency
    	
 
    	
47
    
	
13.3
    	
 
    	
Termination   of the Plan by the Company
    	
 
    	
47
    
	
13.4
    	
 
    	
Withdrawal   of an Affiliated Employer
    	
 
    	
48
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
14
    	
 
    	
AMENDMENTS
    	
 
    	
48
    
	
14.1
    	
 
    	
Amendment   Restrictions
    	
 
    	
48
    
	
14.2
    	
 
    	
Amending   the Plan
    	
 
    	
48
    
	
14.3
    	
 
    	
Retroactive   Amendments
    	
 
    	
48
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
15
    	
 
    	
LOANS
    	
 
    	
49
    
	
15.1
    	
 
    	
Permitted   Loans
    	
 
    	
49
    
	
15.2
    	
 
    	
Collateral   Required
    	
 
    	
49
    
	
15.3
    	
 
    	
Repayment
    	
 
    	
49
    
	
15.4
    	
 
    	
Interest   Charges
    	
 
    	
50
    
	
15.5
    	
 
    	
Failure   to Make Timely Payment
    	
 
    	
50
    
	
15.6
    	
 
    	
Termination   of Employment
    	
 
    	
50
    
	
15.7
    	
 
    	
Loans   to Non-Employees
    	
 
    	
50
    
	
15.8
    	
 
    	
Order   of Accounts Reduced
    	
 
    	
50
    
	
15.9
    	
 
    	
Segregated   Investment
    	
 
    	
50
    
	
15.10
    	
 
    	
General   Administration
    	
 
    	
50
    
	
15.11
    	
 
    	
Termination of Employment Resulting From   Corporate Transaction
    	
 
    	
50
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
16
    	
 
    	
SPECIAL   PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PRIOR PLANS
    	
 
    	
51
    
	
16.1
    	
 
    	
Form of   Distribution
    	
 
    	
51
    
	
16.2
    	
 
    	
Vesting
    	
 
    	
51
    
	
16.3
    	
 
    	
Loans
    	
 
    	
51
    
	
16.4
    	
 
    	
Elimination   of Optional Benefit Forms
    	
 
    	
51
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
17
    	
 
    	
MISCELLANEOUS
    	
 
    	
52
    
	
17.1
    	
 
    	
“Spendthrift”   Provision
    	
 
    	
52
    

 

iv

 

Table of Contents

 

	
Section
    	
 
    	
Contents
    	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
17.2
    	
 
    	
QDRO   Exception
    	
 
    	
52
    
	
17.3
    	
 
    	
No   Guarantee of Employment
    	
 
    	
53
    
	
17.4
    	
 
    	
Uniformed   Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994
    	
 
    	
53
    
	
17.5
    	
 
    	
Controlling   Law
    	
 
    	
53
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
18
    	
 
    	
MINIMUM   DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
    	
 
    	
53
    
	
18.1
    	
 
    	
Required   Minimum Distributions
    	
 
    	
53
    
	
18.2   
    	
 
    	
Definitions   Rule for 2009
    	
 
    	
56 
    
	
18.3
    	
 
    	
Required   Minimum Distribution Relief
    	
 
    	
56
    

 

v

 

 

PREAMBLE

 

The Penske Automotive Group 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) was originally effective as of September 1, 1998.  Subsequent to that date, the Plan has been amended from time to time.  This document amends and restates the Plan, effective as of January 1, 2014 (or as of such other dates as may be specified in the Plan).

 

The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. and certain of its affiliates with an opportunity to accumulate retirement savings.  The Plan is intended to qualify as a profit sharing plan with a cash or deferred arrangement under sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Employees who terminated their employment before the effective date of this amendment and restatement will, unless otherwise specified in this document, be subject to the terms of the Plan as in effect on the date of their Termination of employment.

 

SECTION 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context; and the following rules of interpretation shall apply in reading this instrument. Pronouns shall be interpreted so that the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and the singular shall include the plural. The words “hereof,” “herein” and other singular compounds shall refer to the Plan in its entirety and not to any particular provision or section, unless so limited by the text. All references herein to specific sections shall mean sections of this document unless otherwise qualified.

 

1.1                               Accrued Benefit means the sum of the balance in the Member’s Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Top-Heavy Contribution Account, Employer Matching Contribution Account, After-Tax Contribution Account, Transfer Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Transfer Employer Contribution Account, and Rollover Account.

 

1.2                               Acquired Employee means any employee of an Acquired Company who is classified as an Employee.

 

1.3                               Acquired Company means any entity of which the stock, business or assets have been bought by an Employer or which has become part of an Employer.

 

1.4                               Additional Pre-Tax Contribution means a “qualified nonelective contribution” that consists of any Employer contributions (other than Employer Matching Contributions) with respect to which the Member may not elect to receive cash in lieu of such contributions being made to the Plan, that are nonforfeitable (i.e., vested) when made, and that are subject to all of the restrictions on distributions applicable to Pre-Tax Contributions.

 

1.5                               Adjustment Factor means the dollar limitation under Code section 402(g) in effect at the beginning of the taxable year.

 

1.6                               Affiliated Company means

 

A.                                    any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations including

 

1

 

those within the meaning of Code section 1563(a), determined without regard to Code sections 1563(a)(4) and (e)(3)(C), including the Employer;

 

B.                                    any organization under common control with the Employer within the meaning of Code section 414(c);

 

C.                                    any organization which is included with the Employer in an affiliated service group within the meaning of Code section 414(m); or

 

D.                                    any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations under Code section 414(o).

 

1.7                               Affiliated Employer means any organization designated by the Committee as eligible to participate as an Employer in the Plan.

 

1.8                               After-Tax Contribution Account means an account established and maintained by the Employer on behalf of a Member to which his After-Tax Contributions made under a Prior Plan are held.

 

1.9                               Annual Addition means, with respect to any Participant for any Limitation Year, the sum of:

 

A.                                    That part of any Employer Contributions, Pre-Tax Contributions or Employer Matching Contributions allocated to the Member’s Plan account with respect to that Limitation Year.

 

B.                                    The forfeitures, if any, allocated to the Member’s Account with respect to that Limitation Year.

 

C.             The total amount of any employee contributions made by the Member to the Plan or to any other tax-qualified plan maintained by the group consisting of the Employer and the Affiliated Companies, except that, for the purposes of this Section, “more than 50%” shall be substituted for “at least 80%” each place it appears in Code section 1563(a)(1) (the “Employer Group”), if any, for that Limitation Year.

 

D.                                    Amounts allocated on behalf of the Member during the Limitation Year to an individual medical account, within the meaning of Code section 415(l)(2), which is part of a pension or annuity plan of the Employer Group.

 

E.                                     If the Member is or ever has been a Key Employee, amounts allocated to any separate account (within the meaning of Code section 419A(d)(1)) in a welfare benefit fund (within the meaning of Code section 419(e)) during the Limitation Year for provision of post-retirement medical benefits for the Member.

 

1.10                  Beneficiary means the person, persons, or trust designated by written, revocable designation filed with the Plan Administrator by the Member to receive payments in the event of such Member’s death.

 

1.11                        Board means the Board of Directors of Penske Automotive Group, Inc.

 

1.12                        Break in Service means a Plan Year during which an Employee has not completed more than 500 Hours of Service with the Employer or an Affiliated Company.

 

2

 

1.13                        Business Day means each day the New York Stock Exchange is open for business; provided, however, that for purposes of Section 1.52 only, the term “Business Day” shall not include any day on which the Plan’s record keeper is closed.

 

1.14                        Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the same as may be amended from time to time.

 

1.15                        Company means Penske Automotive Group, Inc.

 

1.16                        Compensation, except as hereafter specified, means W-2 gross earnings, including the Pre-Tax Contributions made hereunder during the Plan Year and contributions made by an Employee to a Code section 125 plan, but excluding nonmonetary awards or benefits and any payments in the nature of severance pay and any reimbursed moving expenses.

 

A.                                    For purposes of the nondiscrimination tests set forth in Section 7, and except as provided in Code section 414(s), Compensation means any income received by the Employee from the Employer in accordance with Code section 415(c)(3), including deferrals made pursuant to Code section 414(s)(2), for the Plan Year for which compliance with the tests is being measured.

 

B.                               For purposes of measuring the limits set forth in Code section 415, Compensation shall mean all amounts paid during the Limitation Year or other relevant period to an individual by the Employer (as determined for Code section 415 purposes under the “Annual Addition” definition in Section 1.9), before the individual’s severance from employment with the group consisting of the Employer and Affiliated Companies (the “Employer Group”) (except to the extent otherwise provided below), for services actually performed that includes all wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with any member of the Employer Group (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, commissions, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as described in Treasury Regulations section 1.62-2), but excluding:

 

(1)                                 contributions made by any member of the Employer Group to a plan of deferred compensation to the extent that, before the application of the limits of Code section 415, the contributions are not includible in the gross income of the individual for the taxable year in which contributed;

 

(2)                               contributions made by any member of the Employer Group on behalf of the individual to a simplified employee pension plan described in Code section 408(k) to the extent the contributions are excludable from the individual’s gross income;

 

(3)                                 distributions from a plan of deferred compensation maintained by any member of the Employer Group regardless of whether the amounts are includible in the gross income of the individual when distributed (except amounts received pursuant to an unfunded non-qualified plan to the extent the amounts are includible in the gross income of the individual);

 

3

 

(4)                                 amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option or when restricted stock (or property) held by the individual either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

 

(5)                                 amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

 

(6)                                 other amounts that receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the individual).

 

Compensation shall include amounts paid to a terminated Member by the later of two and one-half months after the Member’s severance from employment or the end of the Limitation Year in which the termination occurs, provided that such amounts would have been payable to the Member had he continued in employment with the Employer Group and are regular compensation for services during the Member’s regular working hours, compensation for services outside regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation; are payments for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Member would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued; or are received by the Member pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been made to the Member had he continued in employment with the Employer Group and only to the extent that the payment is includible in the Member’s gross income.

 

Compensation taken into account shall be limited to the amount set forth in Code section 401(a)(17) ($260,000 for 2014), or such other amount as may be established by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue as a result of adjustments to account for the cost of living in accordance with Code section 401(a)(17)(B). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any period, not exceeding 12 months, over which Compensation is determined (the “Determination Period”) beginning with or within such calendar year. If a Determination Period consists of fewer than 12 months, the limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the Determination Period, and the denominator of which is 12.

 

C.                                    For purposes of applying the limitations described in Section 3.5 of the Plan, Compensation paid or made available during such Limitation Years shall include elective amounts for qualified transportation fringe benefits that are not includible in the gross income of the Member by reason of Code section 132(f)(4). This amendment shall also apply to the definition of Compensation for purposes of Section 1.27.G and the discrimination tests under Section 7 of the Plan for Plan Years.

 

D.                                    For purposes of the definition of Compensation under this Section 1.16, amounts under Code section 125 include any amounts not available to a Member in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Member is unable to certify that he has other health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount under Code section 125 only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the Member’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health

 

4

 

plan.

 

1.17                        Disability means that the Member has applied and qualifies for disability benefits under the Social Security Act of 1935, as amended.

 

1.18                        Eligible Employee means any Employee of the Employer who satisfies all of the following conditions:

 

A.                                    he is not a leased employee within the meaning of Code section 414(n)(2);

 

B.                                    he is not a union employee, other than a union employee for whom benefits under this Plan are specifically provided for as a result of good faith bargaining;

 

C.                                    he is not employed by the Employer on a part-time or temporary basis. A part-time employee is an employee who is not regularly scheduled to complete 1,000 Hours of Service in a Plan Year;

 

D.                                    he is not an Acquired Employee, unless eligibility to participate in the Plan is otherwise provided for in an agreement consented to by the Company, such as an Appendix to the Plan;

 

E.                                     he is not a non-resident alien who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code section 861(a)(3)); and

 

F.                                      he is not a person whose status as an Employee is solely the result of a judicial or administrative determination.

 

The above notwithstanding, any part-time or temporary Employee who would otherwise be eligible to participate in the Plan shall become eligible to participate in the Plan if he is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service in the 12 consecutive month period beginning with such Employee’s date of hire, or is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service in any 12 consecutive month period beginning on the anniversary thereof, as of the first Entry Date following the end of such 12 consecutive month period.

 

1.19                        Employee means an individual who is a common-law employee of the Employer and shall include leased employees within the meaning of Code section 414(n)(2), except as provided below. The term “leased employee” means any person (other than an Employee of the Employer) who pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and any other person (“leasing organization”) has performed services for the Employer (or for the Employer and related persons determined in accordance with Code section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are under the primary direction and control of the Employer. Contributions or benefits provided a leased employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the Employer shall be treated as provided by the Employer. The term “Employee” shall not include any individuals classified by the Employer as independent contractors even if such individuals would be classified as employees of the Employer under common law.

 

A leased employee shall not be considered an Employee of the Employer if; (i) such individual is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (1) a non-integrated

 

5

 

employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation, as defined in Code section 415(c)(3), but including amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the leased employee’s gross income under Code sections 125, 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b), or employer contributions on behalf of the leased employee to a trust which is part of a qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in Code section 401(k)(2)); (2) immediate participation; and (3) full and immediate vesting; and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20% of the Employer’s Non-Highly Compensated Employee workforce.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Acquired Employee of an Acquired Company shall be not deemed an Employee of an Employer as of the date such Acquired Company was bought by an Employer, except as otherwise provided in an Appendix applicable to such Acquired Employees.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an employee of an Affiliated Employer that had adopted the Plan but ceases being an Affiliated Company shall no longer be considered an Employee as of the first date the Affiliated Employer is no longer an Affiliated Company.

 

1.20                        Employer means the Company and any other business organization that succeeds to its business and elects to continue this Plan, and any Affiliated Employer that adopts the Plan in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Affiliated Employer that had adopted the Plan but ceases being an Affiliated Company shall cease to be an Employer as of the first date the Affiliated Employer is no longer an Affiliated Company.

 

1.21                        Employer Matching Contribution means a contribution made on behalf of a Member pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan.

 

1.22                        Employer Matching Contribution Account means an account established and maintained on behalf of a Member to which his Employer Matching Contributions are allocated.

 

1.23                        Entry Date means the first Business Day of each month.

 

1.24                        ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

1.25                        Fiscal Year means the period from January 1 through December 31.

 

1.26                        Fund means all assets of the Trust.

 

1.27                       Highly Compensated Employee means any active or former Employee, who performs service during the determination year and is described in one or more of the following groups:

 

A.                                    an Employee who is a 5% owner, as defined in Code section 416(i)(1)(B)(i), at any time during the determination year or the look-back year; or

 

B.                                    an Employee who receives Compensation in excess of $115,000 (for 2014 Plan Year determinations, and as may be adjusted for future years) during the look-back year.

 

C.                                    The terms “determination year” and “look-back year” shall mean, respectively, the

 

6

 

Plan Year and the twelve-month period immediately preceding the determination year.

 

D.                                    The $115,000 amount set forth in paragraph B. shall be indexed for changes in the cost of living in accordance with Code section 415(d).

 

E.                                     A Highly Compensated Former Employee includes any Employee who separated or was deemed to have separated from service prior to the determination year, performs no service for the Employer during the determination year, and was a Highly Compensated active Employee for either the separation year or any determination year ending on or after the Employee’s 55th birthday.

 

F.                                      The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee shall be made in accordance with Code section 414(q) and the regulations thereunder, except that the top paid group rule, as defined in Code section 414(q)(3) shall not apply.

 

G.                                    “Compensation” shall mean, for the purpose of this Section 1.27, Code section 415(c)(3) compensation.

 

1.28                        Hour of Service means each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or entitled to be paid by the Employer or an Affiliated Company regardless of whether employment duties are performed, and each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to by the Employer or Affiliated Company. These hours shall be credited to an Employee for the computation period during which his employment duties were performed; but in the event a payment is made or due for a reason other than the performance of duties, hours shall be credited for the computation period during which the absence from work occurred or to which a back pay agreement or award pertains. However, no Employee shall be credited with duplicate Hours of Service as a result of a back pay agreement or award. Hours of Service shall also include each hour (credited on the basis of the Employee’s customary workday) during which an Employee is on an uncompensated excused Leave of Absence, provided that such Employee shall be credited with no more than an Hour of Service for each complete Plan Year during which the uncompensated Leave of Absence is in effect.

 

A.                                    For purposes of determining the number of Hours of Service completed in any applicable computation period, the Employer may maintain accurate records of actual hours completed for all Employees. The number of Hours of Service to be credited to an Employee for periods during which no employment duties are performed shall be determined in accordance with Department of Labor Regulations sections 2530.200b-2(b) and 2530.200b-2(c).

 

B.                                    In instances where actual Hours of Service are not maintained, an Employee shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week in which such Employee would otherwise be credited with at least one Hour of Service.

 

C.                                    Notwithstanding A. and B. above and solely for the purpose of preventing a Break in Service, an Employee shall be credited with Hours of Service during an absence by reason of:

 

(1)                                 the pregnancy of the Employee;

 

7

 

(2)                                 the birth of a child of the Employee;

 

(3)                                 the placement of the child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the Employee; or

 

(4)                                 for purposes of caring for the child beginning immediately after such birth or placement;

 

provided the Employee shall, during the period of his absence, be credited with the number of Hours of Service which would have been credited to him at his normal work rate but for such absence, or, if the number of Hours of Service based on a normal rate is indeterminable, the Employee shall be credited with 8 Hours of Service per day of such absence. The “Severance from Service” date of an Employee/Member who is absent from work due to “maternity or paternity leave” reasons for more than one year is the second anniversary of the first date of such absence. The period between the first and second anniversary of the first date of such absence is neither a Period of Service nor a period of severance.

 

D.                                    In instances where actual Hours of Service are maintained, the maternity/paternity leave described in C. above shall be credited to the computation period in which the absence began if necessary to avoid a Break in Service or, if not necessary, then to the following computation period.

 

E.                                     Service with any of the following companies, regardless of whether such company is an Affiliated Company, shall be taken into account in determining any Employee’s Hours of Service:

 

(1)                                 any affiliate of Penske Automotive Group, Inc.; or

 

(2)                                 Penske Corporation or any affiliate.

 

1.29                        Leave of Absence means any temporary absence from employment authorized by the Employer based on its normal practices. An Employee’s Period of Service shall continue uninterrupted during such leave.

 

1.30                        Limitation Year shall be the Plan Year.

 

1.31                        Member means any Eligible Employee included in the membership of the Plan as provided in Section 2 hereof. A Member shall continue to be a Member as long as he has an Accrued Benefit hereunder.

 

1.32                        Non-Highly Compensated Employee means any Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

 

1.33                        Normal Retirement Date means the Member’s 65th birthday.

 

1.34                        Period of Service means the period between an Employee’s date of hire or rehire, as applicable, and the date on which he ceases to be an Employee.

 

1.35                        Plan means the Penske Automotive Group 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan.

 

8

 

1.36                        Plan Administrator is the Committee provided for in Section 12 hereof; provided, however, that in the absence of a duly constituted Committee, the Company shall be the Plan Administrator.

 

1.37                        Plan Sponsor means Penske Automotive Group, Inc. or its successor.

 

1.38                        Plan Year means the period from January 1 through December 31.

 

1.39                        Pre-Tax Contribution means an elective deferral made by a Member pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Plan.

 

1.40                        Pre-Tax Contribution Account means an account established and maintained on behalf of a Member to which his Pre-Tax Contributions are allocated.

 

1.41                       Prior Plan means any tax-qualified plan maintained by an Affiliated Employer that has adopted the Plan, if the assets of such plan have been, or are intended to be, transferred to this Plan.

 

1.42                        Retirement means the termination of a Member’s employment with the Employer on or after his Normal Retirement Date.

 

1.43                        Rollover Contribution means the amount contributed to the Plan pursuant to Section 6.9.

 

1.44                        Rollover Account means the account established and maintained pursuant to Section 6.9 of the Plan.

 

1.45                        Spouse means, for all purposes under the Plan means the Member’s spouse currently or at the date of the Member’s death to whom he or she is lawfully married under state law, and for this purpose, the Plan shall recognize the marriage of the Member to a person of the same sex if such marriage was validly entered into in a state whose laws authorize the marriage of two individuals of the same sex even if the Member and such same-sex person are domiciled in a state that does not recognize the validity of same-sex marriages; provided, that a former spouse shall be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse and the current spouse shall not be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order described in Code Section 414(p).  The Plan shall not recognize for purposes of the Plan’s definitions of spouse and surviving spouse any person who has entered into a registered domestic partnership, civil union, or other similar formal relationship recognized under state law that is not denominated as a marriage under the laws of that state, and, for purposes of the Plan, marriage does not include such formal relationships.  The Plan’s definition of spouse or surviving spouse is intended to comply with, and the Plan shall be administered in accordance with, the United States Supreme Court’s decision in United States v. Windsor (2013), Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 2013-17, Internal Revenue Service Notice 2014-19, and any subsequent guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service regarding same-sex marriage.  Additionally, if the Member should die prior to the date benefits under the Plan would have commenced to him, then the Spouse shall be the individual (determined under the preceding provisions of this Section 1.45) who had been legally married throughout the one-year period preceding the date of the Member’s death.

 

1.46                        Top-Heavy Contribution means a contribution made by an Employer pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan.

 

9

 

 

1.47                        Top-Heavy Contribution Account means an account established and maintained on behalf of a Member to which Top-Heavy Contributions, if any, are allocated.

 

1.49                        Transfer Pre-Tax Contribution Account means the account established and maintained on behalf of a member to which his Pre-Tax Contribution to a Prior Plan were allocated, and which are transferred to this Plan pursuant to Section 6.10.

 

1.49                        Transfer Employer Contribution Account means the account established and maintained on behalf of a member to which Employer Contributions to a Prior Plan were allocated, and which are transferred to this Plan pursuant to Section 6.10.

 

1.50                        Trust means a trust, intended to qualify under Code section 501(a), constituting the legal agreement between the Plan Sponsor and the Trustee, fixing the rights and liabilities with respect to managing and controlling the Fund for the purposes of the Plan.

 

1.51                        Trustee means the individual or entity designated by the Plan Sponsor as trustee(s) or any successor trustee(s) of the Trust.

 

1.52                        Valuation Date means every Business Day, unless the Plan Administrator selects another date or dates for the valuation of Plan assets.

 

1.53                        Year of Service means a Plan Year during which the Employee completes 1,000 Hours of Service. An Employee’s Years of Service shall include Years of Service for an Employer prior to the effective date of the Employer’s participation in the Plan. Any Hours of Service with an Acquired Company or a company listed in Section 1.28.E of the Plan shall be deemed Hours of Service for an Employer in determining Years of Service for purposes of becoming a member of the Plan under Section 2 and for purposes of vesting under Section 5.1.

 

SECTION 2

 

MEMBERSHIP IN THE PLAN

 

2.1                               Current Employees. Each Employee who is an Eligible Employee and has completed a 60-day Period of Service shall become a Member of the Plan on the first day of the month thereafter.

 

2.2                               New Employees or Re-employed Members. Each other Employee shall become a Member on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the date he qualifies as an Eligible Employee and completes a 60-day Period of Service. A reemployed Eligible Employee shall become a Member on his date of reemployment if he had been a Member of the Plan during his prior period of employment. Otherwise, a reemployed Eligible Employee shall become a Member of the Plan as of the Entry Date following his completion of a 60-day Period of Service (including any Period of Service prior to his reemployment).

 

2.3                               Changes in Category. If an Employee’s status changes either from a category of ineligibility to a category of eligibility, or from a category of eligibility to a category of ineligibility, his Years of Service during the period of ineligibility shall be considered as Years of Service for vesting purposes hereunder. For purposes of Section 3, only Compensation earned from the Employer during a period in which the Employee is both an Eligible Employee and a Member shall be considered in determining the amount of the contribution made to the Trust

 

10

 

on behalf of the Employee.

 

If a Member’s status changes to a category of ineligibility, he shall become a Member immediately upon returning to an eligible class of Employees. If an ineligible Employee’s status changes to an Eligible Employee, he shall become a Member immediately if he has otherwise satisfied the requirements of Section 2.2.

 

SECTION 3

 

CONTRIBUTIONS

3.1                               Pre-Tax Contributions.

 

A.                                    Each Member may authorize the Employer to reduce his Compensation through regular payroll reductions and to have the Employer make Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan in the amount of such payroll reduction. The Pre-Tax Contribution may be any whole percentage between 0% and 20% of such Compensation, but in no event shall it exceed the appropriate Adjustment Factor plus, when applicable, the amount provided under Code section 414(v) and permitted under Section 3.1.B.  The Pre-Tax Contribution of a Highly Compensated Employee may not exceed 8% of his or her Compensation, and in no event shall it exceed the appropriate Adjustment Factor. Compensation, for purposes of this Section, shall mean the Compensation earned by an Employee from the Employer for the Plan Year for which the contributions are being made.

 

Such amount shall be deposited as Pre-Tax Contributions hereunder to the Member’s Pre-Tax Contribution Account. Prior to the date that he becomes a Member, each Eligible Employee shall, by following the administrative procedures established by the Plan Administrator, consent and agree to payroll reductions, authorize the Employer to make such reductions, and designate the percentage of such contributions to be allocated to the available investment funds. The election of the Member shall become effective for the first pay period following the date the election is received by the Plan Administrator and will remain in effect until the Member makes a new election.

 

B.                                    Notwithstanding the limitations described in Section 3.1.A, Section 7 (relating to limitations on allocations of Pre-Tax Contributions), and Sections 3.4 and 3.5 (relating to Excess Deferral Amounts and maximum Annual Additions), a Member who, by the end of the taxable year, will have attained age 50 shall be permitted to make additional Pre-Tax Contributions (“Catch Up Contributions”), by means of Compensation reductions pursuant to the payroll reduction procedures set forth in Section 3.2.A, in an amount not to exceed the limit described in Code section 414(v) ($5,500 for 2014), as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Code section 414(v).  Catch-Up Contributions that do not exceed the applicable limitation established in Code section 414(v) for the relevant Plan Year, as adjusted in the manner described in Code section 414(v) shall not be taken into account for purposes of implementing the limitations under Code sections 402(g), 415, 401(k)(3), 410(b), and 416.

 

11

 

3.2                               Employer Matching Contributions.

 

A.                                    There is no existing Employer Matching Contribution.  Employer Matching Contributions shall be made for any future period if the Committee or Plan Sponsor reinstates a discretionary Employer Matching Contribution as provided in paragraph B of this Section 3.2.

 

B.                                    The Plan Sponsor or the Committee may, in its discretion, specify that each Employer contribute a percentage of a Member’s Pre-Tax Contributions to the Employer Matching Accounts of Eligible Members as an Employer Matching Contribution. The Plan Sponsor or the Committee shall determine the percentage each year; provided, however, that the Plan Sponsor or the Committee may, in its discretion, at any time in the year, modify the previously specified percentage as to any Employer Matching Contribution that has not yet accrued to Eligible Members. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this paragraph B, no Employer Matching Contribution shall be made with respect to an Eligible Member’s Pre-Tax Contributions in excess of 4% of such Eligible Member’s Compensation for the Plan Year, or such other percentage of such Eligible Member’s Compensation for the Plan Year as the Plan Sponsor or Committee may otherwise specify for a prospective measuring period. All Employer Matching Contributions shall be calculated based on the Member’s Pre-Tax Contributions made during the entire Plan Year, but shall not include the Member’s contributions, if any, made as catch-up contributions pursuant to Code section 414(v). Employer Matching Contributions shall be credited to the Eligible Member’s Employer Matching Contribution Account on a quarterly basis (unless the Employer elects to make such contributions on a more frequent basis). For purposes of receiving Employer Matching Contributions under this Section 3.2, an Eligible Member is each Member who (i) makes any Pre-Tax Contributions during the Plan Year and (ii) is employed by the Employer on the last day of the calendar quarter for which contributions are made. Compensation, for purposes of this Section 3.2, shall mean the Compensation earned by an Employee from the Employer for the Plan Year for which the contributions are being made.

 

C.                                    Notwithstanding paragraph B of this Section 3.2, Members who are members of Local 355 of the United Service Workers Union of OCT Partnership (d/b/a Gateway Toyota) or Local 259 UAW, AFL-CIO of Westbury Superstore, Ltd. (d/b/a Westbury Toyota) shall not be eligible to receive any Employer Matching Contribution.

 

3.3                               Adjustments to Contributions.  A Member may increase or decrease the rate of Pre-Tax Contributions effective as of any payroll period by notifying the Plan Administrator in accordance with the administrative procedures established by the Plan Administrator. A Member may suspend Pre-Tax Contributions at any time by notifying the Plan Administrator in accordance with the administrative procedures established by the Plan Administrator. Suspensions during the Plan Year shall be effective as soon as practicable after notification of the Plan Administrator in accordance with the administrative procedures established by the Plan Administrator. A Member may recommence Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan effective as of any payroll period by submitting a new election to the Plan Administrator in accordance with administrative procedures established by the Plan Administrator, prior to such payroll period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an individual who is on lay off status and returns to the employ of the Employer may recommence Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan effective as of the next payroll period.  Additionally, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the Contrary, the Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to determine, in a

 

12

 

uniform nondiscriminatory manner, when Member elections to commence, modify, or terminate Pre-Tax Contributions shall take effect.

 

3.4                               Distribution of “Excess Deferral Amounts”. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess Deferral Amounts as adjusted for income or losses thereon shall be distributed to Members who claim such Excess Deferral Amounts for the preceding taxable year.

 

A.                                    For purposes of this Section 3.4, the following definitions shall have the following meanings:

 

(1)                                 “Elective Deferrals” shall mean any Employer contributions made to the Plan at the election of the Member, in lieu of cash compensation, and shall include contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement or other deferral mechanism. With respect to any taxable year, a Member’s Elective Deferral is the sum of all Employer contributions made on behalf of such Member pursuant to an election to defer under any qualified CODA as described in Code section 401(k), any simplified employee pension cash or deferred arrangement as described in Code section 402(h)(1)(B), any eligible deferred compensation plan under Code section 457, any plan as described under Code section 501(c)(18), and any Employer contributions made on the behalf of a Member for the purchase of an annuity contract under Code section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement.

 

(2)                                 “Excess Deferral Amounts” shall mean those Elective Deferrals that are includible in a Member’s gross income under Code section 402(g), to the extent such Member’s Elective Deferrals for a taxable year exceed the Adjustment Factor. Excess Deferral Amounts shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan except to the extent distributed pursuant to this Section 3.4.

 

B.                                    A Member may assign to the Plan any Excess Deferral Amounts made during the taxable year of the Member by filing a claim in writing with the Plan Administrator no later than March 1 following the year in which the Excess Deferral Amounts were made. Said claim shall specify the Member’s Excess Deferral Amount for the preceding calendar year; and shall be accompanied by the Member’s written statement that if such amounts are not distributed, such Excess Deferral Amount, when added to amounts deferred under other plans or arrangements described in Code sections 401(k), 408(k), 457, 501(c)(18) or 403(b) shall exceed the appropriate Adjustment Factor for the year in which the deferral occurred.

 

C.                                    A Member who has an Excess Deferral Amount during a taxable year may receive a corrective distribution during the same taxable year. Such a corrective distribution shall be made if:

 

(1)                                 the Member designates the distribution as an Excess Deferral Amount;

 

(2)                                 the corrective distribution is made after the date on which the Plan received the Excess Deferral Amount; and

 

(3)                                 the Plan Administrator designates the distribution as a distribution of an Excess Deferral Amount.

 

13

 

D.                                    The Excess Deferral Amount distributed to a Member with respect to a taxable year shall be calculated after giving effect to income and losses pertaining to the Member’s Pre-Tax Contribution Account allocable to the Excess Deferral Amount.

 

The income or loss allocable to such Excess Deferral Amount shall be determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Member’s Pre-Tax Contribution Account for the taxable year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Excess Deferral Amount on behalf of the Member for the preceding taxable year and the denominator of which is the Member’s Pre-Tax Contribution Account balance on the last day of the taxable year, minus the income or plus the loss allocable to the Member’s Pre-Tax Contribution Account for the taxable year.

 

E.                                     In the alternative, any other methods of allocating income or loss on the Excess Deferral Amount may be utilized in the manner provided by the Internal Revenue Service, i.e., the regulations set forth under Treasury Regulations section 1.402(g)-1.

 

F.                                      Excess Deferral Amounts, as adjusted for income and losses, shall be distributed to a Member in the year following the taxable year in which such Excess Deferral was made, and no later than the April 15 deadline provided for under Code section 402(g)(2)(A).

 

G.                                    Excess Deferral Amounts are includible in a Member’s gross income under Code section 402(g) to the extent that the Member’s Pre-Tax Contributions exceed the dollar limitation under such Code section. Excess Deferral Amounts shall be treated as Annual Additions under this Plan except to the extent distributed pursuant to this Section 3.4.

 

H.                                   Effective January 1, 2009, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no “gap period” (i.e., the period between the end of the taxable year in which the Excess Deferral Amounts accrued and the date on which the Excess Deferral Amounts are distributed) income shall be included in the distribution of the Excess Deferral Amounts, as permitted under Code section 402(g)(2)(A) as modified by section 109(b)(3) of the Workers Retiree and Employer Recovery Act of 2008.

 

3.5                               Overall Limits on Contributions.  Contributions made on behalf of any Member during any Limitation Year shall be subject to the follow rules:

 

A.                                   Maximum Annual Addition. Except to the extent permitted under Section 3.1, including Section 3.1’s Catch Up Contributions provisions, the Annual Additions (or for purposes of applying subparagraph (2) below, the Annual Additions excluding amounts for provision of post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits) to a Member’s Account for any Limitation Year shall in no event exceed the lesser of:

 

(1)                                 $52,000 (for 2014), as adjusted from time to time as provided in Code section 415(d) for subsequent years, or

 

(2)                                 100% of the Member’s Compensation received from the group consisting of the Employer and the Affiliated Companies for that Limitation Year.

 

14

 

B.                                    Treatment of Excess.  Any Annual Additions that exceed the limitations set forth in Section 3.5.A shall be corrected as set forth in applicable Treasury Regulations and other correction guidance issued by the Treasury or Internal Revenue Service.

 

C.                                    Coordination with Other Defined Contribution Plans.  If a Member also participates in a defined contribution plan (within the meaning of Code section 415(k)) maintained by any member of the group consisting of the Employer and the Affiliated Companies, other than the Plan, the limitation set forth in Section 3.5.A shall apply to the aggregate of the Annual Additions to the Plan and to such other plan.

 

D.                                    Compliance with Applicable Law. The limitations described in this Section 3.5 shall be determined and applied in accordance with the provisions of Code section 415 and regulations promulgated thereunder, which are incorporated into this Plan by this reference.

 

3.6                               Permitted Employer Refunds. Employer contributions hereunder are made with the understanding that this Plan shall initially qualify under Code section 401, and that such contributions shall be deductible under Code section 404.

 

A.                                    Any contribution that is disallowed as a deduction shall be refunded to the Employer within one year of such disallowance if the Employer has filed the application for the determination or qualification of this Plan with the IRS by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s return for the taxable year in which this Plan was adopted, or by such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.

 

B.                                    Any contribution made by the Employer due to a mistake of fact shall be refunded to the Employer within one year of such contribution.

 

C.                                    Refunds of contributions due to a disallowance of deduction or mistake of fact shall be governed by the following requirements:

 

(1)                                 earnings attributable to the amount being refunded shall remain in the Plan, but losses thereto must reduce the amount to be refunded; and

 

(2)                                 in no event may a refund be made that would cause the Accrued Benefit of any Member to be reduced to less than that which the Member’s Accrued Benefit would have been had the mistaken amount not been contributed.

 

3.7                               Timing of Deposits. Employer shall make payment of the Pre-Tax Contribution to the Trust under the terms hereof no later than the time period permitted by applicable law and regulations. All other Employer contributions under the Plan shall be deposited to the Trust prior to the due date for filing the Employer’s Federal Income Tax Return for the Fiscal Year in which the Plan Year ends, including any extension thereto. In no event shall the Employer Contributions be made in excess of the amount deductible under applicable Federal law now or hereafter in effect limiting the allowable deduction for contributions to profit sharing plans. The contributions to this Plan when taken together with all other contributions made by the Employer to other qualified retirement plans shall not exceed the maximum amount deductible under Code section 404(a).

 

15

 

SECTION 4

 

MEMBER ACCOUNTS

 

4.1                              Establishment of Accounts. A Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Top-Heavy Contribution Account, Employer Matching Contribution Account, After-Tax Contribution Account, Pre-Tax Contribution Transfer Account and Transfer Employer Contribution Account, and Rollover Account shall be established for each Member in accordance with Sections 3, 6 and 8. All contributions by or on behalf of a Member shall be deposited to the appropriate account.

 

4.2                               Valuation of Accounts. As of each Valuation Date, the accounts of each Member shall be adjusted to reflect any realized and unrealized gains or losses and income or expenses of the Fund which shall be allocated pro rata to each Member’s account based on the value thereof as of the preceding Valuation Date, adjusted in accordance with Section 4.3. The fair market value of the Fund shall be determined by the Trustee and communicated to the Plan Administrator as of the end of each calendar month in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator. Each Member shall be furnished with a statement as soon as practicable after the end of each calendar quarter, setting forth the value of his Accrued Benefit as of the last Valuation Date in such calendar quarter. It shall represent the fair market value of all securities or other property held for each respective fund, plus cash and accrued earnings, less accrued expenses and proper charges against the fund as of such Valuation Date. The Trustee’s determination shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Plan. The valuation process shall be performed separately for each investment fund.

 

The Plan Administrator shall, in its discretion, determine and apply in a uniform manner the method for determining the fair market value, as of any particular date, of any shares of Common Stock held under the Penske Automotive Common Stock Fund for purposes of the foregoing paragraph, or for purposes of any other provision of the Plan.

 

4.3                               Adjustment to Accounts. When determining the value of Member accounts, any deposits due which have not been deposited to the fund on behalf of the Member shall be added to his accounts; and any withdrawals or distributions made which have not been paid out shall be subtracted from the accounts.  Similarly, adjustment of accounts for appreciation or depreciation of an investment fund shall be deemed to have been made as of the Valuation Date on which the adjustment relates, notwithstanding that they are actually made as of a later date.

 

4.4                              Directed Investments. A Member’s Accrued Benefit shall be invested as directed by each Member in such investment funds as the Plan Administrator shall determine. The investment funds available under the Plan shall be established pursuant to the Trust and shall be communicated to each Member.  Such investment funds shall at all times include a “stable value fund” (or similar investment option) and a Penske Automotive Common Stock Fund, which shall invest primarily in the Common Stock of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. All such shares of Common Stock held under such fund shall be acquired exclusively through purchases on the open market. Dividends, if any, shall be used, as soon as practicable, to purchase additional such shares of Common Stock.  A Member shall submit his investment selection to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the administrative procedures established by the Plan Administrator. The Member may select one or more investment funds in multiples of 1%.  Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 4.4, a Member’s investment of additional Pre-Tax Contributions, Employer Matching Contributions,

 

16

 

Rollover Contributions and Top Heavy Contributions shall be capped at the level specified in Section 4.8.C.

 

4.5                               Administration of Investments. Contributions made by or on behalf of a Member shall be invested in the investment fund or funds selected by the Member until the effective date of a new designation that has been properly submitted to the Plan Administrator.

 

If any Member fails to make an initial designation, he shall be deemed to have designated the default investment fund as may be determined from time to time by the Committee. A designation submitted by a Member changing his investment option shall apply to investment of future deposits and/or to amounts already accumulated in his accounts. A Member may change his investment option with respect to the investment of future deposits effective as of the first Valuation Date in the next succeeding payroll period by submitting his investment changes in accordance with the procedures established by the Plan Administrator. A Member may change his investment option with respect to the investment of amounts already accumulated in his accounts effective as of the next Valuation Date by submitting his investment changes in accordance with the procedures established by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator may change or add Investment Funds from time to time. Each Member shall be notified of a change in Investment Funds at least 30 days prior to the Valuation Date on which the change is to occur.

 

4.6                               Investments for Terminated Members. Any Member who ceases to be an Employee shall continue to have the authority to direct the investment of his accounts in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.4 and 4.5.

 

4.7                               Special Rules Applicable to Penske Automotive Common Stock Fund. Members that have any portion of their accounts invested in the Penske Automotive Common Stock Fund shall have the rights to decide tender offers and vote proxies and all other matters presented for vote as provided in subsections A and B of this Section 4.7.

 

A.                                    Proxy Voting

 

The Trustee is responsible for voting as directed all shares of Common Stock of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. held under the Penske Automotive Common Stock Fund. When a decision to vote shares is required, Members who have any portion of their accounts allocated to the Penske Automotive Common Stock Fund as of the relevant record date will receive copies of all proxy statements otherwise distributed to holders of the Common Stock of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. Members’ proxy votes shall direct the Trustee’s vote. Members shall be considered a fiduciary for purposes of voting shares of Common Stock allocated to their account. A decision by the Member to not vote shall be respected by the Trustee so that the Trustee shall not vote any allocated shares for which no Member direction is received. The Committee shall direct the Trustee in voting shares of Common Stock that are not allocated to the account of any Member.

 

The Trustee shall have no discretion or authority to vote Common Stock held in the Trust by the Trustee except in accordance with timely directions provided to the Trustee that are made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and that are not contrary to ERISA.

 

17

 

B.                                    Tender Offers

 

The Trustee is responsible for responding as directed to any tender offer with respect to all shares of Common Stock of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. held under the Penske Automotive Common Stock Fund. When a decision to tender shares is required, Members who have any portion of their accounts allocated to the Penske Automotive Common Stock Fund as of the relevant record date will receive copies of all tender materials otherwise distributed to holders of the Common Stock of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. Members’ tender instructions shall direct the Trustee’s decision as to whether or not to tender. Members shall be considered a fiduciary for purposes of deciding whether to tender shares of Common Stock allocated to their account. A decision by the Member to not respond to the tender offer shall be respected by the Trustee so that the Trustee shall not respond with respect to any allocated shares for which no Member direction is received. The Committee shall direct the Trustee in the tender of Common Stock that are not allocated to the account of any Member.

 

The Trustee shall have no discretion or authority to respond to a tender or exchange offer concerning Common Stock held in the Trust by the Trustee except in accordance with timely directions provided to the Trustee that are made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and that are not contrary to ERISA.

 

4.8                               Special Rules Applicable to Investment in Penske Automotive Common Stock Fund.

 

A.                                    Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, during any period of time when (a) a registration statement covering the Plan, pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is not then in effect, (b) although in effect, information in the prospectus forming part of such registration statement does not, in the judgment of the Plan Administrator, meet the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or is not available for delivery, or (c) in the judgment of the Plan Administrator, a proceeding by the Securities and Exchange Commission for the issuance of a stop order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement is threatened or contemplated, no future Pre-Tax Contributions or Employer Matching Contributions may be invested in, and no such prior contributions, or income earned thereon, may be transferred for investment in the Penske Automotive Common Stock Fund. In lieu thereof, the Trustee shall, upon written notification from the Plan Administrator, invest such amounts in such investment fund that shall be so specified by the Plan Administrator. At such time as (a) such a registration statement covering the Plan shall become effective, (b) the prospectus forming part of such a registration statement shall have been amended to meet the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or shall be available for delivery, or (c) no stop order proceedings shall be threatened or contemplated, such amounts shall be invested as previously directed or otherwise required under the terms of the Plan.

 

B.                                    Each Member who is an officer, director or greater than 10% shareholder of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. may elect to be subject to such optional limitations and restrictions as may be imposed by the Plan Administrator regarding the extent to which such person may (a) direct the investment under the Penske Automotive Common Stock Fund of any portion of his future Pre-Tax Contributions and Employer Matching Contributions to be made on his behalf, (b) transfer any portion of his existing accounts under the Plan into or out of the Penske Automotive

 

18

 

Common Stock Fund, (c) receive a distribution or withdrawal from any portion of his accounts invested under the Penske Automotive Common Stock Fund or (d) receive a loan from the Plan with respect to any portion of his accounts invested under the Penske Automotive Common Stock Fund. Any such limitations and restrictions which are so elected by such a person shall apply notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary.

 

C.                                    A Member may direct the investment of no more than 10% of his additional Pre-Tax Contributions, Employer Matching Contributions, Rollover Contributions and Top Heavy Contributions into the Penske Automotive Common Stock Fund.

 

4.9                               Compliance With Employer Securities Diversification Requirements.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall comply with the requirements of Code section 401(a)(35) and ERISA section 204(j) for all Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006; provided, however, that the transitional relief provided under Internal Revenue Service Notice 2006-17 and Internal Revenue Service Notice 2008-7 (and any subsequent guidance or regulations) shall apply.  Accordingly, for any period during which any Plan account of a Member,  any beneficiary under the Plan with respect to which the beneficiary is entitled to exercise the rights of a Member (i.e., the beneficiary of a deceased Member) or any alternate payee who has a Plan account  (the Member or the beneficiary or the alternate payee is an “Applicable Individual”) holds publicly traded employer securities (as defined under Code section 401(a)(35)(G)(v)), the following rules shall apply:

 

A.                                    The Applicable Individual may elect to direct the Plan to invest any such employer securities and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options meeting the requirements of Section 4.9(B).

 

B.                                    The Plan shall:

 

(1)                                 offer not less than three investment options, other than employer securities, to which an Applicable Individual may direct the proceeds from the divestment of employer securities pursuant to this Section 4.9, each of which is diversified and has materially different risk and return characteristics;

 

(2)                                 permit the divestment and reinvestment of employer securities by Applicable Individuals in a periodic (not less than quarterly), reasonable manner; and

 

(3)                                 not impose any restrictions or conditions with respect to the investment of employer securities which are not imposed on the investment of other assets of the Plan; provided, however, that this rule shall not apply to any restrictions or conditions imposed by securities laws.

 

C.                                    For purposes of Section 4.9.B, a restriction or condition with respect to employer securities includes:

 

(1)                                 a restriction on an Applicable Individual’s rights to divest an investment in employer securities that is not imposed on an investment that is not in employer securities; and

 

(2)                                 a benefit that is conditioned on investment in employer securities.

 

19

 

D.                                    The Plan shall also provide Applicable Individuals with the notice required by ERISA section 101(m) regarding the divestiture rights required under Code section 401(a)(35) and ERISA section 204(j).

 

SECTION 5

 

VESTING

 

5.1                               Vesting. Each Member shall have a fully vested, nonforfeitable right to his Pre-Tax. Contribution Account, After-Tax Contribution Account, Transfer Pre-Tax Contribution Account and Rollover Account at all times.  Each Member shall vest in his or her Employer Matching Contribution and Transfer Employer Contribution Accounts according to the following schedule:

 

	
Years of Service
    	
 
    	
Vesting Percentage
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Less than 3
    	
 
    	
0
    	
%
    
	
3 or more
    	
 
    	
100
    	
%
    

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing schedule, a Member shall become vested in his Transfer Employer Contribution Account in accordance with the vesting schedule in the Prior Plan, if the vesting schedule in the Prior Plan is more rapid than that set forth above.  A Member who attains his Normal Retirement Date, dies or incurs a Disability shall become 100% vested in his Employer Matching Contribution Account.

 

One-Year Breaks in Service for Vesting Purposes. If a Member incurs one or more consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, then:

 

A.                                    Years of Service before such one-year Breaks in Service shall not be taken into account until the Member completes one Year of Service after his return;

 

B.                                    Years of Service prior to the one-year Breaks in Service shall not be taken into account if the Member has no vested right in his Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Top Heavy Contribution Account, Employer Matching Contribution Account, or Transfer Employer Contribution Account under the Plan and the number of consecutive one-year Breaks in Service in greater than one and equals or exceeds the greater of (1) the aggregate number of his Years of Service (excluding Years of Service not required to be taken into account by reason of any prior one-year Breaks in Service), or (2) five; and

 

C.                                    If a Member incurs five or more consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, Years of Service after such one-year Breaks in Service shall not be taken into account in determining the nonforfeitable percentage of such Member’s benefit derived from Employer contributions which accrued before such one-year Breaks in Service.

 

20

 

D.                                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Member shall vest in the portion of his Transfer Employer Contribution Account attributable to his matching contribution account transferred from the Ford of Tulsa 401(k) Plan according to the following schedule:

 

	
Years of Service
    	
 
    	
Vesting Percentage
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
0
    	
 
    	
0
    	
 
    
	
1
    	
 
    	
20
    	
%
    
	
2
    	
 
    	
40
    	
%
    
	
3
    	
 
    	
60
    	
%
    
	
4
    	
 
    	
80
    	
%
    
	
5 or more
    	
 
    	
100
    	
%
    

 

5.2                               Forfeitures. A Member’s vested Accrued Benefit shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.1 as of the date he terminates employment. The nonvested portion shall be forfeited on the earlier of the date on which the Member:

 

A.                                    receives a distribution of his vested Accrued Benefit, if any, provided that such distribution is made no later than the close of the second Plan Year following the year in which the Member terminates participation in the Plan; or

 

B.                                    has five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service measured from the Plan Year in which the Member’s date of termination occurs.

 

Said forfeiture shall be used, at the Employer’s discretion, to either (i) reduce future Employer Matching Contributions, or (ii) pay Plan administrative expenses under Section 11.3.

 

For purposes of this Section 5.2, if the value of a Member’s vested Accrued Benefit is zero, the Member shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such vested Accrued Benefit on termination of employment.

 

5.3                               Change in Vesting Schedule. In the event the Employer adopts an amendment to the Plan that changes the Plan’s vesting provisions such that the nonforfeitable (i.e., vested) percentage of any Member, when determined under the Plan as so amended, would at any time be less than would have been the case absent such amendment, then the following rules shall apply.

 

A.                                    Election.  Each Member who has completed at least three years of service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations section 1.411(a)-8T(b)(3)) shall be permitted to elect, during the election period described in paragraph B below, to have his nonforfeitable percentage determined without regard to such amendment.

 

B.                                    Election Period.  The election described in paragraph (i) may be made during the period that begins not later than the date on that the Plan amendment is adopted and that ends no earlier than the latest of the following dates:

 

(1)                                 The date that is 60 days after the day the Plan amendment is adopted.

 

(2)                                 The date that is 60 days after the day the Plan amendment becomes

 

21

 

effective.

 

(3)                                 The date that is 60 days after the day the Member is issued notice of the Plan amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator.

 

5.4                               Lost Members. If a Member’s vested Accrued Benefit is distributable to such Member, but the Plan Administrator is unable after a diligent search to find the Member or a Beneficiary to whom payments may be made, such Member’s vested Accrued Benefit shall be forfeited and applied to reduce future Employer Matching Contributions or the payment of Plan administrative expenses (as permitted by the Plan’s rules relating to forfeitures). If, after such forfeiture, the Member or a Beneficiary makes a claim for the forfeited vested Accrued Benefit, the Plan shall reinstate such Benefit and distribute it to the Member or Beneficiary in accordance with the terms of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall be deemed to have made a diligent search for the Member if the Plan Administrator has attempted to contact the Member by first class mail, at the Member’s address on file with the Employer and, if unsuccessful, has attempted to contact the Member through the Internal Revenue Service participant locator program and has waited six months for a reply.

 

SECTION 6

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

6.1                             Distribution of Benefit. A Member who has a severance from employment with the Employer and all Affiliated Companies for any reason other than death shall be entitled to receive his vested Accrued Benefit. A Member’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive the Member’s vested Accrued Benefit in the event of the Member’s death. A Member or Beneficiary who is entitled to payment under this Section 6 may elect to receive his Accrued Benefit in the form of a lump sum payment as soon as administratively feasible following the date he ceases to be employed by all Employers and all Affiliated Companies as the Member (or his Beneficiary) requests, but no later than the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which occurs the later of the Member’s Retirement or age 70-1/2 and according to the Code section 401(a)(9) minimum distribution rules and Section 18 of this Plan. The amount payable shall be equal to the Member’s vested Accrued Benefit determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with the date payment is made.

 

A Member who participated in a Prior Plan is entitled to receive his or her Accrued Benefit in an optional form of distribution as set forth in Section 16.

 

A Member who is employed by an Affiliated Employer that had adopted the Plan but ceases being an Affiliated Company shall be considered to cease being employed by the Employer and all Affiliated Companies on the first date the Affiliated Employer is no longer an Affiliated Company.

 

6.2                               HEART Act Compliance and Qualified Reservist Distribution.

 

A.                                    Special Severance From Employment Rule.  For years beginning after December 31, 2008, for purposes of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I), an individual is treated as having been severed from employment during any period the individual is performing service in the uniformed services described in Code Section 3401(h)(2)(A).   If an individual elects to receive a distribution by reason of severance from employment as provided in the preceding sentence of this Section 6.2(A), the individual may not

 

22

 

make an elective deferral or employee contribution during the six-month period beginning on the date of the distribution.

 

B.                                    Special Death Benefits Rule.  In the case of a death or disability occurring on or after January 1, 2007, if a Member dies while performing qualified military service as defined in Code Section 414(u), the survivors of the Member are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the Plan as if the Member had resumed and then terminated employment on account of death.

 

C.                                    Differential Wage Payments.  For years beginning after December 31, 2008, (i) an individual receiving a differential wage payment, as defined by Code Section 3401(h)(2), shall be treated as an Employee of the Employer making the payment, (ii) the differential wage payment shall be treated as compensation for Plan purposes, and (iii) the Plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of any provision described in Code Section 414(u)(1)(C) by reason of any contribution or benefit which is based on the differential wage payment; provided, however, that clause (iii) applies only if all employees of the Employer performing service in the uniformed services described in Code Section 3401(h)(2)(A) are entitled to receive differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)) on reasonably equivalent terms and, if eligible to participate in a retirement plan maintained by the Employer, to make contributions based on the payments on reasonably equivalent terms (taking into account Code Sections 410(b)(3), (4), and (5)).

 

D.                                    Qualified Reservist Distribution.   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a Member may elect a Qualified Reservist Distribution.  A “Qualified Reservist Distribution” is any distribution to an individual who is ordered or called to active duty after September 11, 2001, if: (i) the distribution is from amounts attributable to Plan Pre-Tax Contributions, i.e., elective deferrals ; (ii) the individual was (by reason of being a member of a reserve component, as defined in Section 101 of Title 37, United States Code) ordered or called to active duty for a period in excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period; and (iii) the distribution is made during the period beginning on the date of such order or call, and ending at the close of the active duty period.

 

6.3                               Election of Benefits. The Member shall notify the Plan Administrator in accordance with administrative procedures established by the Plan Administrator, of the form and timing of benefit payments. An election may be revoked and a new election may be submitted to the Plan Administrator any time prior to the commencement of benefits. Payment of benefits shall commence as soon as practicable under the option the Member has designated; but in no event later than as provided under Section 6.7 hereof.

 

6.4                               Rehire Prior to Incurring Five Consecutive Breaks in Service. If the Member terminates his employment and is rehired by the Employer prior to the date that he would incur his fifth consecutive one-year Break in Service, the following rules shall apply:

 

A.                                  No Distribution. If the Member has not received a distribution by reason of his prior termination of employment, any amounts previously forfeited shall no longer be forfeitable.

 

B.                                    Prior Distribution. If the Member has received a total or partial distribution by reason

 

23

 

of his prior termination of employment and he repays to the Plan the entire amount distributed to him from the Plan before five years have elapsed after the date of his re-employment, any forfeited amount shall be restored and shall no longer be forfeitable. Any forfeitable amounts that have not been forfeited by the Member’s re-employment date shall no longer be forfeitable after that date.

 

C.                                    Partially Vested Members. If a distribution is made to a Member at a time when he has a vested right to less than 100% of his interest subject to a vesting schedule under Section 5.1, and the Member does not repay the prior distribution pursuant to Section 6.3.B, then at any relevant time, the vested portion of his interest shall be equal to an amount (“X”) determined by the formula X = P(AB + D) - D, where “P” is the vested percentage at the relevant time under Section 5.1, “AB” is the value of the Member’s Accrued Benefit at the relevant time, and “D” is the amount of the distribution.

 

D.                                    Common Stock. To the extent that the Member has received a distribution in shares of Common Stock of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. in accordance with Section 6.18, the amount deemed distributed, for purposes of this Section 6.4 shall be the amount of the cash distribution that such person would have received had such prior distribution instead been entirely in cash.

 

E.                                     Deemed Distribution. For purposes of this Section 6.4, a Member shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his entire Accrued Benefit if, at the time of his termination of employment with the Employer, he either has no vested interest in his Accrued Benefit or he has no interest under the Plan.

 

6.5                               Death Prior to Total Distribution. If a Member dies before the distribution of his interest has begun, the entire interest shall be distributed in a lump sum as soon as practicable following his death, and in no event later than five years after the Member’s date of death.

 

6.6                               Distribution Limitation. In accordance with Code section 401(a) and unless he elects otherwise, a Member shall commence distribution hereunder no later than 60 days after the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the later of his Normal Retirement Date, the tenth anniversary of the year in which a Member has commenced participation in the Plan or the date of the Member’s termination of employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Member to consent to a distribution while a benefit is immediately distributable within the meaning of this Section 6 shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section 6.

 

6.7                               Mandatory Distributions. The benefits of a Member who is a “five percent owner” shall be distributed to him not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Member attains age 70-1/2 and shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Code section 401(a)(9) and Section 18 of this Plan.

 

6.8                               Earnings on Undistributed Benefits. A Member’s Accrued Benefit shall share in investment experience in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 until the Valuation Date coincident with distribution.

 

6.9                               Rollovers into the Plan. Subject to approval of the Plan Administrator, an Employee may roll over to the Trust amounts accumulated for the Employee under any other tax-qualified retirement plan or plans. The amount rolled over shall become subject to all of the terms and

 

24

 

conditions of this Plan and Trust Agreement after it is rolled over, except that it shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times. The amounts rolled over shall be deposited in a separate account herein referred to as an Employee’s Rollover Account and shall be invested as other accounts. An Employee who makes a rollover contribution to this Plan shall not otherwise participate in the Plan until he qualifies as an Eligible Employee hereunder.

 

6.10                        Transfers Into the Plan. Subject to approval of the Plan Administrator, the Trustee shall accept the transfer to the Trust of amounts accumulated for an Employee under a Prior Plan.

 

6.11                        Evidence in Writing. The Plan Administrator may require the Member to furnish a letter or other evidence in writing from the administrator of the plan from which the rollover or transfer originates, stating that the acceptance of the transfer or rollover shall not affect the tax qualified status of the Plan.

 

6.12                        Hardship Withdrawal. A Member may apply in accordance with administrative procedures established by the Plan Administrator for a hardship withdrawal from his vested Accrued Benefit at any time. The withdrawal must satisfy the criteria set forth below, and may be approved or disapproved at the discretion of the Plan Administrator. Hardship withdrawals from a Member’s Pre-Tax Contribution Account are not permitted from income on a Member’s Pre-Tax Contributions, except to the extent of earnings on or before December 31, 1988, nor are such withdrawals permitted to include Employer contributions which were treated as Pre-Tax Contributions as a result of the application of the special nondiscrimination requirements under rules prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for Employer contributions that are used to meet the vesting and withdrawal restrictions for Pre-Tax Contributions. The circumstances which may warrant approval of a Member’s application for a hardship withdrawal are:

 

A.                                    General Rule. For purposes of this Plan, a hardship distribution must be made on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of the Member and must be in an amount not to exceed the sum necessary to satisfy such financial need.

 

B.                                    Immediate and Heavy Financial Need. The determination of whether a Member has an immediate and heavy financial need shall be made on the basis of whether a request satisfies the definition of “Deemed Immediate and Heavy Financial Need” as set forth below. A financial need shall not fail to qualify as immediate and heavy merely because such need was reasonably foreseeable or voluntarily incurred by the Member.

 

C.                                    Deemed Immediate and Heavy Financial Need. A distribution shall be deemed to be made on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of the Member if the distribution is on account of:

 

(1)                                 unreimbursed medical expenses for medical care (as defined in Code section 213(d)) incurred by the Member, the Member’s spouse, or any dependents of the Member (as defined in Code section 152), or primary Beneficiary, or necessary for those persons to obtain medical care described in Code section 213(d);

 

(2)                                 costs directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of the

 

25

 

principal residence for the Member;

 

(3)                               payment of tuition, related educational fees, or room and board expenses for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Member, the Member’s spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code section 152, without regard to Code section 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)), or primary Beneficiary;

 

(4)                                 payments necessary to prevent the Member’s eviction from his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Member’s principal residence;

 

(5)                                 payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Member’s deceased parent, Spouse, child, or dependent (as defined in Code section 152 and without regard to Code section 152(d)(1)(B)), or primary Beneficiary;

 

(6)                                 payment of expenses for the repair of damage to the Member’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Code section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income); or

 

(7)                                 such other circumstances set forth by the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service through the publication of revenue rulings, notices, and other documents of general applicability that are deemed to constitute financial hardship.

 

The amount of the immediate and heavy financial need may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution.

 

D.                                    Distribution Necessary to Satisfy Financial Need. A distribution shall be treated as necessary to satisfy a financial need only if:

 

(1)                                 the Member has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions and all nontaxable loans under all plans under all plans maintained by the Employer;

 

(2)                                 the Member is prohibited from reducing his Compensation and from making elective contributions to any tax qualified retirement plan under Code sections 401(a) or 403(a) or nonqualified plan (including any nonqualified plan of deferred compensation or employee stock purchase plan or Code section 403(b) annuity program of the group consisting of the Employer and the Affiliated Companies for the period beginning on the date of the distribution and ending on the six month anniversary thereof;

 

(3)                                 the distribution is not in excess of the amount of an immediate and heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution); and

 

E.                                     The determination of the existence of financial hardship and the amount required to

 

26

 

be distributed to meet the need created by the hardship must be made in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

 

6.13                        Withdrawals Permitted After Age 59-1/2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Member may apply in accordance with administrative procedures established by the Plan Administrator for a withdrawal from all or a portion of his vested Accrued Benefit any time after attaining age 59-1/2. Such withdrawal shall not be subject to the requirements set forth in Section 6.12 but are subject to the conditions set forth in Section 6.15 below.

 

6.14                        Withdrawal of After-Tax Contributions; Rollover Contributions. A Member who has made After-Tax Contributions under a Prior Plan may withdraw such contributions in accordance with the administrative procedures established by the Plan Administrator specifying the amount to be withdrawn. A Member who has made Rollover Contributions may withdraw such contributions, and the earnings thereon, by submitting a request to the Plan Administrator in accordance with administrative procedures established by the Plan Administrator specifying the amount to be withdrawn.

 

6.15                        Conditions For Withdrawals. The following conditions apply to withdrawals made under Sections 6.12, 6.13 and 6.14:

 

A.                                    a Member may make only two hardship withdrawals and two withdrawals from his After-Tax Contribution Account within a Plan Year. A Member may make only one withdrawal of his Rollover Contributions in any Plan Year, which may not be less than $1,000 of the total value of his Plan accounts available for withdrawal. There is no restriction in the number of withdrawals a Member may make in a Plan Year after attaining age 59-1/2.

 

B.                                         all withdrawals shall be based on the value of the Member’s applicable accounts as of the Valuation Date coincident with the date payment is made; and

 

C.                                         any withdrawal made hereunder from a Member’s Transfer Account by a married Member shall be subject to the conditions, if any, applicable to protected benefits as set forth in Section 16 hereof; and

 

D.                                         withdrawals shall be made pro rata from the investment fund(s) in which designated the Member’s Plan accounts are invested.

 

6.16                        Direct Rollover.

 

A.                                    With respect to any distribution described in this Section 6 which constitutes an eligible rollover distribution within the meaning of Code section 401(a)(31)(D), the distributee thereof shall, in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator or Committee, be afforded the opportunity to direct that such distribution be transferred directly to the trustee of an eligible retirement plan (a “direct rollover”).

 

B.                                    For purposes of this Section 6.16, “eligible retirement plan” means:

 

(1)                                 For all distributees (i.e., the Member, a spouse, a surviving spouse, a spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, or a non-spouse Beneficiary), an individual retirement account described in Code

 

27

 

section 408(a) or an individual retirement annuity described in Code section 408(b).

 

(2)                                 For all distributees other than a non-spouse Beneficiary, an annuity plan described in Code section 403(a), an annuity contract described in Code section 403(b), an eligible plan under Code section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and that agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan, or a tax-qualified plan under Code sections 401(a) or 403(a) that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution.

 

C.                                    Any distribution under this Section 6 which consists of a hardship withdrawal, as defined in Internal Revenue Code section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV), attributable to the Member’s elective deferrals (i.e., Pre-Tax Contributions) shall not be an eligible rollover distribution.

 

D.                                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the distributee elects to have his eligible rollover distribution paid in part to him and part as a direct rollover:

 

(1)                                 the direct rollover must be in an amount of $500 or more; and

 

(2)                                 a direct rollover to two or more eligible retirement plans shall not be permitted.

 

E.                                     The Plan Administrator shall, within a reasonable period of time prior to making an eligible rollover distribution from this Plan, provide a written explanation to the distributee of the direct rollover option described above, as well as the provisions under which such distribution will not be subject to tax if transferred to an eligible retirement plan within 60 days after the date on which the distributee received the distribution. A distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required by Treasury Regulations section 1.411(a)-11(c) is required to be given, provided the Plan Administrator informs the Member he has a right to a period of not less than 30 days to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution, and the Member, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

 

F.                                      Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, a distributee may also elect a direct rollover of an eligible rollover distribution to “Roth IRA” as permitted under Code section 408A(e).  For this type of direct rollover, there shall be included in the distributee’s gross income any amount that would be includible if the distribution were not rolled over.  In addition, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2010, a distributee cannot make a direct rollover to a Roth IRA from this Plan (because this Plan does not provide for “Roth” type elective deferrals) if, for the year the direct rollover is to be made, the distributee has modified gross income exceeding $100,000 or is married and files a separate federal income tax return.  The Plan will follow the requirements of Internal Revenue Service Notice 2008-30 (and such later superseding or additional guidance or regulation that may apply) in administering this provision.

 

28

 

 

6.17                        Withholding of Income Tax.

 

A.                                    Notification of Withholding Of Federal Income Tax. All Members and beneficiaries entitled to receive benefits under the Plan shall be notified of the Plan’s obligation to withhold federal income tax from any benefits payable pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Such notice shall be in writing, be given at the times and contain the information set forth in subsection B of this Section 6.17.

 

B.                                    Time and Content of Notice. The notice described in subsection A of this Section 6.17 shall be provided at least 30, but not more than 180, days before the date that is the Member’s Annuity Starting Date, the Plan Administrator will notify the Member of the benefits available to him, the optional forms for payment, if any, and, if the benefit is immediately distributable, his right, if any, to defer receipt of the distribution (including a description of the consequences of failing to defer receipt).  Such notice will be given in accordance with Treasury Regulations section 1.411(a)-11(c).  The Member’s consent to the distribution may not be made before the Member receives the notice and may not be made more than 180 days before his Annuity Starting Date.  Such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Treasury Regulations section 1.411(a)-11(c) is given, provided that:

 

(1)                                 the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Member that the Member has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option),

 

(2)                                 the Member, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution, and

 

(3)                                 the distribution is made at least seven days after the notice is given.

 

“Annuity Starting Date” means the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable as an annuity, or, in the case of a benefit not payable in the form of an annuity, the first day on which all events have occurred that entitle the Member to that benefit.

 

C.                                    Effective Date of Election. Any transfer direction, election or revocation of any election by a payee shall become effective immediately upon receipt by the Plan Administrator or Committee of the transfer direction, election or revocation. Thereafter, the Plan Administrator or Committee shall, unless otherwise provided by applicable law, regulation or other guidance by the Secretary of the Treasure or his delegate, withhold federal income tax in accordance or consistent with the instructions filed by the payee.

 

D.                                    Failure to Make Election.

 

(1)                                 In the case of an eligible rollover distribution, if the payee fails to provide the Plan Administrator with a transfer direction, the Plan Administrator shall withhold an amount equal to 20% of the amount of the distribution (or such other amount as may be from time to time prescribed by the Code, or the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate).

 

(2)                            In the case of a distribution which is not an eligible rollover distribution, if the 

 

29

 

payee fails to provide the Plan Administrator with a withholding certificate, the Plan Administrator shall withhold, in the case if a periodic distribution, the amount which would be required to be withheld from such payment if such payment were a payment of wages by an employer to an employee for the appropriate payroll period, determined as if the payee were a married person claiming three withholding allowances. In the case of a nonperiodic distribution, 10% of the amount of the distribution shall be withheld.

 

E.                                     Coordination with Internal Revenue Code and Regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator shall discharge its withholding and notice obligations in accordance with the Code and regulations and such other guidance with respect thereto as may be promulgated from time to time by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate.

 

6.18                        Manner of Payment of Benefits. To the extent that any distribution under Section 6.1 is to be made out of the Penske Automotive Common Stock Fund, such portion of such distribution shall be paid either (a) entirely in cash or (b) entirely in whole shares of Common Stock of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. and in cash to the extent of any fractional shares, as the Member or his Beneficiary, as the case may be, shall elect. Absent such an election, amounts distributable from the Penske Automotive Group Common Stock Fund in connection with such a distribution under Section 6.1 shall be paid entirely in cash. The portion of any such distribution under Section 6.1 made out of all other investment funds under the Plan, as well as all distributions under all other provisions of this Section 6, including a lump sum distribution, shall be entirely in cash.

 

6.19                        Assets Transferred From Money Purchase Plans. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any optional form of benefit under this Plan permits a distribution prior to the Member’s retirement, death, Disability or severance from employment, and prior to Plan termination, the optional form of benefit shall not be available with respect to benefits attributable to assets (including post transfer earnings thereon) and liabilities that are transferred, within the meaning of Code section 414(l), to this Plan from a money purchase pension plan qualified under Code section 401(a) (other than any portion of those assets and liabilities attributable to voluntary after-tax employee contributions).

 

6.20                        Small Benefit Cash Outs.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6 to the contrary, if the balance in a Member’s distributable Plan account does not exceed, including rollover amounts, if any, $5,000, then upon the Member becoming entitled to payment of the Member’s benefit as a result of his retirement or termination of employment, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to pay his benefit to him, regardless of whether the Member has applied therefor or whether the Member or the Member’s Spouse has consented thereto.  Such payment shall be made in a single lump sum payment as soon as administratively feasible thereafter and shall be made not later than the end of the second Plan Year following the termination of the Member’s employment with the Employer and all Affiliated Companies (the “Distribution Deadline”).  The Plan Administrator may instruct the Trustee to make payment of the Member’s distributable Plan account without regard to whether the time of the distribution will occur after the Distribution Deadline if such distribution would have been made before the Distribution Deadline but for the fact that the value of his distributable Plan account then exceeded the cash out limit in effect under Treasury Regulations section 1.411(a)-11.  After the Member’s Annuity Starting Date, however, consent is required for the immediate distribution of the Member’s distributable Plan account regardless of the amount of its value.  In the event a Member is not entitled to 

 

30

 

any distributable Plan account upon termination of employment with the Employer and all Affiliated Companies, the Member shall be deemed to be cashed out under this Section 6.20 as of the date of his termination of employment with the Employer and all Affiliated Companies. In the event the Plan Administrator:

 

A.                                          receives no direction from the Member within 60 days from the date notice was given to him concerning the disposition of his distributable Plan account under this Section 6, and

 

B.                                          the distribution is in excess of $1,000, including rollover amounts, if any,

 

C.                                          then the Plan Administrator shall transfer such distribution, plus rollover amounts, if any, to a designated individual retirement account issuer with whom the Plan has a written agreement that satisfies Department of Labor Regulations section 2550.404a-2(c).  The Plan Administrator may, but is not required to, make such transfers with respect to distributions under this Section 6.20 of $1,000 or less, including rollover amounts, if any.

 

SECTION 7

 

ACTUAL DEFERRAL AND ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTING

 

7.1                               Limitations on Allocations of Pre-Tax Contributions.  For purposes of this Section 7.1 Employer Matching Contributions and any amounts designated by the Employer as Additional Pre-Tax Contributions, that are contributed to the Plan not later than the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year to which they relate, may be treated as Pre-Tax Contributions.

 

A.                                    Limit for Highly Compensated Employees.  Allocations of Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan accounts of Members who are Highly Compensated Employees shall be limited to an Average Deferral Percentage for the current Plan Year that does not exceed the greater of:

 

(1)                                 The Average Deferral Percentage for the current Plan Year for Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees times 1.25, or

 

(2)                                 The lesser of (I) the Average Deferral Percentage for the current Plan Year for Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees multiplied by 2.00, or (II) the Average Deferral Percentage for the current Plan Year for Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees plus two percentage points.

 

B.                                    Aggregation of Deferrals.  For purposes of determining a Member’s Actual Deferral Ratio, the following salary deferrals made by the Member to another plan of the group consisting of the Employer and the Affiliated Companies (the “Employer Group”) shall be aggregated with his Pre-Tax Contributions.

 

(1)                                 If the Plan and one or more other plans maintained by any member of the Employer Group that include cash or deferred arrangements (as defined in Code section 401(k)(2)) are considered as one plan for purposes of Code sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b), all salary deferrals by the Member under such 

 

31

 

other plan or plans, if any, during the Plan Year shall be aggregated with his Pre-Tax Contributions.

 

(2)                                 If a Member who is a Highly Compensated Employee is also a participant in one or more plans maintained by any member of the Employer Group, other than the Plan, that contain cash or deferred arrangements (as defined in Code section 401(k)(2)), all salary deferrals by the Member under such other plan or plans, if any, during the Plan Year shall be aggregated with his Pre-Tax Contributions.

 

C.                                    Treatment of Excess Pre-Tax Contributions.  Excess Pre-Tax Contributions, and income attributable thereto, shall be returned to the relevant Highly Compensated Employees and related Employer Matching Contributions shall be forfeited not later than the end of the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year in which the Excess Pre-Tax Contributions are made.  The amount of any Excess Pre-Tax Contributions to be distributed shall be reduced by the amount of any Excess Deferrals previously distributed to the Employee for the Employee’s taxable year ending with or within the Plan Year, in accordance with Code section 402(g)(2), and Excess Deferrals to be distributed for a taxable year shall be reduced by Excess Pre-Tax Contributions previously distributed for the Plan Year beginning in such taxable year.

 

(1)                                 Determination of Excess.  Excess Pre-Tax Contributions, with respect to a Highly Compensated Employee, shall be determined as follows:

 

(a)                                 Highly Compensated Employees shall be ranked in descending order according to the dollar amount of their Pre-Tax Contributions.

 

(b)                                 The Pre-Tax Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employees(s) with the highest dollar amount of Pre-Tax Contributions shall be reduced by the lesser of the aggregate amount of Excess Pre-Tax Contributions or the amount necessary to cause the dollar amount of those Highly Compensated Employees’ Pre-Tax Contributions to equal the dollar amount of the Pre-Tax Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the next highest dollar amount of Pre-Tax Contributions.  This amount shall be distributed equally to those Highly Compensated Employees.

 

(c)                                  If, after completing the process described in paragraph (b), the total amount distributed is less than the aggregate Excess Pre-Tax Contributions, the remaining dollar amount of the Excess Pre-Tax Contributions shall be divided equally to reduce the dollar amount of the Pre-Tax Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the next highest dollar amount of Pre-Tax Contributions by the lesser of the aggregate amount of Excess Pre-Tax Contributions or the amount necessary to cause those Highly Compensated Employees’ Pre-Tax Contributions to equal the amount of the Pre-Tax Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the next highest dollar amount of Pre-Tax Contributions.  Those amounts shall be distributed to the relevant Highly Compensated Employees.  This procedure shall be repeated to the extent necessary to eliminate the 

 

32

 

remaining Excess Pre-Tax Contributions.

 

(d)                                 The amount by which a Highly Compensated Employee’s Pre-Tax Contributions is reduced under this Section 7.1.C(1), if any, shall constitute that Highly Compensated Employee’s Excess Pre-Tax Contributions.

 

(2)                                 Determination of Income.  Income allocable to Excess Pre-Tax Contributions required to be returned to the Member under this Section 7.1.C(2) may be calculated as follows (or under any other permissible method):

 

(a)                                 General Rule.  The income allocable to Excess Pre-Tax Contributions is equal to the sum of the allocable gain or loss for the Plan Year in which the Excess Pre-Tax Contributions were made.  Income includes all earnings and appreciation, including such items as interest, dividends, gains from the sale of property, and appreciation in the value of stock and life insurance contracts, without regard to whether such appreciation has been realized.

 

(b)                                 For the Plan Year.  The income allocable to Excess Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year in which the Excess Pre-Tax Contributions were made is determined by multiplying the income for that Plan Year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Member’s Excess Pre-Tax Contributions and the denominator of which is the Member’s Plan account balance, reduced by the gain for the Plan Year and increased by the loss for the Plan Year.

 

(c)                                  No “Gap Period” Income Used.  No income shall be included in the determination under this Section 7.1.C. for the “gap period” between the end of the Plan Year in which the Excess Pre-tax Contributions were made and the date of the actual distribution, as permitted by Code section 401(k)(8)(A), and, for purposes of the distributions under Section 7.2, as permitted by Code section 401(m)(g)(A).

 

7.2                               Limitations on Allocations of Employer Matching Contributions.

 

A.                                    Limit for Highly Compensated Employees.  Allocations of ‘Employer Matching Contributions to the Plan accounts of Members who are Highly Compensated Employees shall be limited to an Average Contribution Percentage for the current Plan Year that does not exceed the greater of:

 

(1)                                 The Average Contribution Percentage for the current Plan Year for Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees, times 1.25, or

 

(2)                                 The lesser of (I) the Average Contribution Percentage for the current Plan Year for Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees multiplied by 2.00, or (II) the Average Contribution Percentage for the current Plan Year for Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees plus two percentage points.

 

B.                                    Aggregation of Contributions.  For purposes of determining a Member’s Actual 

 

33

 

Contribution Ratio, the following amounts contributed on behalf of the Member under one or more other plans maintained by any member of the Employer Group shall be aggregated with his Employer Matching Contributions under this Plan.

 

(1)                                 If the Plan, and any other plan maintained by any member of the Employer Group to which “matching contributions,” “employee contributions,” or “elective deferrals” (as those terms are defined in Code section 401(m)(4)) are made, are considered as one plan for purposes of Code sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b), then such other plan or plans shall be treated with this Plan as a single plan.

 

(2)                                 If one or more other plans maintained by any member of the Employer Group permit “matching contributions” or “employee contributions” (as those terms are defined in Code section 401(m)(4)) to be allocated to the account of any Highly Compensated Employee who is a Member in this Plan, then such contributions under that other plan or plans during the Plan Year shall be aggregated with his Employer Matching Contributions for the Plan Year.

 

C.                                    Treatment of Excess Contributions.  Excess Contributions and income attributable thereto (determined in the manner described in Section 7.1.C(2)) shall be removed from the relevant Highly Compensated Employees’ Plan accounts not later than the end of the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year in which the Excess Contributions are made.

 

(1)                                 Determination of Excess.  Excess Contributions, with respect to a Highly Compensated Employee, shall be determined as follows:

 

(a)                                 Highly Compensated Employees shall be ranked in descending order according to the dollar amount of their Employer Matching Contributions.

 

(b)                                 The Employer Matching Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the highest dollar amount of Employer Matching Contributions shall be reduced by the lesser of the aggregate amount of Employer Matching Contributions or the amount necessary to cause the dollar amount of those Highly Compensated Employees’ Employer Matching Contributions to equal the amount of the Employer Matching Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the next highest dollar amount of Employer Matching Contributions.

 

(c)                                  If, after completing the process described in paragraph (b), the total amount distributed is less than the aggregate Employer Matching Contributions, the remaining dollar amount of the Employer Matching Contributions shall be divided equally to reduce the dollar amount of the Employer Matching Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the next highest dollar amount of Employer Matching 

 

34

 

Contributions by the lesser of the aggregate amount of Employer Matching Contributions or the amount necessary to cause those Highly Compensated Employees’ Employer Matching Contributions to equal the amount of the Employer Matching Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the next highest dollar amount of Employer Matching Contributions.  This procedure shall be repeated to the extent necessary to eliminate the remaining Employer Matching Contributions.

 

(d)                                 The amount by which a Highly Compensated Employee’s Employer Matching Contributions is reduced under this Section 7.2.C, if any, shall constitute that Highly Compensated Employee’s Excess Employer Matching Contributions.

 

(2)                                 Correction of Excess Contributions.  Employer Matching Contributions required to be removed from the Member’s Plan account under this Section 7.2.C and income allocable to such amounts shall be removed in the following order, to the extent necessary to ensure compliance with the limits described in this Section 7.2:

 

(a)                                 Amounts that are not Nonforfeitable shall be forfeited.

 

(b)                                 Amounts that are Nonforfeitable shall be distributed to the affected Members, with earnings.

 

Earnings to be refunded shall be determined in the same manner as described in Section 7.1.C(2).

 

D.                                    Order of Applying Limits.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 7 or Section 3.1 to the contrary, the provisions of Section 3.1 shall be applied before application of the provisions of this Section 7.

 

7.3                               Definitions.  As used in this Section 7, the following terms are defined as:

 

A.                                    “Actual Contribution Ratio” means, for any Member, the amount of Employer Matching Contributions actually paid to the Plan on his behalf for the Plan Year expressed as a percentage of his Compensation used for testing under Section for such Plan Year.

 

B.                                    “Actual Deferral Ratio” means, for any Member, the amount of the Pre-tax Contributions actually contributed to the Plan on his behalf for the Plan Year expressed as a percentage of his Compensation used for testing under Section 7 for such Plan Year.

 

C.                                    “Average Contribution Percentage” means, for any Plan Year, the average of the Actual Contribution Ratios determined separately for the group of Members consisting of Highly Compensated Employees and for the group consisting of Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees.

 

D.                                    “Average Deferral Percentage” means, for any Plan Year, the average of the Actual Deferral Ratios determined separately for the group of Members consisting of Highly Compensated Employees and for the group of Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees.

 

E.                                     “Excess Contributions” means the sum, for all affected Highly Compensated 

 

35

 

Employees, of the amounts, determined for each Highly Compensated Employee, in accordance with the following procedure:

 

(1)                                 Determine the amount, if any, (expressed as a percentage of the relevant Member’s Compensation used for testing under Section 7) by which the Actual Contribution Ratio of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest Actual Contribution Ratio would have to be reduced to satisfy the limit under Section 7.1.A, or, if less, the amount (expressed as a percentage of the relevant Member’s Compensation used for Testing under Section 7) that would cause such Actual Contribution Ratio to equal the Actual Contribution Ratio of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest Actual Contribution Ratio.

 

(2)                                 Repeat the procedure in (2) above for each Highly Compensated Employee until the limit under Section 7.1.A would be satisfied.

 

(3)                                 Multiply the percentage determined for each Highly Compensated Employee under (1) and (2) by the relevant Member’s Compensation used for testing under Section 7.

 

F.                                      “Excess Deferrals” means any elective contributions made by a Member during a calendar year in excess of $17,500 (for 2014), as adjusted for cost of living by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code section 402(g), as modified by Code section 414(v) (that constitute excess deferrals within the meaning of Code section 402(g)(2)).

 

G.                                    “Excess Pre-Tax Contributions” means the sum, for all affected Highly Compensated Employees, of the amounts, determined for each Highly Compensated Employee, in accordance with the following procedure:

 

(1)                                 Determine the amount, if any, expressed as a percentage of the relevant Member’s Compensation used for testing under Section 7, by which the Actual Deferral Ratio of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest Actual Deferral Ratio would have to be reduced to satisfy the limit under Section 7.1.A, or, if less, the amount (expressed as a percentage of the relevant Member’s Compensation used for testing under Section 7) that would cause such Actual Deferral Ratio to equal the Actual Deferral Ratio of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest Actual Deferral Ratio.

 

(2)                                 Repeat the procedure in (1) above for each Highly Compensated Employee until the limit under Section 7.1.A (Limit for Highly Compensated Employees) would be satisfied.

 

(3)                                 Multiply the percentage determined for each Highly Compensated Employee under (1) and (2) by the relevant Member’s Compensation used for testing under Section 7.

 

36

 

SECTION 8

 

TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

 

8.1                               Top-Heavy Pre-emption. For each Plan Year in which the Plan is Top Heavy within the meaning of Section 8.2, the restrictions set forth in Section 8.3 will apply.  The provisions of this Section 8 will not apply in any year, in which the Plan consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement that meets the requirements of Code section 401(k)(12) and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Code section 401(m)(11) are met.  The provisions of this Section will not apply to that portion of the Plan that covers employees subject to a collective bargaining agreement with the Employer.

 

8.2                               Determination of Top Heavy Status.  For any Plan Year, the determination as to whether the Plan is Top Heavy will be made in accordance with the following rules:

 

A.                                    General Rule.  The Plan will be determined to be Top Heavy if, as of the Determination Date, the sum of the Accrued Benefits of all Members who are Key Employees exceeds 60% of the sum of the Accrued Benefits of all Key Employees and Non-Key Employees.

 

B.                                    Required Aggregation.  Notwithstanding Section 8.2.A, there will be aggregated with the Plan, for purposes of determining the Plan’s Top Heavy status, each other plan of the Company (and of any Affiliated Company), whether or not terminated:

 

(1)                                 in which a Key Employee is a participant, or

 

(2)                                 that enables either the Plan or any plan described in (i) above to meet the requirements of Code section 401(a)(4) or 410(b).

 

C.                                    Optional Aggregation.  Notwithstanding Section 8.2.A or Section 8.2.B, any plan of the Employer or of any Affiliated Company, whether or not terminated, other than those that are described in Section 8.2.B, may, at the election of the Plan Administrator, be considered with the Plan for the purpose of determining the existence of Top Heavy status, so long as the aggregated plans, considered as a group, would satisfy the requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b).

 

D.                                    Aggregation Rule.  In the event any other plan is considered with the Plan for purposes of determining the existence of Top Heavy status whether pursuant to Section 8.2.B or 8.2.C, the Plan will be considered Top Heavy only if the sum of (1) and (2) below exceeds 60% of (3), where

 

(1)                                 is the sum of the account balances (within the meaning of Code section 416(g)) of all Key Employees under all of the defined contribution plans that are being aggregated;

 

(2)                                 is the sum of the present values of the accrued benefits (within the meaning of Code section 416(g)(4)(F)) for Key Employees under all of the defined benefit plans that are being aggregated; and

 

(3)                                 is the sum of the account balances and present values of accrued benefits (within the meaning of Code section 416(g)) for all Key Employees and Non-

 

37

 

Key Employees under all plans that are being aggregated.

 

For purposes of this Section 8.2.D, the values of account balances and present values of accrued benefits for plans being aggregated with the Plan will be determined as of the determination date of such plan(s) that falls within the same calendar year as the Determination Date for the Plan.

 

E.                                     Special Computation Rules.  The following rules will be applied in determining the Top Heavy status of the Plan under this Section 8.2 and for purposes of aggregating the Plan with another plan of the Employer (or with any member of the group consisting of the Affiliated Companies) in order to evaluate the Top Heavy status of such other plan.

 

(1)                                 The value of a Plan account for purposes of this Section 8.2 will mean its balance as of the Valuation Date coincident with or next preceding the Determination Date, including Employer Contributions, if any, actually made after the Valuation Date but on or before the Determination Date.

 

(2)                                 The value of an Employee’s (or former Employee’s) Accrued Benefit will be increased by the value of all distributions to that Employee (or former Employee) from the Plan, and from any terminated plan that, had it not been terminated, would have been required to be aggregated with the Plan under Section 8.2.B, including any direct transfers to another plan, but excluding distributions that are rolled over or transferred by the Employee to another plan maintained by a member of the group consisting of the Employer and the Affiliated Companies, occurring during the one year period ending on the Determination Date unless already included in the value of the Accrued Benefit under paragraph (1).  If the distribution occurred for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, the one year period in the preceding sentence will be changed to the five year period ending on the Determination Date.

 

(3)                                 If an Employee has not performed any services for the group consisting of the Employer and the Affiliated Companies during the one year period ending on the Determination Date, his Accrued Benefit will not be considered.

 

(4)                                 The value of an Accrued Benefit will include the allocable portion of any contribution that is required to be made under Code section 412 to any plan that is aggregated with the Plan pursuant to Section 8.2.B or Section 8.2.C, and that would be allocated as of any date not later than the Determination Date, whether or not such contribution has been made or is due as of the date of computation.

 

(5)                                 Transferred Assets will be excluded in determining the value of an Employee’s (or former Employee’s) Plan account for purposes of this Section 8.2 if the transfer occurred at the initiation of the Employee (or former Employee) and did not include funds distributed from a plan maintained by any member of the group consisting of the Employer and the Affiliated Companies.

 

(6)                                 The Accrued Benefit of any individual who is a Non-Key Employee, but who 

 

38

 

was a Key Employee for any prior Plan Year, will not be taken into account.

 

(7)                                 The accrued benefit of a Member (other than a Key Employee) will be determined under the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the group consisting of the Employer and the Affiliated Companies, or, if there is no such uniform method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Code section 411(b)(1)(C).

 

8.3                               Top-Heavy Vesting Schedule.  In any Plan Year in which this Plan is Top-Heavy, any Member who is credited with at least one Hour of Service during such Plan Year shall vest in accordance with Section 5.1 or the following schedule, whichever produces the greater benefit:

 

	
Years of Service
    	
 
    	
Vested Percentage
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
2 years or less
    	
 
    	
20
    	
%
    
	
After 3 or more years
    	
 
    	
100
    	
%
    

 

During any Plan Year in which this Plan is not Top-Heavy, vesting shall be determined pursuant to Section 5, except that nonforfeitable rights obtained under the Top-Heavy vesting schedule shall continue as such.

 

8.4.                           Top Heavy Restrictions.  For each Plan Year in which the Plan is determined to be Top Heavy, the following requirements will become effective, superseding, for that Plan Year, any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary.

 

A.                                    General.  In performing an allocation of contributions for the Plan Year pursuant to Section 3.1, the Plan Administrator will allocate to the Plan account of each Member who is a Non-Key Employee, and who, as of the last day of the Plan Year, has not terminated his Employer employment, whether or not that Member is otherwise entitled to an allocation pursuant to Section 3.1, an amount equal to 3% of such Member’s Compensation (“Top Heavy Contributions”).  The balance, if any, of contributions for the Plan Year will then continue to be allocated in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1.  Employer Matching Contributions will be considered in determining whether the provisions of this Section 8.3.A have been satisfied.

 

B.                                    Adjustment for Small Contributions.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.3.A, the amount which is required to be allocated to the Plan accounts of Members who are Non-Key Employees need not be greater than the largest allocation to the Plan account of a Key Employee Member, expressed as a percentage of that Key Employee’s Compensation, as limited by Code section 401(a)(17).  For purposes of determining the largest allocation to the Plan account of a Key Employee Member, Pre-Tax Contributions will be included.

 

C.                                    Alternative Method for Satisfying the Minimum Allocation Requirement.  In the event a Member who is a Non-Key Employee (who is entitled to a minimum allocation pursuant to Section 8.3.A) participates both in this Plan and another Code section 401(a) tax-qualified plan of the group consisting of the Employer and the Affiliated Companies, then:

 

(1)                                 If the other plan is a defined contribution plan, any Employer contributions 

 

39

 

made for the Member to the other plan may be considered contributions made toward the minimum required allocation for the Member under this Plan.

 

(2)                                 In the event the other plan is a defined benefit plan, such Member will receive a minimum annual benefit under the defined benefit plan equal to the lesser of 20% of the Member’s average Compensation (as described in (a), below) or 2% of the product of (a) and (b), where

 

(a)                                 is the Member’s average Compensation for the five consecutive calendar years which are included in the Member’s Years of Service, which begin after December 31, 1983, during which the Plan was Top Heavy, and which produce the highest average, and

 

(b)                                 is the number of the Member’s Years of Service (but not more than ten) completed in Plan Years, which begin after December 31, 1983, during which the Plan was Top Heavy.

 

8.5                               Top-Heavy Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following definitions shall apply:

 

A.                                    Determination Date means for any Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year.

 

B.                                    Key Employee means any individual described in (1) or (2) below:

 

(1)                                 Any Employee or former Employee who, at any time during the Plan Year containing the Determination Date is or was:

 

(a)                                 An officer of the Employer or any Affiliated Company whose Compensation for the Plan Year is greater than $170,000 (in 2014), as adjusted pursuant to Code section 416(i)(1); or

 

(b)                                 A person owning more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock that has more than 5% of the combined voting power of all stock of the Employer; or

 

(c)                                  A person whose annual Compensation for the Plan Year is more than $150,000 and who owns more than 1% of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock that has more than 5% of the combined voting power of all stock of the Employer.

 

For purposes of determining ownership under paragraphs (b) and (c) above, the constructive ownership provisions of Code section 318 will apply, except that (I) 5% or 1%, as the case may be, will be substituted for 50% in Code section 318(a)(2), and (II) the rules of subsections (b), (c) and (m) of Code section 414 will not apply.  The dollar amount referred to in paragraph (a) above will be adjusted as described in Code section 415(d).

 

(2)                                 The Beneficiary of a person described in (1).

 

40

 

C.                                    Non-Key Employee means:

 

(1)                                 a Member or former Member who is not and has never been a Key Employee; and

 

(2)                                 the Beneficiary of a person described in (1).

 

D.                                    Transferred Assets means those funds that constitute rollover amounts within the meaning of Code section 402(c)(4) transferred from another Code section 401(a) tax-qualified plan (“Qualified plan”) to this Plan by the other Qualified plan on behalf of a Member; or distributed from another Qualified plan to a Member and transferred by the Member to this Plan; or distributed from another Qualified plan to a Member and transferred by the Member to an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity (within the meaning of Code section 408) and then to this Plan, provided the Member has not made any contributions to such individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity other than eligible rollover contributions within the meaning of Code sections 402(c)(4) and 402(c)(5).  Transferred Assets will also include rollover amounts transferred directly to the Plan from a Code section 403(b) plan or from a Code section 457(b) plan, that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state, on behalf of a Member, and rollover amounts distributed by a Code section 403(b) plan or by a Code section 457(b) plan, that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state, to a Member and transferred by that Member to this Plan.  Transferred Assets will not include after-tax employee contributions.

 

SECTION 9

 

DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY

 

9.1                               Named Beneficiary.  Each Member may designate in writing, filed with the Plan Administrator, a Beneficiary to whom, in the event of the Member’s death, all benefits or any unpaid balance of benefits shall be payable.  However, each married Member who designates a Beneficiary other than his Spouse must provide the Plan Administrator with a spousal consent to the designation of such other Beneficiary.  Such spousal consent shall set forth the effects of such waiver and must be either notarized or witnessed by a Plan representative.  Subject to such spousal consent, the Beneficiary(ies) so designated may be changed by the Member at any time.  The facts as shown by the records of the Plan Administrator at the time of death shall be conclusive as to the identity of the proper payee and the amount properly payable, and payment made in accordance with such facts shall constitute a complete discharge of any and all obligations hereunder.

 

9.2                               No Named Beneficiary.  If no such designation is on file with the Plan Administrator at the time of death of the Member, or if such designation is not effective for any reason, then such death benefit shall be payable to the deceased Member’s Spouse, if living. If such Spouse is not living, payment shall be made to the deceased Member’s estate.

 

41

 

SECTION 10

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

 

10.1                        Contributions Deposited To Trust.  All contributions to the Plan by the Employer and Employees shall be committed in trust to the Trustee selected by the Plan Sponsor, to be held, managed, and disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Trust and this Plan.  The Trustee selected may be changed from time to time by the Plan Sponsor in accordance with the terms of the Trust.

 

10.2                        No Reversion to Employer.  The Trust shall contain such provisions as shall render it impossible, except as is provided under Sections 3.6 and 11.3, for any part of the corpus of the Trust or income thereon to be at any time used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Members or their Beneficiaries.

 

SECTION 11

 

DISCONTINUANCE AND LIABILITIES

 

11.1                        Termination.  The Plan may be terminated at any time by the Plan Sponsor, but only upon condition that such action is taken under the Trust or otherwise, as shall render it [impossible] at any time under the Trust for any part of the corpus of the Trust or income thereon to be at any time used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of active and retired employees.  If the Plan is terminated without establishment of an alternative defined contribution plan, the Fund shall be held for distribution by the Trustee, who shall distribute to the Members then participating in the Fund the full amount standing to their credit on the date of such termination, less the administrative costs to the Trustee for such distribution, in accordance with the methods specified under Section 6 or Section 16, if applicable. For purposes of this Section 11.1, the term “alternative defined contribution plan” means any other defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan) maintained by the Employer that exists at the time the Plan is terminated or within the period ending 12 months after distribution of the entire Fund.  Such other plan shall not be treated as an alternative defined contribution plan, however, if fewer than 2% of the employees who are eligible under this Plan at the time of its termination are or were eligible under the other plan at any time during the 24-month period beginning 12 months before the time of the termination.

 

11.2                        No Liability for Employer.  The Employer shall have no liability with respect to the payment of benefits or otherwise under the Plan, except to pay over to the Trustee as provided in the Plan such contributions as are made by the Employer and any and all contributions made by the Members.  Further, the Employer shall have no liability with respect to the administration of the Trust or of the Fund held by the Trustee, and each Member and/or Beneficiary shall look solely to the Fund for any payments or benefits under the Plan.

 

11.3                        Administrative Expenses.  The Employer may elect to pay all or a portion of the administrative expenses of the Plan, including compensation of the Trustee, consultants, auditor, record keepers and counsel, but the Employer shall not be obliged to pay such expenses.  If the Employer does not elect to pay an administrative expense of the Plan, such expense shall be paid from the Trust, and such expense may be paid from unallocated funds held in the Trust’s forfeitures account or similar account.  Any expenses relating directly to the investment of the Trust, such as taxes, commissions, and registration

 

42

 

charges, shall be paid from the Trust.  To the extent not otherwise provided for in the preceding provisions of this Section 11.3, plan administrative expenses may be assessed pro rata or, to the extent permitted by law, in equal amounts, among the Members’ Plan accounts.  Any administrative expenses incurred with special reference to a Member, e.g., a Plan loan fee, will be separately assessed as to that Member’s Plan account.

 

11.4                        Non-forfeitability Due to Termination(s).  Upon termination, partial termination or upon complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan, the rights of all affected Employees to their Accrued Benefits accrued to the date of such termination, partial termination or discontinuance shall become nonforfeitable.

 

11.5                        Exclusive Benefit Rule.  This Plan and Trust are for the exclusive benefit of the Members and their Beneficiaries.  This Plan shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with this intent and with the intention of the Employer that the Trust satisfy those provisions of the Internal Revenue Code relating to employees’ trusts.

 

11.6                        Mergers.  In the case of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with, or transfer of Plan assets or liabilities to, any other plan, provisions shall be made so that each Member in the Plan on the date thereof (if the Plan then terminated) would receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive immediately prior to the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated).

 

11.7                        Non-allocated Trust Assets.  Any portion of the Fund which is unallocated at the time of termination of the Plan shall be allocated among Members of the Plan in a nondiscriminatory manner selected by the Plan Administrator.

 

SECTION 12

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

12.1                        Establishment of the Benefits Committee.  The complete authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan shall be placed in the Penske Automotive Group Benefits Plan Committee (the “Committee”).  The Committee shall consist of at least three members, appointed from time to time by the Plan Sponsor to serve at the pleasure thereof.  The Committee shall designate one of its members as its Chairman. Any member of the Committee may resign at any time by delivering his written resignation to the Chairman.

 

12.2                        Organization of the Committee.  The Chairman, when present, shall preside at meetings of the Committee. In his absence, those present shall choose one of their number to act as Chairman.  The Committee may appoint a Secretary, who shall keep the minutes of the meetings and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Committee, together with such other officers as it shall deem necessary.  Neither the Secretary nor any other officer appointed by the Committee need be a member of the Committee or a Member in the Plan.  The Committee shall act by the majority of members then in office at all meetings, but it may act upon matters by unanimous vote in writing without a meeting.  The Committee may authorize one or more of its members and/or its Secretary to sign directives and communications and to execute documents on behalf of the Committee.

 

12.3                        Powers of the Committee.  For purposes of ERISA, the Committee shall be the “Named Fiduciary” for operation and administration of the Plan, and the “Plan Administrator”.  The

 

43

 

Committee is designated as agent for service of legal process against the Plan.

 

The Committee shall have all powers and duties necessary or appropriate to operate and administer the Plan, including, but not limited to, the following specific functions:

 

A.                                    to act on applications for benefits;

 

B.                                    to determine eligibility, service and other questions;

 

C.                                    to establish rules for the administration of the Plan;

 

D.                                    to file all reports and make all disclosures required under ERISA;

 

E.                                     to appoint other fiduciaries to carry out various specific fiduciary responsibilities in the administration of the Plan.  Such appointment shall be made in writing;

 

F.                                      to delegate to one or more investment managers (as defined in ERISA section 3(38)) the authority to manage, acquire, or dispose of Plan assets and to regularly monitor the performance of any investment managers so selected;

 

G.                                    to designate one or more investment funds to be available for investment direction by Members pursuant to Section 4.4, and at any time to change or add investment funds available for such investment direction by Members; and

 

H.                                   to develop and communicate to the Trustee and the investment managers the investment objectives and funding policy for the Plan, and to review annually or more frequently the implementation of the funding policy.

 

The Committee shall have discretionary authority to interpret the Plan and to resolve ambiguities, inconsistencies and omissions, which findings shall be binding, final and conclusive.

 

The Committee shall also receive and review all reports of the Trustees and the collective trustees of any separate investment, and shall report thereon to the Plan Sponsor.  Benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid, at the direction of the Committee from the assets held by a Trustee.

 

12.4                        Reliance on Professionals.  The members of the Committee shall be entitled to rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates and reports furnished by any duly appointed actuary (who shall be an “enrolled actuary” as defined in Code section 7701(a)(35)), upon all certificates and reports made by any duly appointed accountant, and upon all opinions given by any duly appointed legal counsel.  The members of the Committee shall be fully protected against any action or inaction taken or omitted in good faith in reliance upon such tables, valuations, certificates, reports or opinions and any such action or inaction shall be conclusive upon each of them and upon all persons having any interest under the Plan.

 

12.5                        Liability and Indemnification.  The Committee shall operate and administer the Plan for the exclusive purpose of providing the benefits under the Plan (and for determining the reasonable expenses of the Plan) with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man, acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters, would use in the conduct of an enterprise of like character and with like aims.

 

44

 

No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action or inaction with respect to any duty or responsibility imposed upon such person by the terms of the Plan unless such action or inaction is finally determined by a court, and all time for appeal has lapsed, to be a breach of the standard of conduct expressed in this Section 12.  The Company shall indemnify each member of the Committee against any expenses which are reasonably incurred in connection with any legal action to which such person is a party by reason of his duties and responsibilities with respect to the Plan, excepting only expenses and liabilities arising from his own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as finally determined by a court, and all time for appeal has lapsed.

 

12.6                        Fiduciary Insurance.  Subject to the approval of the Plan Sponsor, the Committee shall have the right to purchase such insurance as it deems necessary to protect the Plan and the Trust from loss due to any breach of fiduciary responsibility by any person.  Any premiums due on such insurance shall be paid by the Company.  Nothing in this Section 12.6 shall prevent the Company, at its own expense, from providing insurance to any person to cover potential liability of that person as a result of a breach of fiduciary responsibility.

 

12.7                        Claims Procedure.

 

A.                                    Notice.  If a claim for benefits under the Plan is denied in whole or in part, the claimant shall be notified in writing or electronically of the denial, the specific reason for the denial, the Plan provisions on which the denial is based, an explanation of the Plan’s review procedures under Section 12.7.C, including applicable time limits, a description of any additional materials necessary to perfect the claim, with an explanation of why such material is necessary, and a statement that the claimant has the right to bring a civil action if there is still an adverse determination after the review.  For Disability benefit claims, the notice will also include any rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criteria relied on in making the determination, and should the adverse determination be based on a matter of medical judgment or necessity, an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment on which the determination was based, or a statement that a copy of such rule, guideline, protocol, or explanation may be obtained upon request at no charge.

 

B.                                    Timing of Determination.  Generally, notice of the claim determination shall be issued within 90 days after the claim has been filed with the Plan Administrator, but a notice of the claim determination for a Disability benefit, shall be issued within 45 days.  With respect to all claims, except those for a Disability benefit, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, the 90-day period may be extended up to an additional 90 days, to a total of 180 days, provided that the claimant is notified of the need for an extension within the original 90-day period, and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render a final decision.  With respect to Disability benefit claims, the time period may be extended for a period of up to 30 days if due to circumstances beyond the control of the Plan Administrator, and again, if necessary and due to circumstances beyond the control of the Plan Administrator, for an additional 30 days; provided that the claimant is notified of the need for the extension(s) within the original 45-day period or the initial 30-day extension period, whichever is applicable.  Where additional information is required, the claimant will be informed that he has 45 days to provide the required information.  In such circumstances, the initial 45-day period is tolled and the Plan Administrator will have 30 days from the receipt of the requested information to make its determination.  If the claimant fails to provide the required information within that

 

45

 

45 day period, the claim may be denied or the claimant may be given additional time of at least 30 days and a further extension of 30 days may be requested.  When additional time is requested, the time period for making the claim determination is tolled and the Plan Administrator will have 30 days from the date the information is received to make its determination.

 

C.                                    Appeals.  In the event a claim for benefits under the Plan is denied, in whole or in part:

 

(1)                                 The claimant (or his duly authorized representative) shall be entitled to request in writing or electronically a review of the denial of his claim by the Plan Administrator within 60 days (180 days for Disability benefit claims) after the claimant receives notice of the denial of his claim.

 

(2)                                 The claimant (or his duly authorized representative) may review pertinent Plan documents and submit issues and comments to the Plan Administrator in writing or electronically.

 

(3)                                 The claimant shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

(4)                                 Claim reviewers shall grant no deference to the original determination, but shall assess the information provided as if initially assessing the claim.  The review shall consider all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted in the initial benefit determination.

 

(5)                                 Those individuals reviewing claims shall be different from, and not subordinate to, those who made the initial claim determinations.

 

(6)                                 The decision of the Plan Administrator on review shall be rendered within 60 days (45 days for reviews of Disability benefit claims) after the request for review is received by the Plan Administrator unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, in which case a decision shall be rendered not later than 120 days (90 days for reviews of Disability benefit claims) after receipt of a request for review by the Plan Administrator.  The Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant of its benefit determination as soon as possible, but not later than five days after the determination is made.

 

(7)                                 The claimant shall be furnished with written or electronic notice of any such extension of time prior to the commencement of the extension, which shall provide a description of the special circumstances that necessitate the extension and state the date the determination on review is expected.

 

(8)                                 The decision of the Plan Administrator on review shall be either written or electronic and shall include specific reasons for the decision and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.  The decision shall include a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all

 

46

 

documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits, shall include a statement describing the Plan’s voluntary appeal procedures and the claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of the Act.  For reviews of Disability benefit claims, the identity of any medical or vocational expert whose advice was sought will be provided, even if not relied upon in making the determination, and should the adverse determination be based on a scientific or clinical assessment or a medical judgment, an explanation of the basis for the assessment will be provided, or a statement that a copy of such explanation will be provided upon request at no charge.

 

(9)                                 The decision of the Plan Administrator on review is final.

 

D.                                    Seeking Review of a Claim in Court.  A claimant must first exhaust his claim and review rights under this Section 12.7 before seeking review of his claim in court.  If the Plan Administrator does not follow the procedures set for in this Section 12.7, the claimant shall be entitled to seek review of his claim in court.

 

12.8                        Trustee Has Authority to Invest.  All Funds of the Plan shall be invested by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and Trust, and the Trustee shall have full authority and liability in this regard.  To the extent that individual Members are permitted to direct investment of their account balances, and to the extent a Member exercises such right to direct investment, the Trustee shall be relieved from any liability therefore pursuant to ERISA section 404(c).

 

12.9                        Removal for Personal Involvement.  No individual may participate in the consideration of any matter of or question concerning the Plan that specifically and uniquely relates to him because of his participation under the Plan.

 

SECTION 13

 

PARTICIPATION BY EMPLOYERS OTHER THAN COMPANY

 

13.1                        Adoption by Eligible Employers.  Any Affiliated Employer may adopt the Plan if the Plan Sponsor, acting through the Employee Benefits Committee, authorizes such adoption and such approved Affiliated Employer adopts the Plan and Trust by resolution.

 

13.2                        Rights and Obligations; Agency.  Throughout this Plan a distinction is drawn between the rights and obligations of the “Company” and its Board of Directors and the rights and obligations of “Employers”.  The rights and obligations as specified as belonging to the Company and its Board of Directors shall belong only to Penske Automotive Group, Inc.  By adopting this Plan and Trust, an Affiliated Employer shall be deemed thereby to acknowledge the Company as the Plan Sponsor and to appoint the Company, the Committee (acting as the Plan Administrator) and the Trustee its exclusive agent to exercise on its behalf all the power and authority conferred by this Plan or the Trust Agreement upon an Employer.  The authority of the Company, the Committee and the Trustee to act as such agent shall continue until the Plan is terminated and the relevant Plan assets have been distributed by the Trustee, or until the Affiliated Employer’s participation in the Plan has terminated pursuant to Section 13.4.

 

13.3                        Termination of the Plan by the Company.  If this Plan is terminated by the Company as permitted in Section 11.1 hereof, an Employer other than the Company may, in its own

 

47

 

discretion, adopt for its Employees alone and independent of this Plan and Trust, its own plan and trust which shall be considered a continuation of this Plan for its active Members, retired Members and terminated vested Members.

 

13.4                        Withdrawal of an Affiliated Employer.  Any Affiliated Employer which is an Employer may terminate its participation in the Plan by giving the Committee prior written notice specifying a termination date which shall be the last day of a month at least 60 days subsequent to the date such notice is received by the Committee.  The Committee may terminate any Employer’s participation in the Plan, as of any termination date specified by the Committee, for the failure of the Employer to make contributions or to comply with any other provision of the Plan, and the Board of Directors may terminate any Employer’s participation in the Plan, as of any date specified by it, for any reason, in its sole discretion.  Upon any Employer’s termination of participation in the Plan, the Plan accounts of affected Members will be vested if the termination of participation is a partial termination of the Plan.

 

SECTION 14

 

AMENDMENTS

 

14.1                        Amendment Restrictions.  The provisions of this Plan may be amended at any time and from time to time by the Plan Sponsor or the Committee, provided that:

 

A.                                    no such amendment shall be effective unless this Plan, as so amended, shall be for the exclusive benefit of persons in, or formerly in, the employ of Employer, or their Beneficiaries;

 

B.                                    no such amendment shall operate to deprive a Member of any rights or benefits irrevocably vested in him under the Plan prior to such amendment;

 

C.                                    no such amendment shall be effective to the extent that it decreases a Member’s Accrued Benefit.  For purposes of this Section 14, (1) a Plan amendment which has the effect of decreasing a Member’s Accrued Benefit or eliminating an optional form of benefit, with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment, shall be treated as reducing an Accrued Benefit and (2) a Plan amendment which has the effect of changing future plan options or features only shall not be treated as reducing an Accrued Benefit.

 

If any amendment shall be necessary or desirable to conform to the provisions and requirements of the Code or any amendment thereto, or any regulation issued pursuant thereto, no such amendment thereto shall be considered prejudicial to the interest of a Member or his Beneficiary, or a diversion of any part of Fund to a purpose other than for their exclusive benefit.

 

14.2                      Amending the Plan.  The Plan Sponsor may amend the Plan at any time by resolution or by such other action permitted by the Plan Sponsor’s charter, bylaws, or such other method permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware.  The Committee may amend the Plan by resolution or such other method as it designates by resolution.  A copy of any such amendment shall be provided to the Trustee.

 

14.3                        Retroactive Amendments.  Any modification or amendment of the Plan may be made retroactive if such retroactivity is deemed to be necessary in order for the Plan to conform to

 

48

 

or satisfy the conditions of any law, governmental regulations or ruling, or to meet the requirements of applicable sections of the Code, or the corresponding regulations and such retroactive modification is permissible under such law, regulation or ruling.

 

SECTION 15

 

LOANS

 

15.1                        Permitted Loans.  A Member may make application to the Plan Administrator to borrow from his vested Accrued Benefit.  That application must be made in accordance with administrative procedures established by the Plan Administrator, and must specify the amount and term requested.  The Plan Administrator shall determine whether the application for a loan is to be approved after an evaluation of all necessary documentation.  All applications for loans shall be evaluated in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, and loans shall not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than that for other Employees.  Loans that are granted shall be based on the value of the Member’s Accrued Benefit as of the last Valuation Date and shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

A.                                    the aggregate amount of all such loans to a Member shall not exceed the lesser of:

 

(1)                                 $50,000, reduced by the greatest value of any outstanding loan balance owed by the Member during the one-year period ending on the day before the loan is made, or

 

(2)                                 50% of his vested Accrued Benefit;

 

B.                                    the minimum amount of any loan made hereunder shall be $1,000;

 

C.                                    no more than one loan per twelve month period shall be granted hereunder, and only one outstanding loan shall be permitted at any time; and

 

D.                                    a processing fee shall be charged for a loan application in an amount to be determined by the Committee.

 

15.2                        Collateral Required.  All loans will be adequately secured.  The Plan Administrator will require the Member to assign to the Trustee that portion of the vested balance of his Plan account, but not more than 50% of the vested portion of his Plan account, necessary to secure the loan

 

15.3                        Repayment.  The loan shall be repaid in substantially equal installments consisting of principal and interest at least quarterly.  The term of the loan is not to exceed five years unless the loan is used to buy or build the Member’s principal residence.  The term of a loan which is used to buy or build the Member’s principal residence is not to exceed 15 years.  Principal residence status shall be determined at the time of the loan.  Loan repayments are to be deducted from the salary paid by the Employer to such Member and shall be allocated to the investment funds selected by the Member in the same manner as the Member’s Pre-Tax Contributions are allocated; provided, however, that any loan shall become payable in full upon a Member’s termination of employment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Member who is on leave for Disability or on leave of absence without pay shall be permitted to suspend loan repayments for a period of up to one year.  Loan payments will be suspended

 

49

 

under this Plan as permitted under Code section 414(u) regarding veteran’s reemployment rights.

 

15.4                        Interest Charges.  Interest shall be charged on loans based on a return commensurate with the prevailing rates charged by other institutions in the business of lending money for loans made under similar circumstances. Interest shall be charged on loans as follows:  the interest rate for loans made during a calendar quarter shall be the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal on the last business day of the prior calendar quarter, plus 1%.

 

15.5                        Failure To Make Timely Payment.  In the event an installment payment is not paid within 30 days following the due date of an installment, the Plan Administrator shall give written notice to the Member sent to his last known address.  If such installment payment is not made within 15 days thereafter, the Plan Administrator shall have the right to accelerate the loan and to reduce the Member’s Accrued Benefit to the extent permitted by law by the amount of the unpaid loan balance including interest then due but not before the time at which the Member may first receive a distribution, except as permitted in Treasury Regulations section 1.401(a)-13(d).  If the Member’s Accrued Benefit must be used to eliminate any Plan loan which is in default and which is either deemed to be distributed to the Member or is offset against a distribution to the Member, the Member’s various accounts, including any earnings thereon, shall be reduced pro rata in the ratio that the total amount of the loan in default bears to each such account.

 

15.6                       Termination of Employment.  In the event of the termination of a Member’s employment before the loan is repaid in full, the unpaid balance thereof, together with interest immediately due thereon, shall become due and payable; and the Trustee shall first satisfy the indebtedness from the amount payable to the Member or to the Member’s Beneficiary before making any payments to the, Member or to the Member’s Beneficiary.

 

15.7                  Loans to Non-Employees.  Any Member who ceases to be an active Employee shall not be eligible to make a loan hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, loans will be made available to a terminated Employee who is also a “party in interest” as that term is defined in ERISA section 3(14).

 

15.8                        Order of Accounts Reduced.  In determining the origin of any loan proceeds, the Members various accounts, including any earnings thereon, shall be reduced pro rata in the ratio that the total amount of the loan bears to each such account.

 

15.9                        Segregated Investment.  The loan shall be made proportionately from all Investment Fund(s) in a Member’s Plan account.  The loan shall be considered as a segregated investment of the Member.

 

15.10                 General Administration.  The Trustee and the Plan Administrator shall have the right to establish such procedures as may be reasonable, necessary or desirable to carry out the provisions of this Section 15.

 

15.11               Termination of Employment Resulting From Corporate Transaction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the termination of a Member’s employment due to a corporate transaction whereby the entity employing the Member ceases being an Affiliated Company, the Member’s loan will not be accelerated pursuant to Section 15.5 and the Member will have the maximum cure period provided in Treasury Regulations section 1.72(p)-1(Q&A-10) during which to repay the entire outstanding balance of the loan, plus interest on any unpaid

 

50

 

installment payments, before the loan is accelerated and considered distributed.

 

SECTION 16

 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PRIOR PLANS

 

16.1                        Form of Distribution.  Section 6.1 of this Plan provides that the sole form of distribution available under the Plan is a lump sum payment.  If a Prior Plan provides an optional form or forms of benefit other than a lump sum, such optional form or forms shall be “protected benefits” under this Plan, to the extent required under Code section 411(d)(6) and the regulations thereunder.  The Trustee shall maintain in a separate account or accounts funds transferred to this Plan from a Prior Plan which are subject to any one of the following types of protected benefits:

 

A.                                    A right to receive benefit payments in installments.

 

B.                                    A right to receive benefit payments in the form of a life annuity or a joint and survivor annuity.

 

C.                                    A right to receive benefit payments in installments or in the form of a life annuity or a joint and survivor annuity.

 

For each Employer that adopts this Plan, provision will be made to appropriately document whether a Prior Plan provides a “protected benefit” and, if so, which type of protected benefit specified above shall apply.  Before a distribution may be made to a Member whose account balance transferred to this Plan is subject to a protected benefit, the Plan Administrator shall notify such Member of his or her right to elect an optional form of benefit and, in cases in which an annuity is a protected benefit, shall comply with all provisions governing notices and elections as are contained in the Prior Plan.

 

16.2                        Vesting.  If a Prior Plan provides more rapid Vesting, for Employer Contributions than that set forth in Section 5.1, a Member shall become vested in his Transfer Employer Contribution Account in accordance with the more rapid schedule, as set forth in the Prior Plan.

 

16.3                        Loans.  If a Member obtained a loan under a Prior Plan, such loan may be transferred to this Plan if the assets of the Prior Plan attributable to such Member are also transferred to this Plan.  The provisions of Section 15 of this Plan shall govern a loan transferred to this Plan from a Prior Plan.

 

16.4                        Elimination of Optional Benefit Forms.

 

A.                                    The alternative form of payment available to each Member of a Prior Plan shall be a single-sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to each optional form of benefit available under the Prior Plan.

 

B.                                    For purposes of this Section 16.4, a single-sum distribution form is otherwise identical to an optional form of benefit that is eliminated pursuant to this Section 16.4 only if the single-sum distribution form is identical in all respects to the eliminated optional form of benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater rights to

 

51

 

the Member) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement.  A single-sum distribution form is not otherwise identical to a specified installment form of benefit if the single-sum distribution form is not available for distribution on the date on which the installment form would have been available for commencement, is not available in the same medium of distribution as the installment form, or imposes any condition of eligibility that did not apply to the installment form.

 

C.                                    This section 16.4 shall not apply to an affected Member with respect to any distribution with an annuity starting date that is earlier than the earlier of-

 

(a)                                 The 90th day after the date the Member has been furnished a summary that reflects the elimination of the optional forms previously available and that satisfies the requirements of Department of Labor Regulations section 2520.104b-3 (relating to a summary of material modifications), or

 

(b)                                 January 1, 2003.

 

SECTION 17

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

17.1                        “Spendthrift” Provision. Subject to Section 17.2 below, no benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, alienation, levy or assignment, nor to seizure, attachment or other legal process for the debts of any Employee, Member or Beneficiary, unless required by law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Member’s benefit may be reduced as provided in Code section 401(a)(13)(C).

 

17.2                        QDRO Exception.  In the event that a Qualified Domestic Relations Order (“QDRO”) (as defined by Code section 414(p)) is issued with respect to any Member, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Member and the alternate payee(s) of the order received and segregate and conservatively invest the portion of the Member’s Accrued Benefit which would be payable to the alternate payee(s) as if the order received were a QDRO.  Within 18 months of the order, the Plan Administrator shall proceed with either A. or B. as follows:

 

A.                                    if the order is determined to be a QDRO, the Plan Administrator shall pay (notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6 hereof) the alternate payee(s) in accordance with the terms of such order and with Code section 414(p) and ERISA section 206(d) at the time specified in such order.  Payments may be made prior to the Member’s “earliest retirement age” (as defined in Code section 414(p) and ERISA section 206(d)) pursuant to a QDRO; or

 

B.                                    if the order is determined not to be a QDRO, or, the issue remains undetermined, the Plan Administrator shall pay the portions of the Member’s Accrued Benefit segregated in accordance with the above to the Member or Beneficiary(ies) who are otherwise entitled to such benefit.

 

If, 18 months after issuance of the order, a determination is made that the order is a QDRO, the determination shall be applied prospectively only.

 

C.                                    Furthermore, any amount that becomes payable to an alternate payee that, with

 

52

 

reference only to that amount, does not exceed $5,000, shall be paid to the alternate payee as soon as practicable following receipt by the Plan of a qualified domestic relations order.

 

D.                                    Effective April 6, 2007, a domestic relations order that otherwise satisfies the requirements for a qualified domestic relations order under Code Section 414(p) will not fail to be a qualified domestic relations order:  (i) solely because the order is issued after, or revises, another domestic relations order or qualified domestic relations order; or (ii) solely because of the time at which the order is issued, including issuance after the annuity starting date or after the Member’s death.  Also, a domestic relations order described in the preceding sentence will be subject to the same requirements and protections that apply to other types of qualified domestic relations orders.

 

17.3                        No Guarantee of Employment. Nothing contained in this Plan or the Trust shall be held or construed to create any liability upon the Employer to retain any Employee in its employ.  The Employer reserves the right to discontinue the services of any Employee without any liability except for salary or wages that may be due and unpaid whenever, in its judgment, its best interests so require.

 

17.4                        Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994.  Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code section 414(u).

 

17.5                        Controlling Law.  The Plan shall be construed, administered and governed in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware to the extent such laws are not superseded by federal law.  If any provision herein is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof shall continue to be fully effective.

 

SECTION 18

 

MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

 

18.1                        Required Minimum Distributions.

 

A.                                    Required Beginning Date.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary, payment of the Plan benefits of any Member who reaches an attained age of 70-1/2, and who is not a 5% owner of the Employer (within the meaning of Code section 416), shall commence not later than the April 1 following the later of the calendar year in which he reaches an attained age of 70-1/2 or the calendar year in which his Employer employment terminates.  If the Member is a 5% owner of the Employer (within the meaning of Code section 416), payment of his Plan benefits shall commence not later than the April 1 following the calendar year in which he reaches an attained age of 70-1/2, regardless of whether his Employer employment has terminated.  These rules establish the “Required Beginning Date” that applies to a Member.

 

53

 

 

B.                                    Time and Manner of Distributions.

 

(1)                                 Commencement.  The Member’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Member no later than the Member’s Required Beginning Date.

 

(2)                                 Death of Member Before Distributions Begin.  If the Member dies before distributions begin, the Member’s entire interest will be distributed no later than December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Member’s death.  If the Member’s surviving Spouse is the Member’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Member but before distributions to either the Member or the surviving Spouse begin, this election will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Member.

 

C.                                    Forms of Distribution.  Unless the Member’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company (if available under the Plan) or in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first Distribution Calendar Year distributions shall be made in accordance with Sections 18.1.D and 18.1.E.  If the Member’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code section 401(a)(9) and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.

 

D.                                    Required Minimum Distributions During Member’s Lifetime.

 

(1)                                 Amount of Required Minimum Distribution for Each Distribution Calendar Year.  During the Member’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year is the lesser of:

 

(a)                                 the quotient obtained by dividing the Member’s distributable Plan account by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Treasury Regulations section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Member’s attained age as of the Member’s birthday in the Distribution Calendar Year; or

 

(b)                                 if the Member’s sole Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar Year is the Member’s Spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Member’s distributable Plan account by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Treasury Regulations section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Member’s and Spouse’s attained ages as of the Member’s and Spouse’s birthdays in the Distribution Calendar Year.

 

(2)                                 Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Member’s Death.  Required Minimum Distributions will be determined under this Section 18.1.D(2) beginning with the first Distribution Calendar Year and up to and including the Distribution Calendar Year that includes the Member’s date of death.

 

54

 

E.                                     Required Minimum Distributions After Member’s Death.

 

(1)                                 Death On or After Date Distributions Begin.

 

(a)                                 Member Survived by Designated Beneficiary.  If the Member dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Member’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Member’s distributable Plan account by the longer of the remaining Life Expectancy of the Member or the remaining Life Expectancy of the Member’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as follows:

 

(I)                                   The Member’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the attained age of the Member in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

(II)                              If the Member’s surviving Spouse is the Member’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Member’s death using the surviving Spouse’s attained age as of the Spouse’s birthday in that year. For Distribution Calendar Years after the year of the surviving Spouse’s death, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated using the attained age of the surviving Spouse as of the Spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the Spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

 

(III)                         If the Member’s surviving Spouse is not the Member’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the Designated Beneficiary’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the attained age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Member’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

(b)                                 No Designated Beneficiary.  If the Member dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Member’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Member’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Member’s distributable Plan account by the Member’s remaining Life Expectancy calculated using the age of the Member in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

(2)                                 Death Before Date Distributions Begin.

 

(a)                                 Member Survived by Designated Beneficiary.  If the Member dies before the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Member’s death is the

 

55

 

quotient obtained by dividing the Member’s distributable Plan account by the remaining Life Expectancy of the Member’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 18.1.D.

 

(b)                                 No Designated Beneficiary. If the Member dies before the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Member’s death, distribution of the Member’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Member’s death.

 

(c)                                  Death of surviving Spouse Before Distributions to surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the Member dies before the date distributions begin, the Member’s surviving Spouse is the Member’s sole Designated Beneficiary, and the surviving Spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse, this Section 18.1.E(2)(c) will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Member.

 

18.2                        Definitions.

 

A.                                    Designated Beneficiary means the individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under Section 9.1 of the Plan and is the designated Beneficiary under Code section 401(a)(9) and Treasury Regulations section 1.401(a)(9)-4, Q&A-1.

 

B.                                    Distribution Calendar Year means a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required.  For distributions beginning before the Member’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year that contains the Member’s Required Beginning Date.  For distributions beginning after the Member’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 18.1.D(2).  The Required Minimum Distribution for the Member’s first Distribution Calendar Year will be made on or before the Member’s Required Beginning Date.  The required minimum distribution for other Distribution Calendar Years, including the required minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Member’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year.

 

C.                                    Life Expectancy means life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Treasury Regulations section 1.401(a)(9)-9.

 

18.3                        Rule for 2009 Required Minimum Distribution Relief.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a Member or Beneficiary who would have been required to receive Required Minimum Distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of Code Section 401(a)(9)(H) (“2009 RMDs”), and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving distributions that are (A) equal to the 2009 RMDs or (B) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the Member, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the Member and the Member’s designated Beneficiary, or for a period of at least ten years (“Extended 2009 RMDs”), will not receive those distributions for 2009 unless the Member or Beneficiary chooses to receive such distributions. Members and Beneficiaries described

 

56

 

in the preceding sentence will be given the opportunity to elect to receive the distributions described in the preceding sentence. In addition, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, and solely for purposes of applying the direct rollover provisions of the Plan, 2009 Required Minimum Distributions and 2009 Extended RMDs will be treated as Eligible Rollover Distributions.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Penske Automotive Group, Inc. has caused this amended and restated Plan to be executed this 13th day of January, 2015, to be effective as of January 1, 2014.

 

 

	
 
    	
PENSKE   AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/   Calvin C. Sharp
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Title:   
    	
Executive   Vice President — Human Resources
    

 

57

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00240-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00240-of-00352.parquet"}]]